2021 Qashqai

2021 QASHQAI
OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION
65 WARNING Foreword
This manual was prepared to help you READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
WARNING understand the operation and mainte- Before driving your vehicle, read your
nance of your vehicle so that you may Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure
enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. familiarity with controls and maintenance
Operating, servicing and main- Please read through this manual before requirements, assisting you in the safe
taining a passenger vehicle or operating your vehicle. operation of your vehicle.
off-highway motor vehicle can A separate Warranty Information Book-
let explains details about the warranties
expose you to chemicals in- covering your vehicle. Additionally, a WARNING
cluding engine exhaust, carbon separate Customer Care/Lemon Law
Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
monoxide, phthalates, and resolve any concerns you may have REMINDERS!
lead, which are known to the with your vehicle, as well as clarify your Follow these important driving rules
State of California to cause rights under your state’s lemon law. to help ensure a safe and comforta-
cancer and birth defects or In addition to factory installed options, ble trip for you and your passengers!
your vehicle may also be equipped with . NEVER drive under the influence
other reproductive harm. To additional accessories installed by NISSAN of alcohol or drugs.
minimize exposure, avoid or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery.
. ALWAYS observe posted speed
It is important that you familiarize your-
breathing exhaust, do not idle self with all disclosures, warnings, cau- limits and never drive too fast
the engine except as neces- tions and instructions concerning proper for conditions.
sary, service your vehicle in a use of such accessories prior to operating . ALWAYS give your full attention to
the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom- driving and avoid using vehicle
well-ventilated area and wear mended you see a NISSAN dealer for features or taking other actions
gloves or wash your hands details concerning the particular acces- that could distract you.
sories with which your vehicle is . ALWAYS use your seat belts and
frequently when servicing your equipped. appropriate child restraint sys-
vehicle. For more information Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle tems. Pre-teen children should
go to www.P65Warnings.ca. best. When you require any service or be seated in the rear seat.
have any questions, we will be glad to .
gov/passenger-vehicle. assist you with the extensive resources
ALWAYS provide information
about the proper use of vehicle
available to us.
safety features to all occupants MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- WHEN READING THE MANUAL
of the vehicle. This manual includes information for all
CLE
. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- features and equipment available on
ual for important safety informa- This vehicle should not be modified. this model. Features and equipment in
tion. Modification could affect its perfor- your vehicle may vary depending on
mance, safety or durability, and may model, trim level, options selected, or-
even violate governmental regula- der, date of production, region or avail-
On-pavement and off-road tions. In addition, damage or perfor- ability. Therefore, you may find
driving mance problems resulting from information about features or equip-
modification may not be covered un- ment that are not included or installed
This vehicle will handle and maneuver der NISSAN warranties. on your vehicle.
differently from an ordinary passenger
car because it has a higher center of All information, specifications and illustra-
gravity. As with other vehicles with tions in this manual are those in effect at
features of this type, failure to operate WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the
this vehicle correctly may result in loss right to change specifications, perfor-
of control or an accident. Be sure to Installing an aftermarket On-Board mance, design or component suppliers
read “Avoiding collision and rollover” Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that without notice and without obligation.
and “Driving safety precautions” in the uses the port during normal driving, From time to time, NISSAN may update
“5. Starting and driving” section of this for example remote insurance com- or revise this manual to provide Owners
manual. pany monitoring, remote vehicle di- with the most accurate information cur-
agnostics, telematics or engine rently available. Please carefully read and
reprogramming, may cause interfer- retain with this manual all revision up-
ence or damage to vehicle systems. dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure
We do not recommend or endorse you have access to accurate and up-to-
the use of any aftermarket OBD date information regarding your vehicle.
plug-in devices, unless specifically Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man-
approved by NISSAN. The vehicle uals and any updates can also be found in
warranty may not cover damage the Owner section of the NISSAN website
caused by any aftermarket plug-in at https://owners.nissanusa.com/now-
device. ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you
have questions concerning any informa-
tion in your Owner’s Manual, contact
NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN those above call attention to an item in
CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this the illustration.
Owner’s Manual for contact information. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SORY
THIS MANUAL Some vehicle parts, such as lithium
You will see various symbols in this batteries, may contain perchlorate ma-
manual. They are used in the following terial. The following advisory is pro-
ways: vided: “Perchlorate Material - special
handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.
gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”
WARNING © 2020 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
This is used to indicate the presence All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
of a hazard that could cause death or Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
SIC0697 retrieval system, or transmitted in any
serious personal injury. To avoid or
reduce the risk, the procedures must If you see the symbol above, it means “Do form, or by any means, electronic, me-
be followed precisely. not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. chanical, photocopying, recording or
otherwise, without the prior written per-
mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above

in an illustration, it means the arrow
This is used to indicate the presence points to the front of the vehicle.
of a hazard that could cause minor
or moderate personal injury or da-
mage to your vehicle. To avoid or Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
reduce the risk, the procedures must those above indicate movement or ac-
be followed carefully. tion.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your
NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and
service needs.
However, if there is something that your You can write to NISSAN with the infor- If you prefer, visit us at:
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or mation at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)
you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers or
with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc.
tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
Consumer Affairs Department
ment using our toll-free number: P.O. Box 685003 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN
For U.S. customers Franklin, TN 37068-5003 and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN
1-800-NISSAN-1 or via e-mail at: vehicle.
(1-800-647-7261) nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.
For Canadian customers com
1-800-387-0122
For Canadian customers
The Consumer Affairs Department will Nissan Canada Inc.
ask for the following information: 5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
. Your name, address, and telephone
or via e-mail at:
number
information.centre@nissancana-
. Vehicle identification number (at- da.com
tached to the top of the instrument
panel on the driver’s side)
. Date of purchase
. Current odometer reading
. Your NISSAN dealer’s name
. Your comments or questions
OR
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint
1
system
Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone
systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Do-it-yourself 8
Maintenance and schedules 9
Technical and consumer information 10
Index 11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument panel ......................................................................... 0-7
System (SRS) ..................................................................................... 0-2 Meters and gauges .................................................................... 0-8
Exterior front .................................................................................... 0-3 Engine compartment ............................................................... 0-9
Exterior rear ...................................................................................... 0-4 MR20DD engine model .................................................. 0-9
Passenger compartment ....................................................... 0-5 Warning and indicator lights ........................................... 0-10
Cockpit .................................................................................................. 0-6
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
— Child restraints (P.1-21)
11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-24)
12. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether
strap) (P.1-37)
13. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
WAA0116X
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 6. Driver and front passenger supplemental

(P.1-42) knee air bags (P.1-42)
2. Occupant classification sensors (weight 7. Front seats (P.1-4)
sensors) (P.1-42) 8. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
3. Seat belts (P.1-12) mental air bags (P.1-42)
4. Head restraints (P.1-8) 9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-60)
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and 10. Rear seats (P.1-7)
rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-42)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
EXTERIOR FRONT
— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5)
11. Outside mirrors (P.3-33)
12. Side view camera* (P.4-10)
13. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
— Security system (P.2-45)
— Remote engine start* (P.3-23)
*: if so equipped
WAA0115X
1. Hood (P.3-25) 5. Power windows (P.2-76)

2. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-58)
— Switch operation (P.2-48) 7. Front view camera* (P.4-10)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 8. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-52)
3. Front camera* (P.2-43, P.5-35, P.5-40, 9. Fog lights* (P.2-59)
P.5-64, P.5-97) 10. Tires
4. Moonroof* (P.2-78) — Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.10-7)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR
8. Rear combination light (P.8-25)

9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-28)
— Fuel information (P.10-3)
10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7)
*: if so equipped
WAA0053X
1. Rear window defroster (P.2-51) 6. Rear sonar

2. Rear window wiper and washer — Rear Sonar System (RSS) (P.5-136)
— Switch operation (P.2-50) — Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.5-116)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 7. Liftgate (P.3-26)
3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)
4. Antenna (P.4-34) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
5. Roof rack* (P.2-75) — Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-10)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
— Power door lock switch (P.3-6)

— Outside rearview mirror remote control
switch (driver’s side) (P.3-33)
10. Front cup holders (P.2-69)
11. Heated seat switch* (P.2-60)
12. Console box (P.2-71)
— Power outlet (P.2-65)
— USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging
connector (P.2-66)
13. Cargo area
— Storage* (P.2-69)
— Luggage hooks (P.2-73)
— Parcel shelf* (P.2-73)
— Spare tire* (P.6-3)
— Emergency tire puncture repair kit*
(P.6-3)
— Cargo light (P.2-83)
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®
Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).
JVC1067X
1. Inside mirror (P.3-32) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-67)

— HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* 6. Sun visors (P.3-31)
(P.2-83) 7. Room light (P.2-82)
2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-72) 8. Rear armrest* (P.1-8)
3. Map lights (P.2-81) — Rear cup holders (P.2-69)
— Microphone** 9. Door armrest
4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-78) — Power window switch (P.2-76)

COCKPIT
— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)

(P.5-40)
— Cruise control switches* (P.5-62)
— ProPILOT assist* (P.5-64)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
tem**
— Voice Recognition system switch**
— Siri® Eyes Free**
9. Shift lever
— Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) (P.5-20)
— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-25)
10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.2-62)
11. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-59)
12. Parking brake (Pedal type) (P.5-27)
13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* (P.2-63)
14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro-
PILOT assist) (P.2-62, P.5-64) or Dynamic
driver assistance switch* (models without
ProPILOT assist) (P.2-61, P.5-40)
15. SPORT mode switch* (P.5-32)
16. ECO switch (P.5-32)
WAA0118X 17. Push-button ignition switch (model with
Intelligent Key system) (P.5-14)
1. Instrument brightness control (P.2-9) — Vehicle information display control
(P.2-20) 18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent
2. TRIP RESET switch (P.2-6)
Key system) (P.5-12)
3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-52)/ 5. Steering wheel (P.3-30)
19. Parking brake (Switch type) (P.5-27)
Fog light switch* (P.2-59) — Horn (P.2-59)
20. Automatic brake hold switch* (P.5-29)
4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-48)
side) *: if so equipped
7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2)
— Audio control** **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right
er’s Manual (if so equipped).
side)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30)

10. Driver’s front-impact air bag (P.1-42)/Horn
(P.2-59)
11. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.1-42)
12. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26)
13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection
port**
14. Power outlet (P.2-65)
15. Defroster switch (P.2-51)
16. Front passenger supplemental knee air
bag (P.1-42)
17. Glove box (P.2-71)
*: if so equipped
**: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
WAA0119X
1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-42) tem**
3. Center ventilator (P.4-25) 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P.1-42)
4. Audio system** or navigation system**
6. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
— RearView Monitor* (P.4-2)
7. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-28)
— Intelligent Around View® Monitor*
(P.4-10) 8. Hood release handle (P.3-25)

METERS AND GAUGES
JVC0581X
1. Tachometer (P.2-7)
2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10)
3. Vehicle information display (P.2-19)
— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)
4. Speedometer (P.2-6)
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)
6. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WAA0211X
MR20DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5) 8. Battery (P.8-11)
2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6) 9. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18)
3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-9) *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
4. Air cleaner (P.8-15)
5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10)
6. Drive belt (P.8-13)
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Page Yellow Page Other Page

Red light Name Name Name
light light
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK Automatic brake hold indi-
Brake warning light 2-11 indicator light (if so 2-13 cator light (green) (if so 2-17
equipped) equipped)
2-12 Automatic brake hold indi-
Charge warning light Anti-lock Braking System cator light (white) (if so 2-17
2-13
(ABS) warning light equipped)
Electronic parking brake
indicator light (if so 2-12 Exterior light indicator 2-18
Automatic Emergency
equipped) Braking (AEB) system 2-14
Front fog light indicator 2-18
warning light light (if so equipped)
Master warning light 2-12
Electric power steering 2-14 High beam assist indicator
Seat belt warning light and warning light 2-18
2-12 light
chime
Electronic parking brake High beam indicator light 2-18
Security indicator light 2-13 warning light (if so 2-14
equipped) Turn signal/hazard indica- 2-18
Supplemental air bag 2-13 tor lights
warning light Low tire pressure warning 2-14
light
Master warning light 2-16
Malfunction Indicator Light 2-16

(MIL)
Rear Automatic Braking 2-17
(RAB) system warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-17
(VDC) off indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-17
(VDC) warning light

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-
mental restraint system
Seats ....................................................................................................... 1-3 Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-21
Front seats .................................................................................. 1-4 Precautions on child restraints ............................. 1-22
Rear seats .................................................................................... 1-7 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
Armrest (if so equipped) ................................................... 1-8 (LATCH) system .................................................................. 1-24
Head restraints/headrests .................................................... 1-8 Rear-facing child restraint installation
Adjustable head using LATCH ......................................................................... 1-26
restraint/headrest components ................................ 1-9 Rear-facing child restraint installation using
Non-adjustable head the seat belts ....................................................................... 1-28
restraint/headrest components ................................ 1-9 Forward-facing child restraint installation
Remove ....................................................................................... 1-10 using LATCH ......................................................................... 1-31
Install ............................................................................................. 1-10 Forward-facing child restraint installation
using the seat belts ........................................................ 1-34
Adjust ............................................................................................ 1-10
Booster seats ....................................................................... 1-38
Seat belts ......................................................................................... 1-12
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................... 1-42
Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-12
Precautions on SRS ........................................................ 1-42
Seat belt warning light and chime ....................... 1-14
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
Pregnant women ................................................................ 1-15
(front seats) ........................................................................... 1-48
Injured persons ..................................................................... 1-15
Driver and front passenger supplemental
Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-15 knee air bag .......................................................................... 1-57
Seat belt extenders ........................................................... 1-18 Front and rear outboard seat-mounted
Seat belt maintenance ................................................... 1-18 side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-
Child safety ..................................................................................... 1-19 mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
Infants .......................................................................................... 1-19 supplemental air bag systems .............................. 1-59
Small children ........................................................................ 1-20 Seat belts with pretensioners (front and
Larger children ...................................................................... 1-20 rear outboard seats) ...................................................... 1-60
Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-61 Repair and replacement procedure .................. 1-63
Supplemental air bag warning light .................... 1-62
SEATS
. To help avoid risk of injury or

death through unintended opera-
tion of the vehicle and/or its
systems, do not leave children,
people who require the assis-
tance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle.
Additionally, the temperature in-
side a closed vehicle on a warm
day can quickly become high
enough to cause a significant risk
of injury or death to people and
pets.
. Do not adjust the driver’s seat
SSS0133 while driving so full attention may
be given to vehicle operation. The
well back and upright in the seat seat may move suddenly and
WARNING with both feet on the floor and could cause loss of control of
adjust the seat properly. See the vehicle.
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle “Precautions on seat belt usage” . The seatback should not be re-
when the seatback is reclined. (P.1-12). clined any more than needed for
This can be dangerous. The . After adjustment, gently rock in comfort. Seat belts are most ef-
shoulder belt will not be against the seat to make sure it is se- fective when the passenger sits
your body. In an accident, you curely locked. well back and straight up in the
could be thrown into it and re- seat. If the seatback is reclined,
ceive neck or other serious inju- . Do not leave children unattended the risk of sliding under the lap
ries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could belt and being injured is in-
the lap belt and receive serious unknowingly activate switches creased.
internal injuries. or controls. Unattended children
could become involved in serious
. For the most effective protection accidents.
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions,
be sure not to contact any moving
parts to avoid possible injuries and/
or damage.
JVR0332X
FRONT SEATS The reclining feature allows the adjust-

ment of the seatback for occupants of
Front manual seat adjustment different sizes to help obtain the proper
Forward and backward: seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).)
1. Pull up the adjusting lever . The seatback may be reclined to allow
occupants to rest when the vehicle is
2. Slide the seat to the desired position. parked.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the
seat in position.
Reclining:
1. Pull up the adjusting lever .
2. Tilt the seatback to the desired posi-
tion.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the
seatback in position.
1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Front power seat adjustment
Operating tips:
. The power seat motor has an auto-
reset overload protection circuit. If the
motor stops during the seat adjust-
ment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti-
vate the switch.
. To avoid discharge of the battery, do
not operate the power seats for a long
period of time when the engine is not
running.
See “Memory Seat” (P.3-34).
JVR0333X
Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever
to adjust the seat height until the desired
position is achieved.

JVR0334X JVR0119X
Forward and backward: Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Move forward or backward the adjusting Move the switch as shown to adjust the
switch to the desired position. seat height until the desired position is
achieved.
Reclining:
Move forward or backward the adjusting
switch to the desired position.
The reclining feature allows the adjust-
ment of the seatback for occupants of
different sizes to help obtain the proper
seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).)
The seatback may be reclined to allow
occupants to rest when the vehicle is
parked.

straints could result in serious
injury in an accident or sudden
stop.
. Do not fold down the rear seats
when occupants are in the rear
seat area or any cargo is on the
rear seats.
. Properly secure all cargo to help
prevent it from sliding or shifting.
Do not place cargo higher than
the seatbacks.
. When returning the seatbacks to
the upright position, be certain
SSS1053 JVR0467X they are completely secured in
the latched position. If they are
Lumbar support (if so equipped): REAR SEATS not completely secured, passen-
The lumbar support feature provides low- gers may be injured in an acci-
Folding dent or sudden stop.
er back support to the driver.
1. Pull up the lever and fold the seatback
Push the switch as shown to adjust the flat.
seat lumbar area until the desired posi-
tion is achieved. 2. To return the seats to a seating
position, push up on the seatback
until it latches in place.
WARNING
. Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the rear seats
when they are in the fold-down
position. Use of these areas by
passengers without proper re-
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
WARNING
Head restraint/headrest supplement
the other vehicle safety systems.
They may provide additional protec-
tion against injury in certain rear end
collisions. Adjustable head re-
straints/headrests must be adjusted
properly, as specified in this section.
Check the adjustment after someone
else uses the seat. Do not attach
anything to the head restraint/head-
rest stalks or remove the head re-
JVR0327X straint/headrest. Do not use the seat JVR0530X
Rear seats if the head restraint/headrest has The illustration shows the seating posi-
ARMREST (if so equipped) been removed. If the head restraint/ tions equipped with head restraint/head-
Pull the armrest down as shown. headrest was removed, reinstall and rest.
properly adjust the head restraint/
headrest before an occupant uses Indicates the seating position is
the seating position. Failure to follow equipped with a head restraint.
these instructions can reduce the Indicates the seating position is
effectiveness of the head restraint/ equipped with a headrest.
headrest. This may increase the risk + Indicates the seating position is not
of serious injury or death in a colli- equipped with a head restraint or head-
sion. rest.
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be inte-
grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
. Adjustable head restraints/headrests
have multiple notches along the stalk
to lock them in a desired adjustment
position.
. The non-adjustable head restraints/
headrests have a single locking notch
to secure them to the seat frame.
. Proper Adjustment:
— For the adjustable type, align the
head restraint/headrest so the
center of your ear is approximately
level with the center of the head
restraint/headrest.
— If your ear position is still higher
than the recommended alignment,
place the head restraint/headrest
at the highest position.
SSS0992 JVR0203X
. If the head restraint/headrest has
been removed, ensure that it is re- ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-
installed and locked in place before
riding in that designated seating posi-
HEADREST COMPONENTS STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS
tion. 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Removable head restraint/headrest
2. Multiple notches 2. Single notch
3. Lock knob 3. Lock knob
4. Stalks 4. Stalks

SSS1037 SSS1038 SSS0997
REMOVE INSTALL ADJUST

Use the following procedure to remove 1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest
the head restraint/headrest. stalks with the holes in the seat. Make Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to sure that the head restraint/headrest center is level with the center of your ears.
the highest position. is facing the correct direction. The If your ear position is still higher than the
stalk with the adjustment notch recommended alignment, place the head
2. Push and hold the lock knob. must be installed in the hole with the restraint/headrest at the highest posi-
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest lock knob . tion.
from the seat. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push
4. Store the head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest down.
properly in a secure place so it is not 3. Properly adjust the head restraint/
loose in the vehicle. headrest before an occupant uses
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head the seating position.
restraint/headrest before an occu-
pant uses the seating position.

JVR0259X SSS0993 SSS0994
For non-adjustable head restraint/ Raise Lower

headrest
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull To lower, push and hold the lock knob
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is it up. and push the head restraint/headrest
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in down.
the notch before riding in that designated Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
seating position. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
the notch before riding in that designated positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
seating position. the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.

SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and
well back in your seat with both feet on
the floor, your chances of being injured or
killed in an accident and/or the severity of
injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN
strongly encourages you and all of your
passengers to buckle up every time you
drive, even if your seating position in-
cludes a supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian pro-
vinces or territories specify that seat SSS0136
belts be worn at all times when a
vehicle is being driven.
SSS0134

. Be sure the seat belt tongue is
WARNING securely fastened to the proper
buckle.
. Every person who drives or rides . Do not wear the seat belt inside
in this vehicle should use a seat out or twisted. Doing so may
belt at all times. Children should reduce its effectiveness.
be properly restrained in the rear
seat and, if appropriate, in a child . Do not allow more than one
restraint. person to use the same seat belt.
. The seat belt should be properly . Never carry more people in the
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to vehicle than there are seat belts.
do so may reduce the effective- . If the seat belt warning light
ness of the entire restraint sys- glows continuously while the
tem and increase the chance or ignition is turned ON with all
SSS0016
severity of injury in an accident. doors closed and all seat belts
Serious injury or death can occur fastened, it may indicate a mal-
if the seat belt is not worn prop- function in the system. Have the
erly. system checked. It is recom-
. Always route the shoulder belt mended you visit a NISSAN dealer
over your shoulder and across for this service.
your chest. Never put the belt . No changes should be made to
behind your back, under your the seat belt system. For exam-
arm or across your neck. The belt ple, do not modify the seat belt,
should be away from your face add material, or install devices
and neck, but not falling off your that may change the seat belt
shoulder. routing or tension. Doing so may
. Position the lap belt as low and affect the operation of the seat
snug as possible AROUND THE belt system. Modifying or tam-
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt pering with the seat belt system
SSS0014 worn too high could increase the may result in serious personal
risk of internal injuries in an injury.
accident.
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has ignition switch is placed in the ON
activated, it cannot be reused and position.
must be replaced together with . The front passenger’s seat belt is not
the retractor. It is recommended fastened and objects or external force
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this on the passenger seat change the
service. seat belt reminder classification to
“occupied”.
. All seat belt assemblies, including
retractors and attaching hard- The seat belt warning light will flash
ware, should be inspected after under the conditions shown above until
any collision. It is recommended the necessary seat belt is securely fas-
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this tened.
service. NISSAN recommends that A warning chime will sound for approxi-
all seat belt assemblies in use mately 95 seconds or until one of the
during a collision be replaced following conditions is met:
JVR0575X
unless the collision was minor . The unbuckled front passenger’s seat
and the belts show no damage SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND belt is securely fastened.
and continue to operate properly. . The seat belt reminder function in the
Seat belt assemblies not in use CHIME
front passenger seat no longer de-
during a collision should also be The driver and front passenger seats are
tects that the front passenger seat is
inspected and replaced if either equipped with an enhanced seat belt
occupied.
damage or improper operation is reminder function. If your vehicle is
equipped with an enhanced seat belt . The ignition switch is turned off.
noted.
reminder function, a visual and audible The below situations could result in the
. All child restraints and attaching seat belt warning light being illuminated
hardware should be inspected alert will operate if a driver or front
passenger seat belt is unbuckled at and the chime sounding, even with no
after any collision. Always follow occupant present in the passenger seat:
the restraint manufacturer’s in- speeds of approximately 10 MPH (15
spection instructions and repla- km/h) or more under the following con- . Heavy objects placed on the seat.
ditions: . Someone pushing or pulling on the
cement recommendations. The
child restraints should be re- . If the driver seat belt is not fastened. front passenger seat.
placed if they are damaged. . The front passenger’s seat belt is not . An object placed under the front
fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger seat.
passenger for 7 seconds after the
. An object placed between the seat THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT becomes wrapped around a
cushion and center console or be- WITH RETRACTOR child’s neck with the ALR mode
tween the seat cushion and the door. activated, the child can be ser-
. An object hanging on the seat or iously injured or killed if the seat
placed in the seatback pocket (If so WARNING belt retracts and becomes tight.
equipped). This can occur even if the vehicle
. A child restraint or other object press- . Every person who drives or rides is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt
ing against the rear of the seatback. in this vehicle should use a seat to release the child. If the seat
PREGNANT WOMEN belt at all times. Children should belt can not be unbuckled or is
be in the rear seats and in an already unbuckled, release the
NISSAN recommends that pregnant wo- appropriate restraint. child by cutting the seat belt with
men use seat belts. The seat belt should
be worn snug, and always position the lap . Do not ride in a moving vehicle a suitable tool (such as a knife or
when the seatback is reclined. scissors) to release the seat belt.
belt as low as possible around the hips,
not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over This can be dangerous. The
your shoulder and across your chest. shoulder belt will not be against Fastening the seat belts
Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your your body. In an accident, you
could be thrown into it and re- 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).)
abdominal area. Contact your doctor for
specific recommendations. ceive neck or other serious inju-
ries. You could also slide under
INJURED PERSONS the lap belt and receive serious
NISSAN recommends that injured persons internal injuries.
use seat belts, depending on the injury. . For the most effective protection
Check with your doctor for specific re- when the vehicle is in motion, the
commendations. seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat
with both feet on the floor and
adjust the seat belt properly.
. Do not allow children to play with
the seat belts. Most seating posi-
tions are equipped with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode seat belts. If the seat belt
The ELR locks the seat belt when the
vehicle slows down rapidly or during
certain impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode) locks the
seat belt for child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat
belt tongue is detached from the buckle
and fully retracted. The seat belt returns
to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully
retracts. For additional information, see
“Child restraints” (P.1-21).
JVR0572X JVR0573X The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During nor-
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the 3. Position the lap belt portion low and mal seat belt use by an occupant, the
retractor and insert the tongue into snug on the hips as shown. ALR mode should not be activated. If it
the buckle until you hear and feel 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward is activated, it may cause uncomforta-
the latch engage. the retractor to take up extra slack . ble seat belt tension.
. The retractor is designed to lock Be sure the shoulder belt is routed
during a sudden stop or on im- over your shoulder and across your
pact. A slow pulling motion per- chest.
WARNING
mits the belt to move and allows
The three-point seat belts in the front When fastening the seat belts, be
you some freedom of movement
passenger seat and the rear seating certain that seatbacks are comple-
in the seat.
positions have two modes of operation: tely secured in the latched position.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position, . Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) If they are not completely secured,
firmly pull the belt and release it. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) passengers may be injured in an
Then smoothly pull the belt out of The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) accident or sudden stop.
the retractor. mode allows the seat belt to extend and
retract to allow the driver and passengers
some freedom of movement in the seat.
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-
ward quickly. The retractor should
lock and restrict further belt move-
ment.
If the retractor does not lock during this
check, get the system checked. It is
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer
for this service, or to learn more about
seat belt operation.
JVR0574X SSS0351A
Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment

To unfasten the seat belt, push the (for front seats)
button on the buckle . The seat belt The shoulder belt anchor height should
automatically retracts. be adjusted to the position best for you.
(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-
Checking seat belt operation 12).)
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock
To adjust, pull the adjustment button ,
seat belt movement by two separate
and then move the shoulder belt anchor
methods:
to the desired position , so that the belt
. When the belt is pulled quickly from passes over the center of the shoulder.
the retractor. The belt should be away from your face
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly. and neck, but not falling off of your
To increase your confidence in the seat shoulder. Release the adjustment button
belts, check the operation as follows: to lock the shoulder belt anchor into
position.
The range of height adjustment of the
shoulder belt may vary depending on the . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
model. WARNING guide of the seat belt anchors, the
seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the
. It is recommended that only shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry
WARNING cloth.
NISSAN seat belt extenders, made
by the same company which . Periodically check to see that the
. After adjustment, release the ad- made the original equipment seat seat belt and the metal components,
justment button and try to move belts, be used with NISSAN seat such as buckles, tongues, retractors,
the shoulder belt anchor up and belts. flexible wires and anchors, work prop-
down to make sure it is securely erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts
fixed in position. . Adults and children who can use or other damage on the webbing is
the standard seat belt should not
. The shoulder belt anchor height use an extender. Such unneces-
found, the entire seat belt assembly
should be adjusted to the posi- should be replaced.
sary use could result in serious
tion best for you. Failure to do so personal injury in the event of an
may reduce the effectiveness of accident.
the entire restraint system and
increase the chance or severity of . Never use seat belt extenders to
injury in an accident. install child restraints. If the child
restraint is not secured properly,
the child could be seriously in-
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS jured or killed in a collision or a
If, because of body size or driving position, sudden stop.
it is not possible to properly fit the lap/
shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender
that is compatible with the installed seat
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
belts is available that can be purchased. . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply
The extender adds approximately 8 in a mild soap solution or any solution
(200 mm) of length and may be used for recommended for cleaning upholstery
either the driver or front passenger seat- or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and
ing position. It is recommended you visit a allow the seat belts to dry in the
NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- shade. Do not allow the seat belts to
chasing an extender if an extender is retract until they are completely dry.
required.
CHILD SAFETY
There are three basic types of child All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
WARNING restraint systems: territories require the use of approved
. Rear-facing child restraint child restraints for infants and small
children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-21).
Do not allow children to play with the . Forward-facing child restraint
seat belts. Most seating positions are . Booster seat A child restraint may be secured in the
equipped with Automatic Locking vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower
The proper restraint depends on the
Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system
child’s size. Generally, infants up to about
the seat belt becomes wrapped or with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child
1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should
around a child’s neck with the ALR restraints” (P.1-21) for more information.
be placed in rear-facing child restraints.
mode activated, the child can be Forward-facing child restraints are avail- NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
seriously injured or killed if the seat able for children who outgrow rear-facing and children be restrained in the rear
belt retracts and becomes tight. This child restraints and are at least 1 year old. seat. Studies show that children are
can occur even if the vehicle is Booster seats are used to help position a safer when properly restrained in the
parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who rear seat than in the front seat.
release the child. If the seat belt can can no longer use a forward-facing child This is especially important because
not be unbuckled or is already un- restraint. your vehicle has a supplemental re-
buckled, release the child by cutting straint system (Air bag system) for the
the seat belt with a suitable tool front passenger. See “Supplemental
(such as a knife or scissors) to WARNING Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-42).
release the seat belt.
Infants and children need special INFANTS
Children need adults to help protect protection. The vehicle’s seat belts Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
them. may not fit them properly. The placed in a rear-facing child restraint.
shoulder belt may come too close NISSAN recommends that infants be
They need to be properly restrained.
to the face or neck. The lap belt may placed in child restraints that comply with
In addition to the general information in not fit over their small hip bones. In Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
this manual, child safety information is an accident, an improperly fitting or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
available from many other sources, in- seat belt could cause serious or fatal dards. You should choose a child restraint
cluding doctors, teachers, government injury. Always use appropriate child that fits your vehicle and always follow
traffic safety offices, and community or- restraints. the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-
ganizations. Every child is different, so be lation and use.
sure to learn the best way to transport
your child.
SMALL CHILDREN obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt . Is the child able to use the properly
Children that are over 1 year old and to fit properly, the booster seat should adjusted head restraint/headrest?
weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain raise the child so that the shoulder belt is . Will the child be able to stay in position
in a rear-facing child restraint as long as properly positioned across the chest and for the entire ride?
possible up to the height or weight limit the top, middle portion of the shoulder.
of the child restraint. Children who out- The shoulder belt should not cross the
grow the height or weight limit of the neck or face and should not fall off the
shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly
rear-facing child restraint and are at least
1 year old should be secured in a forward- across the lower hips or upper thighs, not
facing child restraint with a harness. Refer the abdomen.
to the manufacturer’s instructions for A booster seat can only be used in
minimum and maximum weight and seating positions that have a three-point
height recommendations. NISSAN recom- type seat belt. The booster seat should fit
mends that small children be placed in the vehicle seat and have a label certify-
child restraints that comply with Federal ing that it complies with Federal Motor
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian
dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
should choose a child restraint that fits A booster seat should be used until the
your vehicle and always follow the man- child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
ufacturer’s instructions for installation
. Are the child’s back and hips against
and use.
the vehicle seatback?
LARGER CHILDREN . Is the child able to sit without slouch-
Children should remain in a forward- ing?
facing child restraint with a harness until . Do the child’s knees bend easily over
they reach the maximum height or the front edge of the seat with feet flat
weight limit allowed by the child restraint on the floor?
manufacturer. . Can the child safely wear the seat belt
Once a child outgrows the height or (lap belt low and snug across the hips
weight limit of the harness-equipped and shoulder belt across mid-chest
forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN and shoulder)?
recommends that the child be placed in
a commercially available booster seat to
CHILD RESTRAINTS
seriously injured or killed in a sudden

stop or collision.
JVR0473X SSS0099
If you answered no to any of these

questions, the child should remain in a
booster seat using a three-point type
seat belt.
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow
different guidelines. Check local and
state regulations to confirm your child
is using the correct restraint system
before traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on SSS0100
any seat and do not allow a child in
the cargo area. The child could be
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- seat than in the front seat. If will not be properly installed
STRAINTS you must install a forward- using the damaged ancho-
facing child restraint in the rage, and a child could be
front seat, see “Forward-fa- seriously injured or killed in a
WARNING cing child restraint installation collision.
using the seat belts” (P.1-34).
. Failure to follow the warnings — Never use the anchor points
and instructions for proper use — Even with the NISSAN Ad- for adult seat belts or har-
and installation of child restraints vanced Air Bag System, never nesses.
could result in serious injury or install a rear-facing child re-
— A child restraint with a top
death of a child or other passen- straint in the front seat. An
tether strap should not be
gers in a sudden stop or collision: inflating air bag could ser-
used in the front passenger
iously injure or kill a child. A
— The child restraint must be seat.
rear-facing child restraint
used and installed properly. must only be used in the rear — Keep seatbacks as upright as
Always follow all of the child seat. possible after fitting the child
restraint manufacturer’s in- restraint.
structions for installation and — Be sure to purchase a child
use. restraint that will fit the child — Infants and children should
and vehicle. Some child re- always be placed in an appro-
— Infants and children should straints may not fit properly priate child restraint while in
never be held on anyone’s in your vehicle. the vehicle.
lap. Even the strongest adult
cannot resist the forces of a — Child restraint anchorages are . When the child restraint is not in
collision. designed to withstand only use, keep it secured with the
those loads imposed by cor- LATCH system or a seat belt. In a
— Do not put a seat belt around rectly fitted child restraints. sudden stop or collision, loose
both a child and another pas- Under no circumstances are objects can injure occupants or
senger. they to be used to attach damage the vehicle.
— NISSAN recommends that all adult seat belts, or other
child restraints be installed in items or equipment to the
the rear seat. Studies show vehicle. Doing so could da-
that children are safer when mage the child restraint an-
properly restrained in the rear chorages. The child restraint

. Check the child restraint in your law requires the top tether strap on
CAUTION vehicle to be sure it is compatible with forward-facing child restraints be se-
the vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys- cured to the designated anchor point
tem. on the vehicle.
A child restraint in a closed vehicle
can become very hot. Check the . If the child restraint is compatible with
seating surface and buckles before your vehicle, place your child in the
placing a child in the child restraint. child restraint and check the various
adjustments to be sure the child
restraint is compatible with your child.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal Choose a child restraint that is de-
child restraint anchor system, referred to signed for your child’s height and
as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and weight. Always follow all recom-
Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child mended procedures.
restraints include rigid or webbing-
mounted attachments that can be con- . If the combined weight of the child
nected to these anchors. and child restraint is less than 65 lbs
(29.5 kg), you may use either the
For details, see “Lower Anchors and LATCH anchors or the seat belt to
Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” install the child restraint (not both at
(P.1-24). the same time).
If you do not have a LATCH compatible . If the combined weight of the child
child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can and child restraint is greater than 65
be used. lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt
Several manufacturers offer child re- (not the lower anchors) to install the
straints for infants and small children of child restraint.
various sizes. When selecting any child . Be sure to follow the child restraint
restraint, keep the following points in manufacturer’s instructions for instal-
mind: lation.
. Choose only a restraint with a label All U.S. states and Canadian provinces
certifying that it complies with Federal or territories require that infants and
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or small children be restrained in an ap-
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- proved child restraint at all times while
dard 213. the vehicle is being operated. Canadian

restraint manufacturer’s instructions for . Inspect the lower anchors by in-
installation. serting your fingers into the low-
er anchor area. Feel to make sure
CAUTION there are no obstructions over
the anchors such as seat belt
webbing or seat cushion material.
Store the loose LATCH covers (for The child restraint will not be
example, in the console box) where secured properly if the lower
they will not get damaged to avoid anchors are obstructed.
losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2-
71).) . Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
LATCH lower anchor child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used to
JVR0555X
attach adult seat belts, or other
LATCH system anchor location WARNING items or equipment to the vehi-
Lower Anchors and Tethers for cle. Doing so could damage the
CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM Failure to follow the warnings and child restraint anchorages. The
Your vehicle is equipped with special instructions for proper use and in- child restraint will not be properly
anchor points that are used with LATCH stallation of child restraints could installed using the damaged an-
result in serious injury or death of a chorage, and a child could be
system compatible child restraints. This
system may also be referred to as the child or other passengers in a sud- seriously injured or killed in a
ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With den stop or collision: collision.
this system, you do not have to use a . Attach LATCH system compatible
vehicle seat belt to secure the child child restraints only at the loca- LATCH lower anchor location
restraint unless the combined weight of tions shown in the illustration. The LATCH lower anchor points are
the child and child restraint exceeds 65 . Do not secure a child restraint in provided to install child restraints in the
lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the the center rear seating position rear outboard seating positions only. Do
child and child restraint is greater than 65 using the LATCH lower anchors. not attempt to install a child restraint in
lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt The child restraint will not be the center seating position using the
(not the lower anchors) to install the child secured properly. LATCH lower anchors.
restraint. Be sure to follow the child
SSS0643 SSS0644
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH When installing a child restraint, carefully

read and follow the instructions in this
lower anchor attachments
manual and those supplied with the child
LATCH compatible child restraints include restraint.
two rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
ments that can be connected to two
anchors located at certain seating posi-
JVR0556X tions in your vehicle. With this system, you
LATCH lower anchor cover removal do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to
The LATCH lower anchor points are secure the child restraint. Check your
located under covers labelled ISOFIX at child restraint for a label stating that it is
the bottom of the rear outboard seat compatible with LATCH. This information
cushions. To access a LATCH lower an- may also be in the instructions provided
chor point, insert your finger into the by the child restraint manufacturer.
cover and pull the cover off.

Top tether anchor collision.
WARNING Anchor points are located on the back

side of the seatbacks.
Properly secure cargo and do not If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it
allow it to contact the top tether must be used when installing with the
strap when it is attached to the top LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat
tether anchor. Cargo that is not belts.
properly secured or cargo that con- If you have any questions when instal-
tacts the top tether strap may da- ling a top tether strap child restraint on
mage the top tether strap during a the rear seat, it is recommended you
collision. If the parcel shelf (if so visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
equipped) contacts the top tether
strap when it is attached to the top WAB0058X
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
tether anchor, remove the parcel INSTALLATION USING LATCH
shelf from the vehicle or secure it Top tether anchor point locations Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
on the cargo floor below its attach- “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-
ment location. If the parcel shelf is tions before installing a child restraint.
not removed, it may damage the top WARNING Do not use the lower anchors if the
tether strap during a collision. Your combined weight of the child and the
child could be seriously injured or Child restraint anchorages are de- child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If
killed in a collision if the child re- signed to withstand only those loads the combined weight of the child and the
straint top tether strap is damaged. imposed by correctly fitted child child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5
restraints. Under no circumstances kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
are they to be used to attach adult lower anchors) to install the child re-
seat belts, or other items or equip- straint. Be sure to follow the child re-
ment to the vehicle. Doing so could straint manufacturer’s instructions for
damage the child restraint an- installation.
chorages. The child restraint will not
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
be properly installed using the da-
child restraint using the LATCH system:
maged anchorage, and a child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint man-
ufacturer’s instructions.
SSS0648 SSS0649
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
tachments to the LATCH lower an-
chors. Check to make sure the LATCH
attachment is properly attached to
the lower anchors.

in all types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint
is properly secured prior to each use. If
the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT
BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Auto-
SSS0639 SSS0650 matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 be used when installing a child re-
straint. Failure to use the ALR mode
3. For child restraints that are equipped 4. After attaching the child restraint, test
will result in the child restraint not
with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push
being properly secured. The restraint
remove any additional slack from the it from side to side while holding the
could tip over or be loose and cause
anchor attachments. Press downward child restraint near the LATCH attach-
injury to a child in a sudden stop or
and rearward firmly in the center of ment path. The child restraint should
collision.
the child restraint with your hand to not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
compress the vehicle seat cushion from side to side. Try to tug it forward
and seatback while tightening the and check to see if the LATCH attach-
webbing of the anchor attachments. ment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the
LATCH attachment as necessary, or
put the restraint in another seat and
test it again. You may need to try a
different child restraint or try installing
by using the vehicle seat belt (if
applicable). Not all child restraints fit

1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the
front seat. Position the child restraint
on the seat. Always follow the re-
straint manufacturer’s instructions.
SSS0100 SSS0654
Rear-facing — step 1 Rear-facing — step 2
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the 2. Route the seat belt tongue through
“Child safety” (P.1-19) and “Child restraints” the child restraint and insert it into the
(P.1-21) before installing a child restraint. buckle until you hear and feel the
Do not use the lower anchors if the latch engage. Be sure to follow the
combined weight of the child and the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-
child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If tions for belt routing.
the combined weight of the child and the
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5
kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child re-
straint. Be sure to follow the child re-
straint manufacturer’s instructions for
installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belts
in the rear seats:
SSS0655 SSS0656 SSS0657
Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 5. Remove any additional slack from the
fully extended. At this time, the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear-
belt retractor is in the Automatic slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint to compress the vehicle seat
restraint mode). It reverts to the cushion and seatback while pulling up
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) on the seat belt.
mode when the seat belt is fully
retracted.

each use. If the seat belt is not locked,
repeat steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and
the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-
STRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-
tions before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the
combined weight of the child and the
SSS0658 SSS0645
child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If
Rear-facing — step 6 Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2
the combined weight of the child and the
6. After attaching the child restraint, test child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
it before you place the child in it. Push kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the tachments to the LATCH lower an-
it from side to side while holding the lower anchors) to install the child re- chors. Check to make sure the LATCH
child restraint near the seat belt path. straint. Be sure to follow the child re- attachment is properly attached to
The child restraint should not move straint manufacturer’s instructions for the lower anchors.
more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to installation. If the child restraint is equipped with a
side. Try to tug it forward and check to Follow these steps to install a forward- top tether strap, route the top tether
see if the belt holds the restraint in facing child restraint using the LATCH strap and secure the tether strap to
place. If the restraint is not secure, system: the tether anchor point. See “Installing
tighten the seat belt as necessary, or top tether strap” (P.1-33). Do not install
put the restraint in another seat and 1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint man- child restraints that require the use of
test it again. You may need to try a a top tether strap in seating positions
different child restraint. Not all child ufacturer’s instructions.
that do not have a top tether anchor.
restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child
restraint is properly secured prior to
child restraint.
SSS0646 SSS0647
Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing — step 4
3. The back of the child restraint should 4. For child restraints that are equipped
be secured against the vehicle seat- with webbing-mounted attachments,
back. remove any additional slack from the
If necessary, adjust or remove the anchor attachments. Press downward
head restraint to obtain the correct and rearward firmly in the center of
child restraint fit. If the head restraint the child restraint with your knee to
is removed, store it in a secure place. compress the vehicle seat cushion
Be sure to reinstall the head re- and seatback while tightening the
straint when the child restraint is webbing of the anchor attachments.
removed. See “Head restraints/head- 5. Tighten the tether strap according to
rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust- the manufacturer’s instructions to
ment information. remove any slack.
If the seating position does not have a
head restraint and it is interfering with
the proper child restraint fit, try an-
other seating position or a different
the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 1 through 6.
SSS0638 WAB0058X
Forward-facing — step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test Installing top tether strap
it before you place the child in it. Push
it from side to side while holding the
child restraint near the LATCH attach- WARNING
ment path. The child restraint should
not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), Child restraint anchorages are de-
from side to side. Try to tug it forward signed to withstand only those loads
and check to see if the LATCH attach- imposed by correctly fitted child
ment holds the restraint in place. If the restraints. Under no circumstances
restraint is not secure, tighten the are they to be used to attach adult
LATCH attachment as necessary, or seat belts, or other items or equip-
put the restraint in another seat and ment to the vehicle. Doing so could
test it again. You may need to try a damage the child restraint an-
different child restraint. Not all child chorages. The child restraint will not
restraints fit in all types of vehicles. be properly installed using the da-
collision. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-
STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE
The child restraint top tether strap must SEAT BELTS
be used when installing the child restraint
with the LATCH lower anchor attach-
ments. WARNING
First, secure the child restraint with the
The three-point seat belt with Auto-
LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
seating positions only).
be used when installing a child re-
1. Remove the head restraint and store it straint. Failure to use the ALR mode
in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall will result in the child restraint not
the head restraint when the child being properly secured. The restraint
restraint is removed. could tip over or be loose and cause
injury to a child in a sudden stop or SSS0640
See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8)
for head restraint adjustment, re- collision. Also, it can change the Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1
moval and installation information. operation of the front passenger air Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
2. Position the top tether strap as bag. See “Front passenger air bag “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-
shown. and status light” (P.1-50). tions before installing a child restraint.
3. Secure the top tether strap to the Do not use the lower anchors if the
tether anchor point as shown. combined weight of the child and the
child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint the combined weight of the child and the
installation procedure steps in this child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5
section before tightening the tether kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
strap. lower anchors) to install the child re-
If you have any questions when instal- straint. Be sure to follow the child re-
ling a top tether strap, it is recom- straint manufacturer’s instructions for
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer installation.
for this service. Follow these steps to install a forward-
facing child restraint using the vehicle
seat belt in the rear seats or in the front
passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in
a forward-facing direction only.
Move the seat to the rearmost posi-
tion. Child restraints for infants must
be used in the rear-facing direction
and, therefore, must not be used in
the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint man-
ufacturer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should
be secured against the vehicle seat- SSS0360B SSS0651
back. Forward-facing — step 3 Forward-facing — step 4
If necessary, adjust or remove the 3. Route the seat belt tongue through 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is
head restraint to obtain the correct the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat
child restraint fit. If the head restraint buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic
is removed, store it in a secure place. latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child
Be sure to reinstall the head re- child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to Emer-
straint when the child restraint is tions for belt routing. gency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
removed. See “Head restraints/head- when the seat belt is fully retracted.
rests” (P.1-8) for head restraint adjust- If the child restraint is equipped with a
ment, removal and installation top tether strap, route the top tether
information. strap and secure the tether strap to
the tether anchor point (rear seat
If the seating position does not have installation only). See “Installing top
an adjustable head restraint and it is tether strap” (P.1-37). Do not install
interfering with the proper child re- child restraints that require the use
straint fit, try another seating position of a top tether strap in seating posi-
or a different child restraint. tions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
SSS0652 SSS0653 SSS0641
Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6 Forward-facing — step 8
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 6. Remove any additional slack from the 8. After attaching the child restraint, test
on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push
slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the
restraint with your knee to compress child restraint near the seat belt path.
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback The child restraint should not move
while pulling up on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to
7. Tighten the tether strap according to side. Try to tug it forward and check to
the manufacturer’s instructions to see if the belt holds the restraint in
remove any slack. place. If the restraint is not secure,
tighten the seat belt as necessary, or
put the restraint in another seat and
test it again. You may need to try a
different child restraint. Not all child
restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 2 through 8.
SSS0676 WAB0058X
Forward-facing — step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the Installing top tether strap
front passenger seat, place the igni-
tion switch in the ON position. The
front passenger air bag status light WARNING
should illuminate. If this light is not
illuminated, see “Front passenger air Child restraint anchorages are de-
bag and status light” (P.1-50). Move signed to withstand only those loads
the child restraint to another seating imposed by correctly fitted child
position. Have the system checked. It restraints. Under no circumstances
is recommended you visit a NISSAN are they to be used to attach adult
dealer for this service. seat belts, or other items or equip-
ment to the vehicle. Doing so could
After the child restraint is removed and
damage the child restraint an-
the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR
chorages. The child restraint will not
mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.
be properly installed using the da-
collision. BOOSTER SEATS . Check the booster seat in your vehicle
to be sure it is compatible with the
Precautions on booster seats vehicle’s seat and seat belt system.
The child restraint top tether strap must
be used when installing the child restraint
with the seat belts. WARNING
First, secure the child restraint with the
seat belt. If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child
1. Remove the head restraint and store it
being injured or killed in a sudden
in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
stop or collision greatly increases:
the head restraint when the child
restraint is removed. . Make sure the shoulder portion of
See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) the belt is away from the child’s
for head restraint adjustment, re- face and neck and the lap portion
moval and installation information. of the belt does not cross the
stomach.
2. Position the top tether strap as
shown. . Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the
3. Secure the top tether strap to the child’s arm.
tether anchor point as shown.
. A booster seat must only be
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installed in a seating position that
installation procedure steps in this has a lap/shoulder belt.
section before tightening the tether
strap.
Booster seats of various sizes are offered
If you have any questions when instal- by several manufacturers. When selecting
ling a top tether strap, it is recom- any booster seat, keep the following
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for points in mind:
this service.
. Choose only a booster seat with a
label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213.
. Make sure the child’s head will be
properly supported by the booster
seat or vehicle seat. The seatback
must be at or above the center of
the child’s ears. For example, if a low
back booster seat is chosen, the
vehicle seatback must be at or above
the center of the child’s ears. If the
seatback is lower than the center of
the child’s ears, a high back booster
seat should be used.
. If the booster seat is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the
booster seat and check the various
LRS0453 adjustments to be sure the booster LRS0464
seat is compatible with your child.
Always follow all recommended pro- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces
cedures. or territories require that infants and
small children be restrained in an ap-
proved child restraint at all times while
the vehicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats
or the front passenger seat.
LRS0455

Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use
the lap/shoulder belt Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when
using a booster seat with the seat
belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the

“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-
ter seats” sections earlier in this section
before installing a child restraint. SSS0640 LRS0454
Front passenger position
Follow these steps to install a booster 1. If you must install a booster seat in
seat in the rear seat or in the front the front seat, move the seat to the 3. The booster seat should be positioned
passenger seat: rearmost position. on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. If necessary, adjust or remove the
Only place it in a forward-facing head restraint to obtain the correct
direction. Always follow the booster booster seat fit. If the head restraint is
seat manufacturer’s instructions. removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint
when the booster seat is removed.
See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8)
for head restraint adjustment, re-
moval and installation information.
If the seating position does not have a
head restraint and it is interfering with
the proper booster seat fit, try another
seating position or a different booster
seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat
belt low and snug on the child’s hips.
Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for ad-
justing the seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the
seat belt toward the retractor to take
up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder
belt is positioned across the top,
middle portion of the child’s shoulder.
Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for ad-
justing the seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and
SSS0676
instructions for properly fastening a
seat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-12). 7. If the booster seat is installed in the
front passenger seat, place the igni-
tion switch in the ON position. The
front passenger air bag status light
may or may not illuminate de-
pending on the size of the child and
the type of booster seat used. See
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” (P.1-50).

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS front passenger in certain side impact pant seated a suitable distance away
collisions. The side air bag is designed to from the steering wheel, instrument pa-
This SRS section contains important in- inflate on the side where the vehicle is nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”
formation concerning the following sys- impacted. (P.1-12) for instructions and precautions
tems: on seat belt usage.)
Rear outboard seat-mounted side-im-
. Driver and front passenger supple- pact supplemental air bag system: This The supplemental air bags operate only
mental front-impact air bag (NISSAN system can help cushion the impact force when the ignition switch is in the ON or
Advanced Air Bag System) to the chest area of the rear outboard START position.
. Driver and front passenger supple- seat passengers in certain side-impact
mental knee air bag After the ignition is placed in the ON
collisions. The side air bags are designed position, the supplemental air bag
. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- to inflate on the side where the vehicle is warning light illuminates. The supple-
plemental air bag impacted. mental air bag warning light will turn
. Rear outboard seat-mounted side- Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and off after about 7 seconds if the systems
impact supplemental air bag rollover supplemental air bag system: are operational.
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact This system can help cushion the impact
and rollover supplemental air bag force to the heads of occupants in front
. Seat belt with pretensioner (front and and rear outboard seating positions in
rear outboard seats) certain side impact or rollover collisions.
Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are
tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- designed to inflate on the side where the
tem can help cushion the impact force to vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the
the head and chest of the driver and front curtain air bags on both sides are de-
passenger in certain frontal collisions. signed to inflate. Under both side-impact
and rollover situations, the curtain air
Driver and front passenger supplemen-
bags will remain inflated for a short
tal knee air bag system: This system can
period of time.
help cushion the impact force to the
driver’s and front passenger’s knees in These supplemental restraint systems are
certain collisions. designed to supplement the crash pro-
tection provided by the driver, passenger
Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
and rear outboard seat belts and are not
plemental air bag system: This system
a substitute for them. Seat belts should
can help cushion the impact force to the
always be correctly worn and the occu-
chest and pelvic area of the driver and
WARNING
. The front air bags ordinarily will
not inflate in the event of a side
impact, rear impact, rollover, or
lower severity frontal collision.
Always wear your seat belts to
help reduce the risk or severity of
injury in various kinds of acci-
dents.
. The front passenger air bag and
front passenger knee air bag will
not inflate if the front passenger
SSS0131
air bag status light is lit. See
“Front passenger air bag and
status light” (P.1-50).
. The seat belts and the front air
bags are most effective when you
are sitting well back and upright
in the seat with both feet on the
floor. The front air bags inflate
with great force. Even with the
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System,
if you are unrestrained, leaning
forward, sitting sideways or out
of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive ser-
SSS0132 ious or fatal injuries from the
front air bag if you are up against
it when it inflates. Always sit back
against the seatback and as far- injured if the front air bag in-
away as practical from the steer- flates.
ing wheel or instrument panel.
Always use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger
seat belt buckles are equipped
with sensors that detect if the
seat belts are fastened. The Ad-
vanced Air Bag System monitors
the severity of a collision and seat
belt usage then inflates the air
bags as needed. Failure to prop-
erly wear seat belts can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
SSS0007
accident.
. The front passenger seat is
equipped with occupant classifi-
cation sensors (weight sensors)
that turn the front passenger air
bag and front passenger knee air
bag OFF under some conditions.
These sensors are only used in
this seat. Failure to be properly
seated and wearing the seat belt
can increase the risk or severity
of injury in an accident. See
“Front passenger air bag and
status light” (P.1-50).
. Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them in- SSS0006
side the steering wheel rim could
increase the risk that they are
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrest-
rained or extend their hands or
face out of the window. Do not
attempt to hold them in your lap
or arms. Some examples of dan-
gerous riding positions are
shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured
or killed when the front air bags,
side air bags or curtain air bags
inflate if they are not properly
SSS0008 SSS0099
restrained. Pre-teens and chil-
dren should be properly re-
strained in the rear seat, if
possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced
Air Bag System, never install a
rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat. An inflating front air
bag could seriously injure or kill
your child. See “Child restraints”
(P.1-21) for details.
SSS0009 SSS0100

SSS0059A SSS0140 SSS0159
Do not lean against doors or windows.
WARNING
Front and rear outboard seat-
mounted side-impact supplemental
air bags and roof-mounted curtain
side-impact and rollover supplemen-
tal air bags:
. The side air bags ordinarily will
not inflate in the event of a
frontal impact, rear impact, roll-
over or lower severity side colli-
sion. Always wear your seat belts
SSS0162 to help reduce the risk or severity
SSS0188A of injury in various kinds of acci-
dents.
. The curtain air bags ordinarily will properly restrained. Some exam-
not inflate in the event of a front ples of dangerous riding posi-
impact, rear impact, or lower tions are shown in the
severity side collision. Always illustrations.
wear your seat belts to help . Do not use seat covers on the
reduce the risk or severity of front and rear seatbacks. They
injury in various kinds of acci- may interfere with side air bag
dents. inflation.
. The seat belts, the side air bags
and curtain air bags are most
effective when you are sitting
well back and upright in the seat.
The side air bags and curtain air
bags inflate with great force. Do
not allow anyone to place their
hand, leg or face near the side air
bags on the side of the seatback
of the front and rear seat or near
the side roof rails. Do not allow
anyone sitting in the front seats
or rear outboard seats to extend
their hand out of the window or
lean against the door. Some ex-
amples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the previous
illustrations.
. When sitting in the rear seat, do
not hold onto the seatback of the
front seat. If the side air bag
inflates, you may be seriously
injured. Be especially careful with
children, who should always be
10. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side
shown; front passenger side similar)
11. Lap outer pretensioners
12. Seat belt with pretensioners (front seats)
13. Satellite sensors
14. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag modules
15. Seat belt with pretensioners (rear out-
board seats)
NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-
TEM (front seats)
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the
passenger’s Advanced Air Bag sys-
tem, please observe the following
items.
. Do not allow a passenger in the
rear seat to push or pull on the
seatback pocket.
WAB0046X . Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seat-
1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- mental air bag modules back, head restraint or in the
ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags) 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and seatback pocket.
2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) rollover supplemental air bag inflators
. Make sure nothing is pressing
3. Occupant classification sensors (weight 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
sensors) rollover supplemental air bag modules
against the rear of the seatback,
such as a child restraint installed
4. Occupant classification system control 8. Crash zone sensor
unit in the rear seat or an object
9. Driver and front passenger supplemental stored on the floor.
5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- knee air bags
. Make sure that there is no object bag and front passenger knee air The driver supplemental front-impact air
placed under the front passenger bag may deploy in a collision. bag is located in the center of the
seat. Also the front passenger air bag steering wheel. The passenger supple-
status light may not illuminate. mental front-impact air bag is mounted in
. Make sure that there is no object the instrument panel above the glove
placed between the seat cushion See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for
information about installing and box. The front air bags are designed to
and center console or between inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,
the seat cushion and the door. using child restraints.
although they may inflate if the forces in
. Be sure that the front passenger . Confirm the operating condition another type of collision are similar to
seat does not contact the rear with the front passenger air bag those of a higher severity frontal impact.
seat, instrument panel, etc., or the status light. They may not inflate in certain frontal
head restraint does not contact . If you notice that the front pas- collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is
the roof. senger air bag status light is not not always an indication of proper front
. Do not position the front passen- operating as described in this air bag operation.
ger seat so it contacts the rear section, it is recommended you The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has
seat. If the front seat does con- visit a NISSAN dealer to check the dual stage air bag inflators. The system
tact the rear seat, the air bag passenger seat Advanced Air Bag monitors information from the Air bag
system may determine a sensor System. Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen-
malfunction has occurred and the . Until you have confirmed with sors and the occupant classification sen-
front passenger air bag status your dealer that your passenger sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is
light may illuminate and the sup- seat Advanced Air Bag is working based on the severity of a collision and
plemental air bag warning light properly, position the occupants seat belt usage for the driver. For the
may flash. in the rear seating positions. front passenger, the occupant classifica-
. If a forward facing child restraint tion sensors are also monitored. Based on
is installed in the front passenger This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN information from the sensors, only one
seat, do not position the front Advanced Air Bag System for the driver front air bag may inflate in a crash,
passenger seat so the child re- and front passenger seats. This system is depending on the crash severity and
straint contacts the instrument designed to meet certification require- whether the front occupants are belted
panel. If the child restraint does ments under U.S. regulations. It is also or unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-
contact the instrument panel, the permitted in Canada. All of the informa- senger air bag and front passenger knee
system may determine the seat is tion, cautions and warnings in this air bag may be automatically turned OFF
occupied and the passenger air manual apply and must be followed. under some conditions, depending on the
information provided by the occupant
classification sensors. If the front passenger’s knee air bags, do not provide
ger air bag and front passenger knee air restraint to the lower body.
bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
status light will be illuminated. (See “Front belts should be correctly worn and the
passenger air bag and status light” (P.1- driver and passenger seated upright as
50) for further details.) One front air bag far as practical away from the steering
inflating does not indicate improper per- wheel or instrument panel. The front air
formance of the system. bags inflate quickly in order to help
If you have any questions about your air protect the front occupants. Because of
bag system, it is recommended you visit a this, the force of the front air bag inflating
NISSAN dealer to obtain information can increase the risk of injury if the
about the system. If you are considering occupant is too close to, or is against,
modification of your vehicle due to a the air bag module during inflation.
disability, you may also contact NISSAN. The front air bags deflate quickly after a
Contact information is contained in the SSS0676
collision.
front of this Owner’s Manual. Front passenger air bag status light
The front air bags operate only when
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud the ignition switch is in the ON position. Front passenger air bag and status
noise may be heard, followed by release light
of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and After the ignition is placed in the ON
does not indicate a fire. Care should be position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause
mental air bag warning light will turn
WARNING
irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should off after about 7 seconds if the system
is operational. The front passenger air bag and
get fresh air promptly. front passenger knee air bag are
Front air bags, along with the use of seat designed to automatically turn OFF
belts, help to cushion the impact force on under some conditions. Read this
the head and chest of the front occu- section carefully to learn how it
pants. They can help save lives and operates. Proper use of the seat,
reduce serious injuries. However, an in- seat belt and child restraints is ne-
flating front air bag may cause facial cessary for most effective protec-
abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, tion. Failure to follow all
other than the driver’s and front passen- instructions in this manual concern-
ing the use of seats, seat belts and
child restraints can increase the risk
or severity of injury in an accident.

Status light:
The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and
front passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front
passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is
located on the instrument panel. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light
illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminate depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The
light operates as follows:
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND
PASSENGER AIR BAG FRONT PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG
CONDITION DESCRIPTION
INDICATOR LIGHT ( ) STATUS
Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or INHIBITED
Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated)
Small Adult in front passenger seat
Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED
In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above
depending on their weight.
For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system, please
refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-54) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-55) in this section.

Front passenger air bag: and front passenger knee air bag to be If the front passenger seat is not occu-
The front passenger air bag is designed automatically turned OFF. For small pied, the passenger air bag and front
to automatically turn OFF when the adults it may be turned OFF, however, if passenger knee air bag are designed not
vehicle is operated under some condi- the occupant does not sit in the seat to inflate in a crash. However, heavy
tions as described below as permitted by properly (for example, by not sitting up- objects placed on the seat could result
U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or in air bag inflation, because of the object
bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The by otherwise being out of position), this being detected by the occupant classifi-
driver air bag and other air bags in your could cause the sensors to turn the air cation sensors. Other conditions could
vehicle are not part of this system. bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and also result in air bag inflation, such as if a
wearing the seat belt properly for the child is standing on the seat, or if two
The purpose of the regulation is to help most effective protection by the seat belt children are on the seat, contrary to the
reduce the risk of injury or death from an and supplemental air bag. instructions in this manual. Always be
inflating air bag to certain front passen- sure that you and all vehicle occupants
ger seat occupants, such as children, by NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and
children be properly restrained in a rear are seated and restrained properly.
requiring the air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- Using the front passenger air bag status
propriate child restraints and booster light, you can monitor when the front
The occupant classification sensors seats be properly installed in a rear seat. passenger air bag and front passenger
(weight sensors) are on the seat cushion If this is not possible, the occupant knee air bag are automatically turned
frame under the front passenger seat and classification sensors are designed to OFF.
are designed to detect an occupant and operate as described above to turn the
objects on the seat. For example, if a child If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
front passenger air bag and front pas- front passenger air bag status light is
is in the front passenger seat, the Ad- senger knee air bag OFF for specified
vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn illuminated (indicating that the front pas-
child restraints. Failing to properly secure senger air bag and front passenger knee
the passenger air bag OFF in accordance child restraints and to use the Automatic
with the regulations. Also, if a child air bag are OFF), it could be that the
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child re- person is a small adult, or is not sitting on
restraint of the type specified in the straint mode) may allow the restraint to
regulations is on the seat, the occupant the seat properly.
tip or move in an accident or sudden stop.
classification sensors can detect it and This can also result in the passenger air If a child restraint must be used in the
cause the air bag to turn OFF. bag and front passenger knee air bag front seat, the front passenger air bag
Front passenger seat adult occupants inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. status light may or may not be illumi-
who are properly seated and using the (See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for proper nated, depending on the size of the child
seat belt as outlined in this manual use and installation.) and the type of child restraint being used.
should not cause the passenger air bag If the front passenger air bag status light
is not illuminated (indicating that the air illuminate. Have the system checked. It is Steps:
bag might inflate in a crash), it could be recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See
that the child restraint or seat belt is not for this service. “Seats” (P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning
being used properly. Make sure that the against the seatback, and centered
Normal operation:
child restraint is installed properly, the on the seat cushion with your feet
seat belt is used properly and the occu- In order for the occupant classification
sensor system to classify the front pas- comfortably extended to the floor.
pant is positioned properly. If the front
passenger air bag status light is not senger based on weight, please follow the 2. Make sure there are no objects on
illuminated, reposition the occupant or precautions and steps outlined below: your lap.
child restraint in a rear seat. Precautions: 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See
If the front passenger air bag status light “Seat belts” (P.1-12).) Front passenger
. Make sure that there are no objects seat belt buckle status is monitored
will not illuminate even though you be- weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on
lieve that the child restraint, the seat belts by the occupant classification system,
the seat or placed in the seatback and is used as an input to determine
and the occupant are properly positioned, pocket.
it is recommended that you take your occupancy status. So, it is highly
. Make sure that a child restraint or recommended that the front passen-
vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN other object is not pressing against
dealer can check the system status by ger fasten their seat belt.
the rear of the seatback.
using a special tool. However, until you 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds
have confirmed with your dealer that . Make sure that a rear passenger is not allowing the system to classify the
your air bag is working properly, reposi- pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger before the vehicle is
tion the occupant or child restraint in a front passenger seat. put into motion.
rear seat. . Make sure that the front passenger
seat or seatback is not forced back 5. Ensure proper classification by check-
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System against an object on the seat or floor ing the front passenger air bag status
and front passenger air bag status light behind it. light.
will take a few seconds to register a NOTE:
change in the passenger seat status. This . Make sure that there is no object
is normal system operation and does not placed under the front passenger This vehicle’s occupant classification
indicate a malfunction. seat. sensor system locks the classification
. Make sure that the front passenger during driving so it is important that
If a malfunction occurs in the front seat head restraint does not contact you confirm that the front passenger is
passenger air bag system, the supple- the roof when adjusting the front properly classified prior to driving. Also,
mental air bag warning light , located passenger seat. the occupant classification sensor sys-
in the meters and gauges area, will tem may recalculate the weight of the
occupant under some conditions (both behind it. . The child restraint is not properly
while driving and when stopped), so the . An object placed under the front installed, as outlined. (See “Child re-
front passenger seat occupant should passenger seat. straints” (P.1-21).)
continue to remain seated as outlined . An object placed between the seat . An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)
above. cushion and center console or be- hanging on the seat or placed in the
Troubleshooting: tween the seat cushion and the door. seatback pocket.
If you think the front passenger air bag If the vehicle is moving, please come to a . A child restraint or other object press-
status light is incorrect: stop when it is safe to do so. Check and ing against the rear of the seatback.
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying correct any of the above conditions. . A rear passenger pushing or pulling
the front passenger seat: Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. on the back of the front passenger
. Occupant is a small adult — the front NOTE: seat.
passenger air bag status light is func- . Forcing the front seat or seatback
A system check will be performed dur-
tioning as intended. The front passen- against an object on the seat or floor
ing which the front passenger air bag
ger air bag and front passenger knee behind it.
status light will remain lit for about 7
air bag are suppressed. seconds initially. . An object placed under the front
However, if the occupant is not a small passenger seat.
If the light is still ON after this, the person
adult, then this may be due to the . An object placed between the seat
should be advised not to ride in the front
following conditions that may be interfer- cushion and center console.
passenger seat and it is recommended
ing with the weight sensors: that the vehicle should be checked by a . The front passenger seat head re-
. Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. straint contacting the roof.
ing against the seatback, and cen- 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
tered on the seat cushion with his/her or child restraint occupying the front stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
feet comfortably extended to the passenger seat. correct any of the above conditions.
floor. This may be due to the following condi- Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
. A child restraint or other object press- tions that may be interfering with the NOTE:
ing against the rear of the seatback. weight sensors:
A system check will be performed dur-
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Small adult or child is not sitting ing which the front passenger air bag
on the back of the front passenger upright, leaning against the seatback, status light will remain lit for about 7
seat. and centered on the seat cushion with seconds initially.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback his/her feet comfortably extended to
If the light is still OFF after this, the small
against an object on the seat or floor the floor.
adult, child or child restraint should be
repositioned in the rear seat and it is eration of the air bag system and and the instrument panel assem-
recommended that the vehicle should be result in serious personal injury. bly by placing material over the
checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as steering wheel pad and above the
possible. . Do not use water or acidic clea-
ners (hot steam cleaners) on the instrument panel or by installing
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger additional trim material around
and no objects on the front passenger seat. This can damage the seat or
occupant classification sensors. the air bag system.
seat, the vehicle should be checked as
soon as possible. It is recommended you This can also affect the operation . Removing or modifying the front
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. of the air bag system and result in passenger seat may affect the
serious personal injury. function of the air bag system
Other supplemental front-impact and result in serious personal
. Immediately after inflation, sev-
air bag precautions eral front air bag system compo- injury.
nents will be hot. Do not touch . Modifying or tampering with the
WARNING them; you may severely burn front passenger seat may result
yourself. in serious personal injury. For
. example, do not change the front
. Do not place any objects on the No unauthorized changes should
be made to any components or seats by placing material on the
steering wheel pad or on the
wiring of the supplemental air seat cushion or by installing ad-
instrument panel. Also, do not
bag system. This is to prevent ditional trim material, such as
place any objects between any
accidental inflation of the supple- seat covers, on the seat that is
occupant and the steering wheel
mental air bag or damage to the not specifically designed to as-
or instrument panel. Such objects
supplemental air bag system. sure proper air bag operation.
may become dangerous projec-
Additionally, do not stow any
tiles and cause injury if the front . Do not make unauthorized objects under the front passen-
air bags inflate. changes to your vehicle’s electri- ger seat or the seat cushion and
. Do not place objects with sharp cal system, suspension system or seatback. Such objects may inter-
edges on the seat. Also, do not front end structure. This could fere with the proper operation of
place heavy objects on the seat affect proper operation of the the occupant classification sen-
that will leave permanent impres- front air bag system. sors.
sions in the seat. Such objects . Tampering with the front air bag . No unauthorized changes should
can damage the seat or occupant system may result in serious per- be made to any components or
classification sensors (weight sonal injury. Tampering includes wiring of the seat belt system.
sensors). This can affect the op- changes to the steering wheel This may affect the front air bag
system. Tampering with the seat
belt system may result in serious
personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit a
NISSAN dealer for work on and
around the front air bag. It is also
recommended you visit a NISSAN
dealer for installation of electrical
equipment. The Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) wiring
harnesses* should not be modi-
fied or disconnected. Unauthor-
ized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not
WAB0047X WAB0048X
be used on the air bag system.
Driver’s side Passenger’s side
. A cracked windshield should be
replaced immediately by a quali- DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not
fied repair facility. A cracked SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG always an indication of proper knee air
windshield could affect the func- bag operation.
The knee air bag is located in the knee
tion of the supplemental air bag bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly
system. sides. All of the information, cautions loud noise may be heard, followed by
and warnings in this manual apply and release of smoke. This smoke is not
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are must be followed. The knee air bag is harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care
yellow and orange for easy identifica- designed to inflate in higher severity should be taken not to inhale it, as it may
tion. frontal collisions, although it may inflate cause irritation and choking. Those with a
if the forces in another type of collision history of a breathing condition should
When selling your vehicle, we request that get fresh air promptly.
you inform the buyer about the front air are similar to those of a higher severity
bag system and guide the buyer to the frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain The knee air bag helps to cushion the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- collisions. impact force on the knees of the driver
ual. and passenger. It can help reduce serious
injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag
may cause abrasions or other injuries.
The knee air bag provides restraint to the . Right after inflation, the knee air ment and probing devices should
lower body. bag system components will be not be used on the knee air bag
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order hot. Do not touch them; you may system.
to help protect the occupants. Because of severely burn yourself.
this, the force of the knee air bag inflating . No unauthorized changes should *The SRS wiring harness or connectors
can increase the risk of injury if the be made to any components or are yellow or orange for easy identifica-
occupant is too close to, or is against, wiring of the knee air bag system. tion.
this air bag module during inflation. The This is to preventdamageto or When selling your vehicle, we request that
knee air bag will deflate quickly after the accidental inflation of the knee you inform the buyer about the knee air
collision is over OR the knee air bag will air bag system. bag system and guide the buyer to the
remain inflated for a short time.
. Do not make unauthorized appropriate sections in this manual.
The knee air bag operates only when changes to your vehicle’s electri-
the ignition switch is placed in the ON cal system or suspension system.
position. This could affect proper opera-
After placing the ignition switch in the tion of the knee air bag system.
ON position, the supplemental air bag . Tampering with the knee air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple- system may result in serious per-
mental air bag warning light will turn sonal injury. For example, do not
off after about 7 seconds if the system change the driver or passenger
is operational. knee bolster or install additional
trim material around the knee air
WARNING bag.
. It is recommended that you visit a
. Do not place any objects between NISSAN dealer for work on and
the knee bolster and the driver’s around the knee air bag. It is also
or passenger’s seat. Such objects recommended that you visit a
may become dangerous projec- NISSAN dealer for installation of
tiles and cause injury if a knee air electrical equipment. The SRS
bag inflates. wiring harnesses* should not be
modified or disconnected. Un-
authorized electrical test equip-

collision are similar to those of a higher curtain air bag may cause abrasions or
severity side impact. They are designed to other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air
inflate on the side where the vehicle is bags do not provide restraint to the lower
impacted. They may not inflate in certain body.
side collisions. The seat belts should be correctly worn
Curtain air bags are also designed to and the driver, front passenger and rear
inflate in certain types of rollover colli- outboard occupants seated upright as far
sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain as practical away from the side air bags.
vehicle movements (for example, during Rear seat passengers should be seated as
severe off-roading) may cause the curtain far away as practical from the door
air bags to inflate. finishers and side roof rails. The side air
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in
always an indication of proper side air order to help protect the occupants.
bag and curtain air bag operation. Because of this, the force of the side air
WAB0049X bags and curtain air bags inflating can
When the side air bags and curtain air increase the risk of injury if the occupant
FRONT AND REAR OUTBOARD bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be is too close to, or is against, these air bag
SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUP- heard, followed by release of smoke. This modules during inflation. The side air bag
smoke is not harmful and does not will deflate quickly after the collision is
PLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF- indicate a fire. Care should be taken not
MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT over. The curtain air bag will remain
to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and inflated for a short time.
AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL choking. Those with a history of a breath-
AIR BAG SYSTEMS ing condition should get fresh air The side air bags and curtain air bags
promptly. operate only when the ignition switch is
The side air bags are located in the in the ON position.
outside of the seatback of the front and Side air bags, along with the use of seat
rear seats. The curtain air bags are belts, help to cushion the impact force on After placing the ignition switch in the
located in the side roof rails. All of the the chest and pelvic area of the front and ON position, the supplemental air bag
information, cautions and warnings in rear outboard occupants. Curtain air warning light illuminates. The supple-
this manual apply and must be fol- bags help to cushion the impact force to mental air bag warning light will turn
lowed. The side air bags and curtain air the head of occupants in the front and off after about 7 seconds if the systems
bags are designed to inflate in higher rear outboard seating positions. They can are operational.
severity side collisions, although they may help save lives and reduce serious injuries.
inflate if the forces in another type of However, an inflating side air bag or
. Tampering with the side air bag you inform the buyer about the side air
WARNING system may result in serious per- bag and curtain air bag systems and
sonal injury. For example, do not guide the buyer to the appropriate sec-
. Do not place any objects near the change the front and rear seats tions in this Owner’s Manual.
seatback of the front and rear by placing material near the seat- SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS
seats. Also, do not place any backs or by installing additional (front and rear outboard seats)
objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) trim material, such as seat covers,
between the front and rear door around the side air bag.
finishers and the front and rear . Removing or modifying the front WARNING
seats. Such objects may become and rear passenger seat may
dangerous projectiles and cause affect the function of the air bag . The pretensioners cannot be re-
injury if a side air bag inflates. system and result in serious per- used after activation. They must
. Right after inflation, several side sonal injury. be replaced together with the
air bag and curtain air bag sys- . It is recommended you visit a retractor and buckle as a unit.
tem components will be hot. Do NISSAN dealer for work on and . If the vehicle becomes involved in
not touch them; you may severely around the side air bag and a collision but a pretensioner is
burn yourself. curtain air bag. It is also recom- not activated, be sure to have the
. No unauthorized changes should mended you visit a NISSAN dealer pretensioner system checked
be made to any components or for installation of electrical equip- and, if necessary, repaired. It is
wiring of the side air bag and ment. The Supplemental Re- recommended you visit a NISSAN
curtain air bag systems. This is to straint System (SRS) wiring dealer for this service.
prevent damage to or accidental harnesses* should not be modi- . No unauthorized changes should
inflation of the side air bag and fied or disconnected. Unauthor- be made to any components or
curtain air bag systems. ized electrical test equipment wiring of the pretensioner sys-
. Do not make unauthorized and probing devices should not tem. This is to prevent damage to
changes to your vehicle’s electri- be used on the side air bag or or accidental activation of the
cal system, suspension system or curtain air bag systems. pretensioners. Tampering with
side panel. This could affect prop- the pretensioner system may re-
er operation of the side air bag *The SRS wiring harness connectors are sult in serious personal injury.
and curtain air bag systems. yellow and orange for easy identifica- . It is recommended you visit a
tion. NISSAN dealer for work on and
When selling your vehicle, we request that around the pretensioner system.
It is also recommended you visit a to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
NISSAN dealer for installation of choking. Those with a history of a breath-
electrical equipment. Unauthor- ing condition should get fresh air
ized electrical test equipment promptly.
and probing devices should not After pretensioner activation, load limiters
be used on the pretensioner sys- allow the seat belt to release webbing (if
tem. necessary) to reduce forces against the
. If you need to dispose of a pre- chest.
tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is The supplemental air bag warning light
recommended you visit a NISSAN is used to indicate malfunctions in
dealer for this service. Correct the pretensioner system. See “Supple-
pretensioner disposal procedures mental air bag warning light” (P.1-62). If
are set forth in the appropriate the operation of the supplemental air bag
NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect warning light indicates there is a mal-
SSS1020
disposal procedures could cause function, have the system checked. It is
personal injury. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
for this service.
LABELS
The pretensioner system may activate When selling your vehicle, we request that
with the supplemental air bag system in you inform the buyer about the preten- Warning labels about the supplemental
certain types of collisions. Working with sioner system and guide the buyer to the front-impact air bag system are placed in
the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
seat belt when the vehicle becomes ual. SRS air bag
involved in certain types of collisions,
helping to restrain front and rear out- The warning labels are located on the
board seat occupants. surface of the sun visors.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat
belt retractor. These seat belts are used WARNING
the same way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner activates, smoke is Do not use a rear-facing child re-
released and a loud noise may be heard. straint on a seat protected by an air
The smoke is not harmful and does not bag in front of it. If the air bag
indicate a fire. Care should be taken not
deploys, it may cause serious injury . The supplemental air bag warning
or death. light remains on after approximately
7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning
light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning
light does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag and/
or pretensioner systems may not operate
properly. They must be checked and
repaired. It is recommended you visit a
NISSAN dealer for this service.
SPA1097 WARNING
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning
LIGHT light is on, it could mean that the
The supplemental air bag warning light, front air bag, knee air bag, side air
displaying in the instrument panel, bag, curtain air bag and/or preten-
monitors the circuits for the air bag sioner systems will not operate in an
systems, pretensioners and all related accident. To help avoid injury to
wiring. yourself or others, have your vehicle
When the ignition switch is in the ON checked as soon as possible. It is
position, the supplemental air bag warn- recommended you visit a NISSAN
ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds dealer for this service.
and then turns off. This means the system
is operational.
If any of the following conditions occur,
the air bag and/or pretensioner systems
need servicing:

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- and pretensioner should be re- if no air bags deploy as a result of
CEDURE placed. It is recommended you the impact. Failure to verify prop-
The front air bags, knee air bags, side air visit a NISSAN dealer for this er OCS function may result in an
bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners service. However, the air bag improper air bag deployment re-
are designed to activate on a one-time- modules and pretensioner sys- sulting in injury or death.
only basis. As a reminder, unless it is tem cannot be repaired.
damaged, the supplemental air bag . The front air bag, knee air bag,
warning light will remain illuminated after side air bag and curtain air bag
inflation has occurred. These systems systems, and pretensioner sys-
should be repaired and/or replaced as tem should be inspected if there
soon as possible. It is recommended you is any damage to the front end or
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. side portion of the vehicle. It is
When maintenance work is required on recommended you visit a NISSAN
the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air dealer for this service.
bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and . If you need to dispose of a sup-
pretensioners and related parts should be plemental air bag or pretensioner
pointed out to the person performing the or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-
maintenance. The ignition switch should mended you visit a NISSAN deal-
always be in the LOCK position when er. Correct supplemental air bag
working under the hood or inside the and pretensioner system dispo-
vehicle. sal procedures are set forth in the
appropriate NISSAN Service Man-
ual. Incorrect disposal procedures
WARNING could cause personal injury.
. If there is an impact to your
. Once a front air bag, knee air bag, vehicle from any direction, your
side air bag or curtain air bag has Occupant Classification Sensor
inflated, the air bag module will (OCS) should be checked to verify
not function again and must be it is still functioning correctly. It is
replaced. Additionally, the acti- recommended that you visit a
vated pretensioners must also NISSAN dealer for this service.
be replaced. The air bag module The OCS should be checked even
MEMO

2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit .................................................................................................. 2-3 Clock and outside air temperature ................... 2-42
Instrument panel .......................................................................... 2-4 Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped) ...... 2-43
Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 2-5 Security systems ....................................................................... 2-45
Speedometer and odometer ........................................ 2-6 Vehicle Security System .............................................. 2-45
Tachometer ................................................................................ 2-7 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-47
Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7 Wiper and washer switch ................................................... 2-48
Fuel gauge ................................................................................... 2-8 Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-49
Instrument brightness control .................................... 2-9 Rear window wiper and washer switch ................. 2-50
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Rear window and outside mirror
position indicator (if so equipped) ........................... 2-9 defroster switch ......................................................................... 2-51
Warning lights, indicator lights and Headlight and turn signal switch ................................ 2-52
audible reminders ..................................................................... 2-10 Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-52
Checking lights ..................................................................... 2-11 Turn signal switch ........................................................... 2-58
Warning/indicator lights (red) ................................... 2-11 Fog light switch (if so equipped) ......................... 2-59
Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ........................... 2-13 Horn ..................................................................................................... 2-59
Warning/indicator lights (other) ............................. 2-17 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-59
Audible reminders .............................................................. 2-18 Heated seats (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-60
Vehicle information display ............................................... 2-19 Dynamic driver assistance switch
How to use the vehicle (models without ProPILOT assist) ............................... 2-61
information display ........................................................... 2-20 Steering assist switch (models with
Startup display ...................................................................... 2-20 ProPILOT assist) ......................................................................... 2-62
Settings ....................................................................................... 2-21 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ........... 2-62
Vehicle information display warnings Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-63
and indicators ........................................................................ 2-31 Rear door alert ............................................................................ 2-63
Trip computer ........................................................................ 2-40 ECO mode switch ..................................................................... 2-64
Power outlet .................................................................................. 2-65 Interior lights .............................................................................. 2-80
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Interior light switch ........................................................ 2-81
charging connector .......................................................... 2-66 Console light (if so equipped)................................. 2-81
Emergency Call (SOS) button (if Map lights ............................................................................... 2-81
so equipped) .................................................................................. 2-67 Room light ............................................................................ 2-82
Emergency support .......................................................... 2-67 Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) .................... 2-82
Storage .............................................................................................. 2-69 Cargo light ............................................................................. 2-83
Cup holders ............................................................................. 2-69 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if
Soft bottle holders ............................................................. 2-70 so equipped) ................................................................................. 2-83
Flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) ......... 2-70 Programming HomeLink® ......................................... 2-84
Glove box ................................................................................... 2-71 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
Console box ............................................................................. 2-71 customers and gate openers ................................. 2-85
Sunglasses holder .............................................................. 2-72 Operating the HomeLink®
Card holder (driver’s side) ............................................ 2-72 Universal Transceiver .................................................... 2-85
Luggage hooks ..................................................................... 2-73 Programming troubleshooting ............................. 2-86
Parcel shelf (if so equipped) ....................................... 2-73 Clearing the programmed information .......... 2-86
Roof rack (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-75 Reprogramming a single
Windows ............................................................................................ 2-76 HomeLink® button ........................................................... 2-86
Power windows .................................................................... 2-76 If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-86
Moonroof (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-78
Power moonroof ................................................................. 2-78
COCKPIT
— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)

— Cruise control switches*
— ProPILOT assist*
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
tem**
— Voice Recognition system switch**
— Siri® Eyes Free**
9. Shift lever
— Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT)
— Manual Transmission (MT)
10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
11. Heated steering wheel switch*
12. Parking brake (Pedal type)
13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch*
14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro-
PILOT assist) or Dynamic driver assistance
switch* (models without ProPILOT assist)
15. SPORT mode switch*
16. ECO switch
17. Push-button ignition switch (model with
Intelligent Key system)
WAA0118X
18. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent
Key system)
1. Instrument brightness control — Vehicle information display control 19. Parking brake (Switch type)
2. TRIP RESET switch 5. Steering wheel 20. Automatic brake hold switch*
3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light — Horn *: if so equipped
switch* 6. Wiper and washer switch **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch er’s Manual (if so equipped).
side)
8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right
— Audio control** side)
Instruments and controls 2-3

INSTRUMENT PANEL
11. Driver supplemental knee air bag

12. Heater/air conditioner control
13. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection
port**
14. Power outlet
15. Defroster switch
16. Front passenger supplemental knee air
bag
17. Glove box
*: if so equipped
**: See the separate NissanConnect® Own-
WAA0119X
1. Side ventilator tem**

2. Meters and gauges/Clock 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag
3. Center ventilator 6. Fuse box cover
4. Audio system** or navigation system** 7. Fuel-filler door release handle
— RearView Monitor* 8. Hood release handle
— Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 9. Steering wheel lock lever
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 10. Driver’s front-impact air bag /Horn
2-4 Instruments and controls

METERS AND GAUGES
CAUTION
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,
dampened with water. Never use
a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,
thinner or any kind of solvent or
paper towel with a chemical
cleaning agent. They will scratch
or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as
water on the meter lens. Spraying
liquid may cause the system to
malfunction.
JVC0581X
1. Tachometer The needle indicators may move

2. Warning/indicator lights slightly after the ignition switch is
3. Vehicle information display placed in the OFF or LOCK position. This
— Odometer/twin trip odometer is not a malfunction.
4. Speedometer
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
6. Fuel gauge

. If the amount of fuel added is small,
the display just before the ignition
switch is placed in the “OFF” position
may continue to be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding
curves, the fuel in the tank shifts,
which may momentarily change the
display.
Odometer/Twin trip odometer:
After the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF or LOCK position from ON position,
the distance to empty and odometer/
twin trip odometer stays on for 30
JVI1006X JVI1603X seconds. With the ignition switch in OFF
Speedometer
position, when you open any door then
Distance to empty (dte — km or close all doors, the odometer/twin trip
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER odometer stays on for 30 seconds.
mile)/Odometer
Speedometer The odometer/twin trip odometer is dis-
Distance to empty (dte — km or mile): played in the vehicle information display
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed
in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers The distance to empty (dte) provides when the ignition switch is in the ON
per hour (km/h). you with an estimation of the distance position.
that can be driven before refueling. The The odometer displays the total dis-
dte is constantly being calculated, based tance the vehicle has been driven.
on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and
The twin trip odometer displays the
the actual fuel consumption.
distance of individual trips.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
Changing display:
The dte mode includes a low range
Push the TRIP RESET switch (located on
warning feature. If the fuel level is low,
the instrument panel) to change the dis-
the warning is displayed on the screen.
play as follows:
When the fuel level drops even lower, the
ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? ODO
dte display will change to “———”.
Resetting twin trip odometer:
Push the TRIP RESET switch for more
than 1 second to reset the trip odometer
to zero.
JVI0951X JVI0820X
TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev The engine coolant temperature gauge
the engine into the red zone . indicates the engine coolant tempera-
ture.
CAUTION The engine coolant temperature is nor-
mal when the gauge needle points within
the zone shown in the illustration.
When engine speed approaches the
red zone, shift to a higher gear or The engine coolant temperature will vary
reduce engine speed. Operating the with the outside air temperature and
engine in the red zone may cause driving conditions.
serious engine damage.

Refuel before the gauge reads the
CAUTION empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank
. If the gauge indicates the engine when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0)
coolant temperature is near the position.
hot (H) end of the normal range,
reduce vehicle speed to decrease
the temperature. CAUTION
. If the gauge is over the normal
range, stop the vehicle as soon as . If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
safely possible and let the engine malfunction indicator light
idle. (MIL) may come on. Refuel as
soon as possible. After a few
. If the engine is overheated, con- driving trips, the light should
tinued operation of the vehicle JVI0640X turn off. If the light remains on
may seriously damage the en- after a few driving trips, have the
gine. (See “If your vehicle over- FUEL GAUGE vehicle inspected. It is recom-
heats” (P.6-16) for immediate The fuel gauge indicates the approximate mended you visit a NISSAN dealer
action required.) fuel level in the tank when the ignition for this service.
switch is in the ON position. . For additional information, see
The gauge may move slightly during “Malfunction Indicator Light
braking, turning, accelerating, or going (MIL)” (P.2-16).
up and down hills due to movement of
fuel in the tank.
The low fuel warning appears on the
vehicle information display when the fuel
level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as
soon as it is convenient, preferably before
the gauge reads 0 (empty).
The arrow, , indicates the location of
the fuel-filler door.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-
TROL
The instrument brightness control switch
can be operated when the ignition switch
is in the ON position. When the switch is
operated, the vehicle information display
switches to the brightness adjustment
mode.
Push the + side of the switch to
brighten the meter panel lights. The bar
moves to the + side.
Push the - side of the switch to dim the
lights. The bar moves to the − side.
JVI0644X The vehicle information display returns to
the normal display when the instrument
brightness control switch is not operated
for more than 5 seconds.
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-
MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA-
TOR (if so equipped)
The Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) position indicator indicates the shift
lever position when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
JVI0661M

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Warning indicator light (red) Warning indicator light (yellow) Warning indicator light (other)
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator Automatic brake hold indicator light
light (if so equipped) (green) (if so equipped)
Brake warning light
Automatic brake hold indicator light
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn- (white) (if so equipped)
ing light
Charge warning light Exterior light indicator
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Front fog light indicator light (if so
Electronic parking brake indicator system warning light equipped)
light (if so equipped)
Electric power steering warning light High beam assist indicator light
Master warning light High beam indicator light

Electronic parking brake warning light
(if so equipped) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Seat belt warning light and chime
Security indicator light Low tire pressure warning light
Supplemental air bag warning light Master warning light
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system
warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-
ing light

CHECKING LIGHTS Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
or Brake warning light indicator:
With all doors closed, apply the parking
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the This light functions for both the parking When the parking brake is released and
ignition switch in the ON position without brake and the foot brake systems. the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both
starting the engine. The following lights (if Parking brake indicator (models not the brake warning light and the Anti-lock
so equipped) will come on: equipped with electronic parking brake Braking System (ABS) warning light illu-
, , or (red), PARK or , system): minate, it may indicate the ABS is not
, functioning properly. Have the brake
When the ignition switch is in the ON system checked, and if necessary re-
The following lights (if so equipped) come position, the light illuminates when the paired. It is recommended you visit a
on briefly and then go off: parking brake is applied. NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti-
, , , , , or , , Low brake fluid warning light: lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”
or (red). When the ignition switch is placed in the (P.2-13).)
If any light does not come on or operates ON position, the brake warning light
in a way other than described, it may illuminates, and then turns off (models
indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a equipped with electronic parking brake
WARNING
system malfunction. It is recommended system). If the light illuminates while the
you have the system checked by a engine is running with the parking brake . Your brake system may not be
NISSAN dealer. not applied, stop the vehicle and perform working properly if the warning
the following: light is on. Driving could be dan-
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red) gerous. If you judge it to be safe,
See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake drive carefully to the nearest
fluid is necessary, add fluid and have service station for repairs. Other-
the system checked. It is recom- wise, have your vehicle towed
mended you have this service per- because driving it could be dan-
formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See gerous.
“Brake and clutch fluid” (P.8-9).)
. Pressing the brake pedal with the
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have engine stopped and/or low brake
the warning system checked. It is fluid level may increase your
recommended you have this service stopping distance and braking
performed by a NISSAN dealer. will require greater pedal effort
as well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below the or Electronic parking Master warning light
minimum or MIN mark on the
brake fluid reservoir, do not drive brake indicator light (if so When the ignition switch is in the ON
until the brake system has been equipped) position, the master warning light illumi-
checked. It is recommended you The electronic parking brake indicator nates if a warning message appears in
visit a NISSAN dealer for this light indicates that the electronic parking the vehicle information display.
service. brake system is operating. See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
When the ignition switch is placed in the
ON position, the electronic parking brake Seat belt warning light and
Charge warning light indicator light illuminates. When the en- chime
If the light illuminates while the engine is gine is started and the parking brake is The light and chime remind you to fasten
running, it may indicate the charging released, the warning light turns off. the driver and front passenger seat belts.
system is not functioning properly. Turn If the parking brake is not fully released,
the engine off and check the alternator The light illuminates whenever the igni-
the electronic parking brake indicator tion switch is placed in the ON position,
belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or light remains on. Be sure that the electro-
if the light remains on, have your vehicle and will remain illuminated until the front
nic parking brake indicator light has seat belts are fastened.
serviced immediately. It is recommended turned off before driving. (See “Parking
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake” (P.5-27).) When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH
(15 km/h), the light will blink unless the
If the electronic parking brake indicator front seat belts are securely fastened.
CAUTION light illuminates or flashes while the
electronic parking brake warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the
or (yellow) illuminates, it may ON position, the chime will sound for
Do not continue driving if the alter- about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat
indicate that the electronic parking brake
nator belt is loose, broken or miss- belt is securely fastened.
system is not functioning properly. Have
ing.
the system checked, and if necessary When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH
repaired. It is recommended you visit a (15 km/h), the chime will sound unless the
NISSAN dealer for this service. front seat belts are securely fastened. The
chime will continue to sound for about 95
seconds until the front seat belts are
fastened.
For additional information, refer to “Seat

belt warning light and chime” (P.1-14). . The supplemental air bag warning WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yel-
light flashes intermittently. low)
Security indicator light . The supplemental air bag warning
See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
light does not illuminate at all.
The light blinks when the ignition switch
is in the OFF or LOCK position. This It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
dealer for these services. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
function indicates the security system
equipped on the vehicle is operational. Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-
indicator light (if so equipped)
mental Restraint Systems and/or the When the ignition switch is in the ON
If the security system is malfunctioning,
pretensioners may not function properly. position, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
this light will remain on while the ignition
indicator light illuminates and then turns
switch is in the ON position. For additional For additional information, see “Supple-
off.
information, see “Security systems” (P.2- mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-42).
45). When selecting LOCK mode while the
engine is running, the LOCK indicator
Supplemental air bag warning
WARNING light illuminates. (See “Intelligent 4x4”
(P.5-123).)
light If the supplemental air bag warning
After placing the ignition switch in the ON light is on, it could mean that the
or START position, the supplemental air front air bag, side air bag, curtain air CAUTION
bag warning light will illuminate. The bag and/or pretensioner systems
supplemental air bag warning light will will not operate in an accident. To Do not drive on dry hard surface
turn off after about 7 seconds if the help avoid injury to yourself or roads in the LOCK mode.
supplemental front air bag and supple- others, have your vehicle checked. It
mental side air bag, curtain air bag is recommended you visit a NISSAN
systems and/or pretensioner seat belt dealer for this service. or Anti-lock Braking Sys-
are operational.
tem (ABS) warning light
If any of the following conditions occur,
When the ignition switch is in the ON
the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air
position, the Anti-lock Braking System
bag and pretensioner systems need ser-
(ABS) warning light illuminates and then
vicing.
turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-
. The supplemental air bag warning tional.
light remains on after approximately
If the ABS warning light illuminates while
7 seconds.
the engine is running, or while driving, it
may indicate the ABS is not functioning Electric power steering warn- or Electronic parking
properly. Have the system checked. It is ing light brake warning light (if so equipped)
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON The electronic parking brake warning
for this service. position, the electric power steering light functions for the electronic parking
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti- warning light illuminates. After starting brake system. If the warning light illumi-
lock function is turned off. The brake the engine, the electric power steering nates, it may indicate that the electronic
system then operates normally, but with- warning light turns off. This indicates the parking brake system is not functioning
out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys- electric power steering is operational. properly. Have the brake system checked,
tem” (P.5-129).) If the electric power steering warning and, if necessary, repaired. It is recom-
light illuminates while the engine is run- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
Automatic Emergency Braking ning, it may indicate the electric power this service.
(AEB) system warning light steering is not functioning properly and
When the ignition switch is in the ON
may need servicing. Have the system Low tire pressure warning
checked. It is recommended that you visit light
position, the AEB system warning light a NISSAN dealer for this service.
illuminates. After starting the engine, the Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire
warning light turns off. When the electric power steering warning Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that
light illuminates with the engine running, monitors the tire pressure of all tires
This light illuminates when the AEB with the power assist to the steering will cease
pedestrian detection system is set to OFF except the spare tire (if so equipped).
operation but you will still have control of
on the vehicle information display. The low tire pressure warning light warns
the vehicle. At this time, greater steering
If the light illuminates when the AEB with of low tire pressure or indicates that the
efforts are required to operate the steer-
pedestrian detection system is ON, it may TPMS is not functioning properly.
ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and at
indicate that the system is unavailable. low speeds. After the ignition switch is placed in the
See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) ON position, this light illuminates for
(See “Electric power steering” (P.5-128).)
with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- about 1 second and turns off.
97) or “Intelligent Forward Collision Warn-
Low tire pressure warning:
ing (I-FCW)” (P.5-107).
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
also appears in the vehicle information
display.
When the low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light illuminates tire pressure warning light OFF. If
illuminates, you should stop and adjust to indicate a TPMS malfunction. the light still illuminates while
the tire pressure to the recommended For additional information, see “Tire Pres- driving after adjusting the tire
COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). pressure, a tire may be flat or
Loading Information label. The low tire the TPMS may be malfunctioning.
pressure warning light does not automa- If you have a flat tire, replace it
tically turn off when the tire pressure is WARNING with a spare tire (if so equipped)
adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the or repair it using the emergency
recommended pressure, the vehicle must . If the light does not illuminate tire puncture repair kit (if so
be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 with the ignition switch placed in equipped) as soon as possible. If
km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the ON position, have the vehicle no tire is flat and all tires are
the low tire pressure warning light. Use a checked. It is recommended you properly inflated, it is recom-
tire pressure gauge to check the tire visit a NISSAN dealer for this mended you consult a NISSAN
pressure. service as soon as possible. dealer.
The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning . If the light illuminates while driv- . Since the spare tire (if so
is active as long as the low tire pressure ing, avoid sudden steering man- equipped) is not equipped with
warning light remains illuminated. euvers or abrupt braking, reduce the TPMS, when a spare tire is
For additional information, see “Vehicle vehicle speed, pull off the road to mounted or a wheel is replaced,
information display” (P.2-19), “Tire Pres- a safe location and stop the the TPMS will not function and
sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- the low tire pressure warning
and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System ing with under-inflated tires may light will flash for approximately
(TPMS)” (P.6-3). permanently damage the tires 1 minute. The light will remain on
and increase the likelihood of tire after 1 minute. Have your tires
TPMS malfunction: failure. Serious vehicle damage replaced and/or TPMS system
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, could occur and may lead to an reset as soon as possible. It is
the low tire pressure warning light will accident and could result in ser- recommended you visit a NISSAN
flash for approximately 1 minute when the ious personal injury. Check the dealer for these services.
ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- tire pressure for all four tires.
tion. The light will remain on after the 1 . Replacing tires with those not
Adjust the tire pressure to the originally specified by NISSAN
minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended COLD tire pressure
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer could affect the proper operation
shown on the Tire and Loading of the TPMS.
for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low - Information label to turn the low
Add Air” warning does not appear if the
. Malfunction indicator light on steady
CAUTION Malfunction Indicator Light — An emission control system and/or
(MIL) CVT malfunction has been detected.
Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE
. The TPMS is not a substitute for If the malfunction indicator light comes
on steady or blinks while the engine is FUEL CAP warning appears in the
the regular tire pressure check.
running, it may indicate a potential emis- vehicle information display. If the
Be sure to check the tire pressure
sion control and/or Continuously Variable fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tight-
regularly.
Transmission (CVT) malfunction. en or install the cap and continue to
. If the vehicle is being driven at drive the vehicle. The light should
speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 The malfunction indicator light may also
turn off after a few driving trips. If the
km/h), the TPMS may not operate illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is
light does not turn off after a few
correctly. loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out
driving trips, have the vehicle in-
of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler
. Be sure to install the specified spected. It is recommended you visit
cap is installed and closed tightly, and
size of tires to the four wheels a NISSAN dealer for this service. You
that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons
correctly. do not need to have your vehicle
(11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.
towed to the dealer.
After a few driving trips, the light . Malfunction indicator light blinking —
Master warning light should turn off if no other potential An engine misfire has been detected
emission control system malfunction ex- which may damage the emission
When the ignition switch is in the ON ists.
position, the master warning light illumi- control system.
nates if a warning message appears in If this indicator light remains on for 20 To reduce or avoid emission control
the vehicle information display. seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds system damage:
when the engine is not running, it indi- 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45
See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). cates that the vehicle is not ready for an MPH (72 km/h).
emission control system inspection/
2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel-
maintenance test. (See “Readiness for
eration.
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10-
19).) 3) Avoid steep uphill grades.
4) If possible, reduce the amount of
Operation: cargo being hauled or towed.
The malfunction indicator light will come The malfunction indicator light may
on in one of two ways: stop blinking and remain on.
Have the vehicle inspected. It is re-
commended you visit a NISSAN dealer recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer
for this service. You do not need to Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) for this service. If a malfunction occurs in
have your vehicle towed to the dealer. off indicator light the system, the VDC system function will
When the ignition switch is in the ON be canceled but the vehicle is still drive-
position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control able. For additional information, see “Ve-
CAUTION (VDC) off indicator light illuminates and hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-
then turns off. 131) of this manual.
Continued vehicle operation without WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
The light comes on when the Vehicle
having the emission control system
and/or CVT system checked and
Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch is (other)
pushed to OFF. This indicates that the See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
repaired as necessary could lead to
VDC system and traction control system
poor driveability, reduced fuel econ-
are not operating.
omy, and possible damage to the Automatic brake hold indica-
emission control system. tor light (green) (if so equipped)
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light The automatic brake hold indicator light
(green) illuminates while the automatic
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) When the ignition switch is in the ON brake hold system is operating. (See
system warning light position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).)
(VDC) warning light illuminates and then
This light comes on when the ignition
turns off.
switch is placed in the ON position. It Automatic brake hold indica-
turns off after the engine is started. The light will blink when the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the tor light (white) (if so equipped)
This light illuminates when the RAB sys- The automatic brake hold indicator light
traction control system is operating, thus
tem is turned off in the vehicle informa- (white) illuminates when the automatic
alerting the driver that the vehicle is
tion display. brake hold system is on standby. (See
nearing its traction limits. The road sur-
If the light illuminates when the RAB face may be slippery. “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).)
system is on, it may indicate that the
If the VDC warning light illuminates while
system is unavailable. For additional in-
the VDC system is on, this light alerts the
formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking
driver to the fact that the VDC system’s
(RAB)” (P.5-116).
fail-safe mode is operating, for example
the VDC system may not be functioning
properly. Have the system checked. It is
Light reminder chime
Exterior light indicator High beam indicator light
The light reminder chime will sound when
This indicator illuminates when the head- This light illuminates when the headlight the driver side door is opened with the
light switch is turned to the AUTO, or high beam is on and goes out when the headlight switch in the or posi-
position and the front parking lights, low beam is selected. tion, and the ignition switch is in the ACC,
rear combination lights, license plate OFF or LOCK position.
lights or headlights are on. The indicator Turn signal/hazard indicator
turns off when these lights are turned off. Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so
lights equipped) or the AUTO position when you
The light flashes when the turn signal leave the vehicle.
Front fog light indicator light switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
(if so equipped) Driving aid chimes (if so equipped)
AUDIBLE REMINDERS An audible alert/chime may be heard if
The front fog light indicator light illumi-
nates when the front fog lights are on. Door lock warning chime any of the following systems are active:
(See “Fog light switch” (P.2-59).) Models with Intelligent Key system: . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
with Pedestrian Detection
When the chime sounds, be sure to check
High beam assist indicator both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
light (See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17).) (I-FCW)
This indicator light illuminates when the . Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
Models without Intelligent Key system:
headlights come on while the headlight . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
A chime sounds if the driver’s side door is
switch is in the AUTO position or . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
opened while the key is left in the ignition
position (Type B) with the high beam
switch and the ignition switch is in the . Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
selected. This indicates that the high . ProPILOT Assist
OFF or LOCK position. Be sure to remove
beam assist system is operational. (See
the key and carry it with you when you . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
“High beam assist” (P.2-55).)
leave the vehicle. . Rear Sonar System (RSS)
For additional information, refer to the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buz- Parking brake reminder chime

zer (if so equipped) The parking brake reminder chime will
The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if sound if the vehicle is driven at more than
any one of the following improper opera- 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equipped
tions is found. with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4
km/h) (models equipped with electronic
. The Intelligent Key is left inside the
parking brake) with the parking brake
vehicle when locking the doors.
applied. Stop the vehicle and release the
. The Intelligent Key is left outside the parking brake.
vehicle when operating the vehicle.
When the buzzer sounds, be sure to
check both the vehicle and the Intelligent
Key. For additional information, refer to
“Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).
JVI0641X
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear The vehicle information display is
warnings. When a brake pad requires located between the tachometer and
replacement, it will make a high pitched the speedometer, and it displays the
scraping sound when the vehicle is in warnings and information. The following
motion. This scraping sound will first items are also displayed if the vehicle is
occur only when the brake pedal is equipped with them:
depressed. After more wear of the brake . Vehicle settings
pad, the sound will always be heard even . Trip computer information
if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have . Driver Assistance
the brakes checked as soon as possible if . Cruise control system information
the warning sound is heard.
. ProPILOT Assist
. Intelligent Key operation information
. Audio information
. Navigation - turn by turn

. Indicators and warnings STARTUP DISPLAY
. Tire pressure information When the ignition switch is placed in the
. Chassis Control ON position, the vehicle information dis-
. Other information play may display the following screens if
the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Home
. Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip
(Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy
. Compass or Navigation
. Audio
. ProPILOT Assist
. Driving Aids
JVI1566X
. Tire Pressures
. 4x4–i
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR- . Chassis Control
MATION DISPLAY . Warnings
The vehicle information display can be . Settings
changed using the buttons OK , , Warnings will only display if there are any
, and located on the present. For more information on warn-
steering wheel. ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa-
OK - change or select an item in the tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2-
vehicle information display 31).
- navigate through the items in vehi- To control what items display in the
cle information display vehicle information display, see “Settings”
- go back to the previous menu (P.2-21).
- change from one display screen
to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

SETTINGS played in the “Driving Aids” menu, use the assist” (P.5-64), “Automatic Emergency
The setting mode allows you to change buttons to select and the OK to Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection
the information displayed in the vehicle change a menu item: system” (P.5-97), “Rear Automatic Braking
information display: . Steering Assist (if so equipped) (RAB)” (P.5-116), “Lane Departure Warning
Allows user to turn the Steering Assist (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane Interven-
. Driver Assistance tion (I-LI)” (P.5-86), and “Blind Spot Warn-
. Clock ON/OFF.
ing (BSW)” (P.5-46).
. Meter Settings . Emergency Brake
— Front Parking Aids (if so equipped):
. Vehicle Settings
Allows user to turn the Automatic To change the status or turn on or off any
. Maintenance Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe- of the systems displayed in the “Parking
. Alarm (if so equipped) destrian detection system and In- Aids” menu, use the buttons to
. Tire Pressures telligent Forward Collision Warning select and the OK to change a menu
. Unit (I-FCW) system ON/OFF item:
. Language — Rear . Moving Object (if so equipped)
. Factory Reset Allows user to turn the Rear Auto- Press the OK to turn the Moving
matic Braking (RAB) system ON/
OFF. Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF.
Driver Assistance . Cross Traffic
To change the status, warnings or turn on . Lane
Press the OK to turn the Rear Cross
or off any of the systems/warnings dis- — Warning (LDW) Traffic Alert (RCTA) ON/OFF.
played in the “Driver Assistance” menu, Allows user to turn the Lane De-
use the buttons to select and the parture Warning (LDW) system ON/ . Rear Sensor (if so equipped)
OK to change a menu item: OFF. Allows user to turn the rear sensor
ON/OFF.
. Driving Aids — Prevention (LDP)
. Display (if so equipped)
. Parking Aids (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI) system ON/ Allows user to turn the Rear Sonar
. Chassis Control (if so equipped) OFF. System (RSS) display ON/OFF.
. Driver Attention (if so equipped) . Volume (if so equipped)
. Blind Spot
. Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped) Allows user to select sensor volume
— Warning (BSW)
Driving Aids: Allows user to turn the Blind Spot (High, Med. or Low).
To change the status, warnings or turn on Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF. . Range (if so equipped)
or off any of the systems/warnings dis- For additional information, see “ProPILOT Allows user to select the sensor range

(Far, Mid. or Near). Recognition” (P.2-43). tion can be changed.
For additional information, see “Moving 1. Use the buttons until “Body
Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21), “Rear Clock
Color” is selected, and press OK .
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54) and Allows user to adjust the clock settings
and time within the vehicle information 2. Select the body color using the
“Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136).
display. Adjustments that can be made buttons and press OK .
Chassis Control: include automatically setting the time, ECO Mode Settings:
To change the status, warnings or turn on 12H/24H format, Daylight Savings Time, This setting allows the customer to
or off any of the systems/warnings dis- time zone, and manually setting the time change the ECO mode system settings.
played in the “Chassis Control” menu. (depending on the vehicle’s equipment).
Use the buttons until “ECO Mode
Use the buttons to select and the The clock may also be set within the Settings” is selected, and press OK .
OK to change a menu item: center display. For additional information,
- ECO Indicator
. Trace Control refer to the separate NissanConnect®
— See “Intelligent Trace Control” (P.5- Owner’s Manual. This setting allows the customer to en-
133) for more information. able/disable the ambient ECO indicator in
Meter Settings the vehicle information display.
. Engine Brake (if so equipped)
The meter settings allows the customer 1. Use the buttons to select “ECO
— See “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- to choose from the various meter selec-
tinuously Variable Transmission Indicator”.
tions.
(CVT) models)” (P.5-134) for more 2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the
information. The meter settings can be changed using ambient ECO in the vehicle informa-
the and the OK buttons. tion display.
Press the OK to turn ON/OFF.
Main Menu Selection: - DISP Mode
Driver Attention (if so equipped) :
The items that display when the ignition
This menu allows the customer to turn
switch is placed in the ON position can be
the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) on or
enabled/disabled. To change the items
off. See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)”
that are displayed, use the to scroll
(P.5-94).
and the OK to select a menu item.
Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped):
Body Color:
This menu allows the customer to turn
The color of the vehicle that displays in
the Traffic Sign Recognition on or off. For
the vehicle information display when the
additional information, see “Traffic Sign
ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
ECO Drive Report: Vehicle Settings
- Display The vehicle settings allows the customer
This setting allows the customer to en- to change settings for the following
able/disable the ECO Drive Report in the settings.
vehicle information display. . Lighting
1. Use the buttons to select “Dis- . Turn indicator
play”. . Locking
2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the . Wipers
ECO management display in the vehi- . Driving Position (if so equipped)
cle information display. . Rear Door Alert
- View History . Remote start (if so equipped)
This setting allows the customer to reset The vehicle settings can be changed
WAC0086X the past history of the fuel economy and using the , and the OK buttons.
the best fuel economy.
Lighting:
This setting allows the customer to en- Welcome Effect:
able/disable the ECO pedal guide func- The “Lighting” menu has the following
tion. You can choose whether or not to display options:
the welcome screen when the ignition . Welcome Light
1. Use the buttons to select “DISP switch is placed in the ON position. You
Mode”. The welcome lighting can be set to be
can also choose the following items to ON or OFF. From the “Lighting” menu,
2. Press the OK to select “Pedal” or define how the welcome screen looks: select “Welcome Light”. Use the OK
“Inst.FE.”. . Dial Effect to turn this feature ON or OFF.
For detailed information, see “ECO mode . Display Effect . Auto Room Lamp
system” (P.5-32). Select “Welcome Effect” using the The interior light timer can be set to
buttons and press the OK to select be ON or OFF. From the “Lighting”
this menu. Use the buttons to menu, select “Auto Room Lamp”. Use
navigate between the menu options and the OK to turn this feature ON or
press the OK to turn each function ON/ OFF.
OFF. . Light Sensitivity
The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto

Headlight can be adjusted. From the . Selective Unlock Wipers:
“Lighting” menu, select “Light Sensitiv- When this item is turned on, and the . Speed Dependent
ity”. Use the buttons and the OK door handle request switch on the The “Speed Dependent” feature can be
to select the required sensitivity. driver’s or front passenger’s side door activated or deactivated. From the
The following options are available: is pushed, only the corresponding “Wipers” menu, select “Speed Depen-
— Turn on earliest door is unlocked. All the doors can dent”. Use the OK to turn this
— Turn on earlier be unlocked if the door handle re- feature ON or OFF.
quest switch is pushed again within 1
— Turn on standard . Reverse Link
minute. When this item is turned to off,
— Turn on later The “Reverse Link” wiper feature can
all the doors will be unlocked when
. Light Off Delay the door handle request switch is be set to be ON or OFF. From the
The duration of the automatic head- pushed once. From the “Locking” “Wipers” menu, select “Reverse Link”.
lights can be changed from 0 to 180 menu, select “Selective Unlock”. Use Use the OK to turn this feature ON
seconds. From the “Lighting” menu, the OK to activate or deactivate this or OFF.
select “Light Off Delay”. Use the OK function. . Drip wipe
to change the duration. . Auto Door Unlock The “Drip wipe” feature can be set to
Turn indicator: The “Auto Door Unlock” feature allows be ON or OFF. From the “Wipers” menu,
the customer to customize the auto select “Drip wipe”. Use the OK to turn
The “3 Flash Pass” overtaking feature can this feature ON or OFF.
be set to be ON or OFF. From the “Turn door unlock options.
indicator” menu, select “3 Flash Pass”. Use — Ignition OFF Driving Position (if so equipped):
the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF. — Shift to Park (for Continuously Vari- . Exit Seat Slide
Locking: able Transmission (CVT) models) When this item is turned on, this
— Off feature will move the driver’s seat
There are the following options in the
“Locking” menu: . Answer Bk. Horn (if so equipped) backward for an easy exit when the
When the answer back horn is on, the ignition switch is turned off and the
. I–Key Door Lock (if so equipped) horn will chirp and the hazard indica- driver’s door is opened. After getting
When this item is turned on, the tors will flash twice when locking the into the vehicle and placing the igni-
request switch on the door is acti- vehicle with the Intelligent Key or tion switch in the ON position, the
vated. From the “Locking” menu, select remote keyless entry function. driver’s seat will move to the previous
“I-Key Door Lock”. Use the OK to set position. See “Memory Seat” (P.3-
activate or deactivate this function. 34).

Rear Door Alert: Maintenance tire replacement indicator for a cer-
. Horn & Alert The maintenance mode allows you to set tain driving distance does not mean
When selected, the alert is displayed alerts for the reminding of maintenance your tires will last that long. Use the
and the horn sounds. intervals. To change an item: tire replacement indicator as a guide
. Alert Only Select “Maintenance” using the switch only and always perform regular tire
When selected, only the alert is dis- and press OK . checks. Failure to perform regular
played. tire checks, including tire pressure
Oil and Filter: checks could result in tire failure.
. OFF Serious vehicle damage could occur
This indicator appears when the custo-
When selected, no alert or horn will be mer set distance comes for changing the and may lead to a collision, which
active. engine oil and filter. You can set or reset could result in serious personal in-
For additional information, refer to “Rear the distance for checking or replacing jury or death.
door alert” (P.2-63). these items. For scheduled maintenance
Remote start (if so equipped): items and intervals, refer to the “9. Main- Other:
tenance and schedules” section.
The “Remote start” feature allows user to This indicator appears when the custo-
turn the remote engine start on or off. Tire: mer set distance comes for checking or
When turned on, the engine can be This indicator appears when the custo- replacing maintenance items other than
restarted remotely. For additional infor- mer set distance comes for replacing the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other
mation, refer to “Remote engine start” tires. You can set or reset the distance maintenance items can include such
(P.3-23). for replacing tires. things as air filter or tire rotation. You
can set or reset the distance for checking
or replacing the items.
WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not
a substitute for regular tire checks,
including tire pressure checks. See
“Changing wheels and tires” (P.8-37).
Many factors including tire inflation,
alignment, driving habits and road
conditions affect tire wear and when
tires should be replaced. Setting the
Alarm (if so equipped) 1. Use the button to select
This setting allows the customer to set “Phone”.
alarms. 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF
Select “Alarm” using the button and the alert.
press OK button . Mail (if so equipped):
Timer Alert (if so equipped): This setting allows the customer to en-
This setting allows the customer to set an able/disable the alert for incoming mail in
alert to notify the driver that the set time the vehicle information display.
has been reached. 1. Use the button to select “Mail”.
1. Use the button to select “Timer 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF
Alert”. the alert.
2. Press the OK button . Tire Pressures
3. To change the timer amount, use the The settings in the “Tire pressures” menu
button and the OK button to are all related to the Tire Pressure Mon-
save the selected time amount. itoring System (TPMS). (See “Tire Pressure
Navigation (if so equipped): Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5), “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-
This setting allows the customer to en-
3), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System
able/disable the alert for navigation in the
(TPMS)” (P.8-29).)
vehicle information display.
1. Use the button to select “Navi-
gation”.
2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF
the alert.
Phone (if so equipped):
This setting allows the customer to en-
able/disable the alert for an incoming call
in the vehicle information display.

Tire Pressure Unit:
The unit for tire pressure that displays in
the vehicle information display can be
changed to:
. psi
. kPa
. bar
. Kgf/cm2
Use the button and the OK button
to select and change the unit.
If necessary, refer to the following table to
convert between units.
JVI0938X
Unit . km, l/100km

The units that are shown in the vehicle . km, km/l
information display can be changed: . miles, MPG
. Mileage Use the button and the OK button
. Tire pressures to select and change the unit.
. Temperature Tire pressures:
Use the button , and the OK button See “Tire Pressures” (P.2-26).
to select and change the units of the
vehicle information display. Temperature:
The temperature that is shown in the
Mileage: vehicle information display can be chan-
The unit for the mileage that is shown in ged from:
the vehicle information display can be . °C (Celsius)
changed to:
. °F (Fahrenheit)
Use the button to toggle choices.

Language
The language of the vehicle information
display can be changed.
Use the button , and the OK button
to select and change the language of
the vehicle information display.
Factory Reset
The settings in the vehicle information
display can be reset back to the factory
default. To reset the vehicle information
display:
1. Select “Factory Reset” using the
button and press the OK button .
2. Select “YES” to return all settings back
to default by pressing the OK button
.

WAC0175X

WAC0410X

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 3. No Key detected warning (if so 6. Engine start operation for Intelli-
WARNINGS AND INDICATORS equipped) gent Key system indicator (if so
The displayed images may differ depend- This warning appears when the door is equipped)
ing on the model. closed with the Intelligent Key left outside This indicator appears when the Intelli-
the vehicle and the ignition switch in the gent Key battery is running out of power
1. Engine start operation indicator ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent and when the Intelligent Key system and
(for Continuously Variable Trans- Key is inside the vehicle. vehicle are not communicating normally.
mission (CVT) models) See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for If this indicator appears, touch the igni-
This indicator appears when the shift more details. tion switch with the Intelligent Key while
lever is in the P (Park) position. depressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli-
4. Shift to Park warning (CVT mod- gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17).)
This indicator means that the engine will
start by pushing the ignition switch with els) (if so equipped)
the brake pedal depressed. You can start This warning appears when the ignition 7. Key ID incorrect warning (if so
the engine directly in any position of the switch is pushed to stop the engine with equipped)
ignition switch. the shift lever in any position except the P This warning appears when the ignition
(Park) position. switch is placed from the LOCK position
2. Engine start operation indicator If this warning appears, move the shift and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-
(for Manual Transmission (MT) lever to the P (Park) position or place the nized by the system. You cannot start the
models) ignition switch in the ON position. engine with an unregistered key. Use the
This indicator means that the engine will An inside warning chime will also sound. registered Intelligent Key.
start by pushing the ignition switch with (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).) See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).
the clutch pedal depressed. You can start
the engine directly in any position of the 5. Key Battery Low warning (if so 8. Release Parking Brake warning
ignition switch. equipped) This warning appears when the vehicle
You can also start the engine by pushing This warning appears when the Intelli- speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models
the ignition switch with the brake pedal gent Key battery is running out of power. not equipped with electronic parking
depressed when the shift lever is in the N brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models
If this indicator appears, replace the equipped with electronic parking brake)
(Neutral) position. battery with a new one. See “Intelligent and the parking brake is applied. Stop the
Key battery replacement” (P.8-23). vehicle and release the parking brake.

9. Low fuel level warning ing will automatically turn off after 15. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air
This warning appears when the fuel level approximately 35 seconds. When the warning
in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH (15 km/h),
if a rear passenger’s seat belt is unfas- This warning appears when the low tire
soon as it is convenient, preferably before pressure warning light in the meter
the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There tened, a buzzer will sound and the seat
icon illuminates in red. The seat icon illuminates and low tire pressure is de-
will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank tected. The warning appears each time
when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 illuminates in red until the corresponding
rear passenger’s seat belt is fastened. The the ignition switch is placed in the ON
(Empty). position as long as the low tire pressure
warning will automatically turn off after
approximately 35 seconds. For precau- warning light remains illuminated. If this
10. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so warning appears, stop the vehicle and
equipped) tions on seat belt usage, see “Seat belts”
(P.1-12). adjust the pressure to the recommended
This warning appears when the window COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and
washer fluid is at a low level. Add window 13. Key System Error: See Owner’s Loading Information label. (See “Low tire
washer fluid as necessary. For additional Manual warning (if so equipped) pressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire
information, refer to “Window washer Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-
This warning appears if there is a mal- 5).)
fluid” (P.8-10).
function in the Intelligent Key system.
11. Door/liftgate open warning If this warning appears while the engine is 16. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle
This warning appears if any of the doors stopped, the engine cannot be started. If warning
and/or the liftgate are open or not closed this warning appears while the engine is This warning appears if low engine oil
securely. The vehicle icon indicates which running, the vehicle can be driven. How- pressure is detected. If the warning ap-
door or the liftgate is open on the display. ever, it is recommended that you visit a pears during normal driving, pull off the
NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as road in a safe area and stop the engine
12. Rear seat belt warning possible. immediately. It is recommended that you
This rear seat belt warning appears after call a NISSAN dealer.
the ignition switch is placed in the ON 14. Loose Fuel Cap warning
This warning appears when the fuel-filler The low oil pressure warning is not
position. If any of the rear passenger’s designed to indicate a low oil level. Use
seat belts is not fastened, the seat icon cap is not tightened correctly after the
vehicle has been refueled. For additional the dipstick to check the oil level. (See
illuminates in red to show which seat belt “Engine oil” (P.8-6).)
is not fastened. The seat icon illuminates information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3-
in red until the corresponding rear pas- 28).
senger’s seat belt is fastened. The warn-

19. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s 22. Power will turn off to save the
CAUTION Manual warning (if so equipped) battery warning
This warning may appear if there is a This warning appears after the ignition
Running the engine with the engine large difference between the diameters of switch is in the ON position for a certain
oil pressure warning displayed could the front and rear wheels and tires. Pull period of time.
cause serious damage to the engine. off the road in a safe area, with the engine
idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the 23. Power turned off to save the
same, that the tire pressure is correct and battery warning
17. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual that the tires are not excessively worn. This warning appears after the ignition
warning (if so equipped) See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). switch is automatically turned OFF to
This warning appears when the All-Wheel save the battery.
Drive (AWD) system is not functioning 20. Battery Voltage Low Charge
properly while the engine is running. Battery warning 24. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights
Reduce vehicle speed and have the sys- This warning appears when the battery warning
tem checked. It is recommended that you voltage is low and the battery needs to be This warning appears when the driver
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. See charged. side door is opened with the headlight
“Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). switch is left ON and the ignition switch is
21. Shipping Mode On Push Storage placed in the OFF or LOCK position. Place
18. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle Fuse warning (if so equipped) the headlight switch in OFF (if so
warning (if so equipped) This warning may appear if the extended equipped) or AUTO position. For addi-
This warning may appear while trying to storage fuse switch is not pushed in tional information, see “Headlight and
free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil (switched on). When this warning ap- turn signal switch” (P.2-52).
temperature. The driving mode may pears, push in (switch on) the extended
change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this storage fuse switch to turn off the warn- 25. Headlight System Error: See
warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with ing. For more information, see “Extended Owner’s Manual warning (if so
the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to storage fuse switch” (P.8-21). equipped)
do so. Then if the warning turns off, you
This warning appears if the LED head-
can continue driving. See “Intelligent 4x4”
lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys-
(P.5-123).
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

26. Timer Alert — Time for a driver 30. Continuously Variable Trans- . Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
break? indicator mission (CVT) position indicator (I-FCW)
(CVT models) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
This indicator appears when the set “Time
for a driver break?” indicator activates. For more details, see “Lane Departure
This indicator shows the automatic shift
You can set the time for up to 6 hours. Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane
position.
Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot
27. Chassis Control System Error: In the manual shift mode, when the Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Rear Cross Traf-
See Owner’s Manual warning transmission does not shift to the se- fic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54), “ProPILOT assist”
lected gear due to a transmission protec- (P.5-64), “Automatic Emergency Braking
This warning appears if the chassis con- tion mode, the CVT position indicator will (AEB) with pedestrian detection system”
trol module detects an error in the blink and a chime will sound. (P.5-97), “Intelligent Forward Collision
chassis control system. Have the system
See “Continuously Variable Transmission Warning (I-FCW)” (P.5-107) or “Rear Auto-
checked. It is recommended that you visit
(CVT)” (P.5-20) for further details. matic Braking (RAB)” (P.5-116).
a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See
“Chassis control” (P.5-133).) 31. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual 33. Drive mode indicators
28. Cruise control indicator (if so warning (CVT models) These indicators illuminate in the vehicle
equipped) This warning appears when there is a information display when either the ECO
malfunction with the CVT system. If this or SPORT mode is selected.
This indicator shows the cruise control
system status. The status is shown by the warning comes on, have the system For additional information, refer to
color. checked. It is recommended that you visit “SPORT mode switch” (P.5-32) or “ECO
a NISSAN dealer for this service. mode system” (P.5-32).
See “Cruise control” (P.5-62) for details.
32 Malfunction warning 34. Unavailable: High Cabin Tem-
29. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) perature warning
This warning appears when the following
indicator (if so equipped) systems malfunction. This warning appears if the interior tem-
This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) perature of the vehicle has reached such
Control (ICC) system status. The status is a high temperature that the sensor for
shown by the color. (See “Intelligent . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) the Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Intel-
Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75).) ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) or Traffic
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped)
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system can no longer function reliably.
with pedestrian detection Once the interior temperature has
reached normal levels, the warning 37. Forward Driving Aids Tempora- 39. Press Brake Pedal warning (for
should disappear. rily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked/ electronic parking brake equipped
If the warning continues to display, have Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruc- models)
the system checked. It is recommended tion warning This indicator appears in the following
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
This message appears when the front situations:
service.
radar sensor may be obstructed due to: . The driver tries to release the electro-
For additional information, refer to “Lane
Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intel- . mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc. nic parking brake manually without
. inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, depressing the brake pedal.
ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-86) or
“Traffic Sign Recognition” (P.2-43). etc) . The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill
All forward driving aids are temporarily and there is a possibility of moving
35. Not Available: Poor Road Con- disabled until the system detects that the backward, even if the electronic park-
ditions warning (if so equipped) front radar sensor is no longer ob- ing brake is applied.
This message appears when the Intelli- structed. . This warning appears if the vehicle
gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the moves while the automatic brake hold
See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is activated.
with pedestrian detection system” (P.5-
becomes unavailable because the road 97), “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning 40. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/
is slippery. See “Intelligent Lane Interven- (I-FCW)” (P.5-107) or “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-
tion (I-LI)” (P.5-40) or “Intelligent Cruise
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
64).
Control (ICC)” (P.5-75). indicator
38. Unavailable: Side Radar Ob- This indicator shows when the LDW and/
36. Currently unavailable warning struction warning or I-LI systems are engaged.
This message appears when the Intelli- This warning appears when the Blind See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-
gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic 35) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)”
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system Alert (RCTA) system becomes unavailable (P.5-40).
becomes unavailable because the VDC is because a radar blockage is detected.
turned off or operates. For additional (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or
information, refer to “Intelligent Lane “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-54).)
Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40) or “Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75).

NOTE:
41. Steering assist indicator (if so 44. Rear Door Alert is activated
equipped) When the system is enabled, this message This system is disabled until a driver
appears when the Rear Door Alert system enables it using the vehicle information
This indicator appears when the steering display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
assist system is engaged. is active and can remind the driver to
See “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-64).
check the back seat. 45. Check Back Seat For all articles
. Using the steering switch, a driver can When the system is enabled, this message
42. Steering assist alert (if so select “Dismiss Message” to clear the appears when the vehicle comes to a
equipped) display for a period of time. If no complete stop, the shift lever is moved
This message may appear when the selection is made, this message auto- from the D (Drive) position to P (Park)
steering assist system is engaged. matically turns off after a period of position, and the driver exits the vehicle.
time. This message alerts the driver, after a
It will be displayed under the following
. Using the steering switch, a driver can period of time, to check for items in the
condition: rear seat after the audible alert has been
select “Disable Alert” to disable the
. When not holding the steering wheel horn alert for the remainder of the provided.
or when there is no steering wheel current trip. NOTE:
operation. For additional information, see “Rear door This system is disabled until a driver
Hold on the steering wheel immediately. alert” (P.2-63). enables it using the vehicle information
When the steering operation is detected, display. For additional information, see
the warning turns off and the steering “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
assist function is automatically restored. WARNING
For additional information, refer to “Pro- 46. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
PILOT assist” (P.5-64). Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a indicator
stop within a trip temporarily dis- This indicator illuminates to indicate the
43. Automatic Emergency Braking misses the message for that stop status of the Rear Automatic Braking
(AEB) emergency warning indicator without turning the system off. (RAB) system.
This indicator illuminates along, with an Alerts can be provided for other
See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5-
audible warning, when the system de- stops during the trip. Selecting “Dis-
116).
tects the possibility of a forward collision. able Alert” turns off the Rear Door
See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Alert system for the remainder of a
with pedestrian detection system” (P.5- trip and no audible alert will be
97). provided.

47. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indi- 49. Not available Front Camera 51. Not Available Seat Belt Not
cator Obstructed (if so equipped) Fastened (if so equipped)
This indicator illuminates to indicate the This message may appear when the This message may appear when the
status of the Rear Sonar System. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is
See “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136). engaged. engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC Under the following condition, the ICC
48. Not Available Bad Weather (if so system is automatically canceled: system is automatically canceled:
equipped) . The camera area of the windshield is . When the driver’s seat belt is not
This message may appear when the fogged up or covered with dirt, water, fastened.
steering assist system is engaged. drops, ice, snow, etc. The ICC system cannot be used when the
Under the following conditions, the steer- . Strong light, such as sunlight or high driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
ing assist system is automatically can- beams from oncoming vehicles, enter
celed: the front camera 52. Press Brake Pedal (if so
. When the wiper low speed or high equipped)
50. Not Available Parking Brake On This message may appear when the
speed operates.
(if so equipped) Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is
. When lane markers in the traveling
lane cannot be correctly detected for This message may appear when the engaged.
a period of time due to such items as a Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is It will be displayed under the following
snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy engaged. condition:
day or several unclear lane markers Under the following condition, the ICC . While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC
are present. system is automatically canceled: , the driver’s door is opened but the
If you want to use the steering assist . The electronic parking brake is ap- electronic parking brake was not acti-
system again, cancel the ProPILOT assist plied. vated.
system and set it again when lane The above system cannot be used when Step on the brake immediately.
markers are clearly visible. the electronic parking brake is activated.

53. Press brake pedal to operate 56. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
switch warning (if so equipped) malfunction warning (if so
This warning appears if the automatic equipped)
brake hold switch is pushed without This warning appears when the Intelli-
depressing the brake pedal while the gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system mal-
automatic brake hold function is acti- functions. See “Intelligent Driver Alertness
vated. Depress the brake pedal and push (I-DA)” (P.5-94).
the switch to deactivate the automatic
brake hold function. For more details, see 57. Traffic Sign Recognition mal-
“Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29). function warning (if so equipped)
54. AUTO HOLD Caution Steep This warning appears when the Traffic
Sign Recognition system malfunctions.
Slope indicator (if so equipped) For more details, see “Traffic Sign Recog-
This indicator appears when the auto- nition” (P.2-43).
matic brake hold function is activated
while the vehicle is on a steep hill. 58. Parking Sensor Error warning (if
so equipped)
55. Steep Slope Apply Foot Brake to
This warning illuminates when there is a
hold vehicle warning (if so malfunction with the Rear Sonar System
equipped) (RSS). For additional information, refer to
This warning appears before the electro- “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136).
nic parking brake is applied and the brake
force of the automatic brake hold func-
tion is released when the vehicle is on a
steep hill, to prevent the vehicle rolls out.

WAC0177X

1. Safety Shield — Return to the previous screen with-
The safety shield mode shows the oper- out resetting.
ating condition for the following systems. . Average Speed
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) — Reset the average speed.
. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . All
. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) — Reset all items of “Average Speed”,
“Elapsed time and trip odometer”
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) and “Fuel economy.”
with pedestrian detection system
Once the “Average speed 1” is displayed,
For more details, see “Lane Departure you can use buttons to switch
Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane between the “Average speed 1” and “Aver-
Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot age speed 2.”
Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or “Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian The display is updated every 30 seconds.
JVI1566X detection system” (P.5-97). The first 30 seconds after a reset, the
display shows “——”.
TRIP COMPUTER 2. Average speed 1 and 2 (MPH or
km/h) 3. Elapsed time and trip odometer 1
The trip computer display can be chan-
ged using the buttons OK , , , and 2 (mile or km)
The average speed 1 mode shows the
and located on the steering average vehicle speed since the last reset. Elapsed time:
wheel. The average speed 2 mode shows the The elapsed time mode 1 shows the time
OK - change or select an item in the average vehicle speed since the time the since the last reset. The elapsed time 2
vehicle information display ignition switch was turned ON. The aver- mode shows the time since the ignition
- navigate through the items in vehi- age speed 2 is automatically reset each switch was turned ON. (The trip odometer
cle information display time the ignition is placed in the OFF is also reset at the same time.)
- go back to the previous menu position.
- change from one display screen Trip odometer:
Resetting is done by pushing the OK
to the next button. When the OK button is pushed, The trip odometer 1 mode shows the total
the following menu items are displayed. distance the vehicle has been driven since
the last reset. The trip odometer 2 mode
. Cancel shows the total distance the vehicle has
been driven since the time the ignition

switch was placed in the ON position. (The 4-5. Fuel economy/ECO pedal economy 2”.
elapsed time is also reset at the same guide The display is updated every 30 seconds.
time.) For about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a
Current fuel consumption:
The elapsed time and trip odometer 2 is reset, the display shows “——”.
automatically reset each time the ignition The current fuel consumption mode
is placed in the OFF position. shows the current fuel consumption. 6. Audio
Resetting is done by pushing the OK Average fuel consumption: The audio mode shows the status of
button. When the OK button is pushed, audio information.
The average fuel consumption 1 mode
the following menu items are displayed. shows the average fuel consumption 7. Navigation (if so equipped)
. Cancel since the last reset. The average fuel
When the route guidance is set in the
— Return to the previous screen with- consumption 2 mode shows the average
navigation system, this item shows the
out resetting. fuel consumption since the time the
navigation route information.
. Distance ignition switch was placed in the ON
position. The average fuel consumption 8. Compass (if so equipped)
— Reset the elapsed time and trip
2 is automatically reset each time the
odometer. This display indicates the heading direc-
ignition is placed in the OFF position.
. All tion of the vehicle.
Resetting is done by pushing the OK
— Reset all items of “Average Speed”, 9. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution
button. When the OK button is pushed,
and “Fuel economy.”
the following menu items are displayed. display (if so equipped)
Once the “Elapsed time and trip odometer . Cancel When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu-
1” is displayed, you can use buttons — Return to the previous screen with- tion display is selected, you can view the
to switch between the “Elapsed time and out resetting. distribution ratio of the transmission
trip odometer 1” and “Elapsed time and . Fuel Economy torque to the front and rear wheels
trip odometer 2.” — Reset the fuel economy. during driving.
. All
— Reset all items of “Average Speed”,
and “Fuel economy”.
Once the “Fuel economy 1” is displayed,
you can use buttons to switch
between the “Fuel economy 1” and “Fuel
10. Chassis control 12. Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
When Intelligent Trace Control, Intelligent system (if so equipped)
Engine Brake (Continuously Variable When the “Driver Attention” display is
Transmission (CVT) models) or Active Ride selected, you can view your attention
Control system is operated, it shows the level as detected by the system. (See
operating condition. It also shows oper- “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P.5-
ating condition of Hill Start Assist. The 94).)
operating condition of the automatic
brake hold function (if so equipped) is 13. Traffic Sign Recognition (if so
also shown. See “Intelligent Trace Control” equipped)
(P.5-133), “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system
tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) provides the driver with information
models)” (P.5-134), “Active Ride Control” about the most recently detected speed
(P.5-135), “Hill Start Assist system” (P.5-136) limit. See “Traffic Sign Recognition” (P.2-
or “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29) for JVI0932X
43)for more details.
more details.
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM-
11. Tire Pressures PERATURE
The tire pressure mode shows the pres- The clock and outside air temperature
sure of all four tires while the vehicle is are displayed on the upper side of the
driven. vehicle information display.
When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Air
warning appears, the display can be
Clock
switched to the tire pressure mode by For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-22)
pushing the OK button to reveal addi- or the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s
tional details on the displayed warning. Manual (if so equipped).

Outside air temperature (°F or °C) vehicle information display, and option-
The outside air temperature is displayed ally in the main central area of the display
in °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40 screen.
to 60°C).
The outside air temperature mode in- WARNING
cludes a low temperature warning fea-
ture. If the outside air temperature is The TSR system is only intended to
below 37°F (3°C), the warning is dis- be a support device to provide the
played (if so equipped). driver with information. It is not a
The outside temperature sensor is lo- replacement for the driver’s atten-
cated in front of the radiator. The sensor tion to traffic conditions or respon-
may be affected by road or engine heat, sibility to drive safely. It cannot
wind directions and other driving condi- prevent accidents due to careless-
tions. The display may differ from the WAC0198X ness. It is the driver’s responsibility
actual outside temperature or the tem- to stay alert and drive safely at all
perature displayed on various signs or TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (if so times.
billboards. equipped)
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system System operation
provides the driver with information The traffic recognition system displays
about the most recently detected speed the following types of road sign:
limit. The system captures the road sign
information with the multi-sensing front
camera unit located on the windshield
in front of the inside rearview mirror and
displays the detected signs in the vehicle
information display. For vehicles
equipped with Navigation System, the
speed limit displayed is based on a
combination of Navigation System data
and live camera recognition. TSR informa-
tion is always displayed at the top of the

signs.
. The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)
system may not function prop-
erly under the following condi-
tions:
— When rain, snow or dirt ad-
heres to the windshield in
front of the TSR camera unit.
— When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens
or if the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
WAC0215X — When strong light enters the
WAC0214X
Latest detected speed limit camera unit. (For example, the
light directly shines on the
Reduce speed limit caution (orange)
front of the vehicle at sunrise
No speed limit information
or sunset.)
No-overtaking zone
Reduce speed limit caution (with no — When a sudden change in
speed limit information) (orange) brightness occurs. (For exam-
ple, when the vehicle enters or
exits a tunnel or under a
CAUTION bridge.)
— In areas not covered by the
. The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Navigation System.
system is intended as an aid to
careful driving. It is the driver’s — If there are deviations in rela-
responsibility to stay alert, drive tion to the navigation, for ex-
safely, and observe all road reg- ample due to changes in the
ulations that currently apply, in- road routing.
cluding looking out for road

SECURITY SYSTEMS
— When overtaking buses or System Malfunction

trucks with speed stickers. If the TSR system malfunctions it will be
turned off automatically and the TSR
"Malfunction" warning message will ap-
Turning the TSR system on and off pear in the vehicle information display.
Turning the TSR system on or off is done
using the "Settings" menu in the vehicle Action to take:
information display. For details, see “Ve- If the TSR "Malfunction" warning mes-
hicle information display” (P.2-19). sage appears, pull off the road at a safe
Perform the following steps to enable or location and stop the vehicle. Turn the
disable the TSR system: engine off and restart the engine. If the
TSR "Malfunction" message continues to
1. In the "Settings" menu, select the appear, have the system checked by a
"Driver Assistance" key. NISSAN dealer.
2. Touch "Speed Limit Sign" to turn the JVI1587X
system ON/OFF. Maintenance
The TSR uses the same multi-sensing Your vehicle has two types of security
System temporarily unavailable front camera unit that is used by the systems, as follows:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system, . Vehicle security system
under high temperature conditions (over located in front of the interior rearview . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
approximately 40°C (104°F)) and then mirror. For maintenance of the camera, The security condition will be shown by
started, the TSR system may be deacti- see “System maintenance” (P.5-39). the security indicator light.
vated automatically. The “Unavailable:
high cabin temperature” warning mes- VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
sage will appear in the vehicle informa- The vehicle security system provides
tion display. visual and audio alarm signals if someone
opens the doors, hood (if so equipped)
Action to take: and liftgate when the system is armed. It
When the interior temperature is reduced, is not, however, a motion detection type
the TSR system will resume operating system that activates when a vehicle is
automatically. moved or when a vibration occurs.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but

cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the tem will automatically shift into the
theft of interior or exterior vehicle com- armed phase. The security light begins
ponents in all situations. Always secure to flash once every three seconds. If
your vehicle even if parking for a brief during the pre-armed phase one of
period. Never leave your keys in the the following occurs, the system will
vehicle, and always lock it when unat- not arm:
tended. Be aware of your surroundings, . Any door is unlocked with the key
and park in secure, well-lit areas when- fob (if so equipped), the Intelligent
ever possible. Key (if so equipped), or the request
Many devices offering additional protec- switch (if so equipped).
tion, such as component locks, identifica- . Ignition switch is placed in the ON
tion markers, and tracking systems, are position.
available at auto supply stores and speci- Even when the driver and/or passen-
alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also gers are in the vehicle, the system will
offer such equipment. Check with your SIC2045
activate with all the doors, hood (if so
insurance company to see if you may be equipped) and liftgate locked with the
eligible for discounts for various theft How to arm the vehicle security ignition switch placed in the LOCK posi-
protection features. system tion. When placing the ignition switch in
1. Close all windows. The system can be the ON position, the system will be
armed even if the windows are open. released.
2. Remove the keys from the vehicle. Vehicle security system activation
3. Close all doors, hood (if so equipped) The vehicle security system will give the
and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors following alarm:
can be locked with the key fob (if so
. The headlights blink and the horn
equipped), Intelligent Key (if so
sounds intermittently.
equipped), the request switch (if so
equipped), or power door lock switch. . The alarm automatically turns off
after approximately 50 seconds. How-
4. Confirm that the security indicator ever, the alarm reactivates if the
light stays on for about 30 seconds. vehicle is tampered with again.
The vehicle security system is now
The alarm is activated by:
pre-armed. The vehicle security sys-

. Opening any doors, the hood (if so NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- IMMOBILISER)
equipped) or liftgate without using the TEM FCC Notice:
key or Intelligent Key (even if the door
is unlocked by releasing the door The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System For USA:
inside lock knob or using the mechan- will not allow the engine to start without This device complies with Part 15 of the
ical key). the use of the registered key. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
If the engine fails to start using the following two conditions: (1) This device
How to stop an activated alarm registered key, it may be due to inter- may not cause harmful interference,
The alarm stops only by unlocking a door ference caused by another registered key, and (2) this device must accept any
or the liftgate by pushing the UNLOCK an automated toll road device or auto- interference received, including inter-
button on the key fob (if so equipped) mated payment device on the key ring. ference that may cause undesired op-
or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or Restart the engine using the following eration.
pushing the request switch (if so procedures: Note: Changes or modifications not
equipped) on the driver’s or passenger’s 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON expressly approved by the party re-
door in range of the door handle. position for approximately 5 seconds. sponsible for compliance could void
If the Intelligent Key battery is dis- 2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or the user’s authority to operate the
charged: LOCK position and wait approximately equipment.
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, 10 seconds. For Canada:
the alarm will not stop by pushing the 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. This device complies with Industry Ca-
UNLOCK button on the key fob (if so 4. Restart the engine while holding the nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
equipped) or the Intelligent Key (if so device (which may have caused the Operation is subject to the following
equipped), or pushing the request switch interference) separate from the regis- two conditions: (1) this device may not
(if so equipped) on the driver’s or passen- tered key. cause interference, and (2) this device
ger’s door in range of the door handle. In must accept any interference, including
such a case, unlock the driver’s door If this procedure allows the engine to interference that may cause undesired
using the mechanical key and touch the start, NISSAN recommends placing the operation of the device.
ignition switch with the Intelligent Key to registered key on a separate key ring
stop the alarm. (See “Intelligent Key bat- to avoid interference from other de-
tery discharge” (P.5-17).) vices.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC
rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer

for this service. WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the wind-
shield and obscure your vision which
may lead to an accident. Warm wind-
shield with the defroster before you
wash the windshield.
CAUTION
SIC2045 . Do not operate the washer con-
tinuously for more than 30 sec-
Security indicator light onds.
The security indicator light blinks when- . Do not operate the washer if the
ever the ignition switch is placed in the reservoir tank is empty.
OFF or LOCK position.
. Do not fill the window washer
This function indicates the NISSAN Vehi- reservoir tank with washer fluid
cle Immobilizer System is operational. concentrates at full strength.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Some methyl alcohol based
is malfunctioning, the light will remain on washer fluid concentrates may
while the ignition switch is placed in the permanently stain the grille if
ON position. spilled while filling the window
If the light still remains on and/or the washer reservoir tank.
engine will not start, seek service for . Pre-mix washer fluid concen-
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System trates with water to the manu-
as soon as possible. Please bring all facturer’s recommended levels
registered keys that you have. It is before pouring the fluid into the
window washer reservoir tank. Do
High — continuous high speed operation
not use the window washer re-
servoir tank to mix the washer Push the lever up to have one sweep
fluid concentrate and water. operation of the wiper.
Pull the lever toward you to operate the
If the windshield wiper operation is washer. Then the wiper will also operate
interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper several times.
may stop moving to protect its motor. If After a short delay, the drip wipe function
this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the will operate the wiper once more to clear
OFF position and remove the snow or remaining windshield-washer fluid from
ice that is on and around the wiper the windshield.
arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn
NOTE:
the switch on again to operate the
wiper. The Speed Dependent feature and Drip
Wipe feature may be disabled. For
JVI0863X additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” (P.2-19) in this sec-
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER tion.
OPERATION
The windshield wiper and washer oper-
ates when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper
at the following speed:
Intermittent — intermittent operation can
be adjusted by turning the knob toward
(Slower) or (Faster). Also, the inter-
mittent operation speed varies in accor-
dance with the vehicle speed. (For
example, when the vehicle speed is high,
the intermittent operation speed will be
faster.)
Low — continuous low speed operation

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
not use the window washer re-

WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer
fluid concentrate and water.
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the rear If the rear window wiper operation is
window glass and obscure your vi- interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper
sion. Warm the rear window with the may stop moving to protect its motor. If
defroster before you wash the rear this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the
window. OFF position and remove the snow or
ice that is on and around the wiper
arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn
the switch on again to operate the
CAUTION wiper.
. Do not operate the washer con- JVI0867X

tinuously for more than 30 sec- The rear window wiper and washer
onds. operate when the ignition switch is in
. Do not operate the washer if the the ON position.
reservoir tank is empty. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF
. Do not fill the window washer position to operate the wiper.
reservoir tank with washer fluid Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-
concentrates at full strength. tion (not adjustable)
Some methyl alcohol based Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-
washer fluid concentrates may tion
permanently stain the grille if Push the switch forward to operate the
spilled while filling the window washer. Then the wiper will also operate
washer reservoir tank. several times.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-
trates with water to the manu-
facturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
window washer reservoir tank. Do
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH
Reverse Link feature: To defog/defrost the rear window glass
When the windshield wiper switch is on, and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start
moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) the engine and push the switch on. The
position will operate the rear window indicator light will illuminate. Push the
wiper. switch again to turn the defroster off.
NOTE: It will automatically turn off in approxi-
mately 15 minutes.
The Reverse Link feature may be dis-
abled. For additional information, refer
to “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). CAUTION
Wiper drip wipe system:
The wiper will also operate once about 3 When cleaning the inner side of the
seconds after the washer and wiper are rear window, be careful not to
operated. This operation is to wipe JVI0852X scratch or damage the rear window
washer fluid that has dripped on the Type A defroster.
windshield.
JVI0853X
Type B

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
JVI1616X WAC0411X JVI1624X
HEADLIGHT SWITCH Type B: Intelligent Auto Headlight system

Rotate the switch to the position, and
Lighting the front parking, tail, license plate, and Type A:
instrument panel lights will come on. The The Intelligent Auto Headlight system
Type A: Intelligent Auto Headlight system will be allows the headlights to be set so they
set (Type B). turn on and off automatically.
Rotate the switch to the position, and
the headlights will come on and all the To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight
other lights remain on. system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in
the AUTO position .
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system
automatically turns the headlights on
and off.

To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight position.
system off, turn the switch to the OFF, The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can
or position. turn on the headlights automatically
The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can when it is dark and turn off the headlights
turn on the headlights automatically when it is light.
when it is dark and turn off the headlights The headlights will also be turned on
when it is light. automatically at twilight or in rainy
The headlights will also be turned on weather (when the windshield wiper is
automatically at twilight or in rainy operated continuously).
weather (when the windshield wiper is If the ignition switch is turned to the ON
operated continuously). position when the parking brake is ap-
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF plied, the headlights remain off.
position and one of the doors is opened With the position selected, the head-
and this condition is continued, the head- WAC0412X lights turn off when the ignition switch is
lights remain on for 5 minutes. placed in the OFF position, the shift lever
Type B: is in the P (Park) position, or the parking
The Intelligent Auto Headlight system brake is applied. (The front parking, tail,
allows the headlights to be set so they license plate, and instrument lights are
turn on and off automatically. on.)
To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight How to turn off all lights:
system: With the AUTO position selected, all lights
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in turn off when the engine is restarted after
the AUTO position or position . the parking brake is applied.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON NOTE:
position. When driving at night, the headlights
3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system remain on and cannot be turned off.
automatically turns the headlights on When the vehicle is stopped, the head-
and off. lights can be turned off when the head-
To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight light switch is in the position.
system off, turn the switch to the With the AUTO position selected (head-
lights are on), the headlights will remain For automatic headlights off delay
on for 5 minutes when the ignition switch setting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
is placed in the OFF position and one of
the doors is opened.
JVI0510X
Be sure not to put anything on top of

the photo sensor located on the top
of the instrument panel. The photo
sensor controls the Intelligent Auto
Headlight; if it is covered, the photo
sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.
Automatic headlights off delay:
You can keep the headlights on for up to
180 seconds after you place the ignition
switch in the OFF and open any door then
close all the doors. You can adjust the
period of the automatic headlights off
delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 sec-
onds. The factory default setting is 45
seconds.

High beam assist the vicinity of the vehicle.
The high beam assist system will operate — When the headlights of the
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of oncoming vehicle or the lead-
approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and ing vehicle are turned off,
above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading when the color of the light is
vehicle appears in front of your vehicle affected due to foreign mate-
when the headlight high beam is on, the rials on the lights, or when the
headlight will be switched to the low light beam is out of position.
beam automatically.
— When there is a sudden, con-
Precautions on high beam assist: tinuous change in brightness.
— When driving on a road that
WARNING passes over rolling hills, or a
road that has level differ-
JVI1617X
Example
. The high beam assist system is a ences.
convenience but it is not a sub- — When driving on a road with
Headlight beam select stitute for safe driving operation. many curves.
To select the high beam function, push The driver should remain alert at
the lever forward. The high beam lights all times, ensure safe driving — When a sign or mirror-like
come on and the light illuminates. practices and switch the high surface is reflecting intense
Pull the lever back to select the low beam. beams and low beam manually light towards the front of the
Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the when necessary. vehicle.
headlight high beams on and off. . The high beam or low beam may — When the container, etc. being
not switch automatically under towed by a leading vehicle is
the following conditions. Switch reflecting intense light.
the high beam and low beam — When a headlight on your
manually. vehicle is damaged or dirty.
— During bad weather (rain, fog,
— When the vehicle is leaning at
snow, wind, etc.).
an angle due to a punctured
— When a light source similar to tire, being towed, etc.
a headlight or tail light is in
. The timing of switching the low High beam assist operations:
beam and high beam may To activate the high beam assist system,
change under the following situa- turn the headlight switch to the AUTO
tions. position or position (Type B) and
— The brightness of the head- push the lever forward (high beam
lights of the oncoming vehicle position). The high beam assist indicator
or leading vehicle. light in the meter will illuminate while the
headlights are turned on.
— The movement and direction
If the high beam assist indicator light
of the oncoming vehicle and
does not illuminate in the above condi-
the leading vehicle.
tion, it may indicate that the system is not
— When only one light on the functioning properly. It is recommended
oncoming vehicle or the lead- you have the system checked by a
ing vehicle is illuminated. NISSAN dealer.
JVI1621X
— When the oncoming vehicle or Type A
When the vehicle speed lowers to less
the leading vehicle is a two- than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the
wheeled vehicle. headlight remains the low beam.
— Road conditions (incline, To turn off the high beam assist system,
curve, the road surface, etc.). turn the headlight switch to the
position or select the low beam position
— The number of passengers by placing the lever in the neutral posi-
and the amount of cargo. tion.
WAC0414X
Type B

If the ambient image sensor is damaged for extended periods of time even
due to an accident, it is recommended if the headlights turn off auto-
you contact a NISSAN dealer. matically.
Battery saver system
. When the headlight switch is in the Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys-
or position while the ignition tem
switch is in the ON position, the lights
will automatically turn off within a Type A:
period of time after the ignition switch The LED portion of the headlights auto-
has been placed in the OFF position. matically illuminate at 100% intensity
. When the headlight switch remains in when the engine is started and the
the or position after the lights parking brake released. The LED Daytime
automatically turn off, the lights will Running Light (DRL) operate with the
WAC0198X turn on when the ignition switch is headlight switch in the OFF position or
placed in the ON position. in the position. When you turn the
Ambient image sensor maintenance: headlight switch to the position for
full illumination, the LED lights switch
The ambient image sensor for the high
beam assist system is located in front of CAUTION from LED DRL to the park function.
the inside mirror. To keep the proper If the parking brake is applied before the
operation of the high beam assist system . When you turn on the headlight engine is started, the LED DRL do not
and prevent a system malfunction, be switch again after the lights auto- illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when
sure to observe the following: matically turn off, the lights will the parking brake is released. The LED
not turn off automatically. Be DRL will remain on until the ignition
. Always keep the windshield clean.
sure to turn the light switch to switch is placed in the OFF position.
. Do not attach a sticker (including the OFF (if so equipped) or the
transparent material) or install an It is necessary at dusk to turn the head-
AUTO position when you leave light switch ON for interior controls and
accessory near the ambient image the vehicle for extended periods
sensor. switches to illuminate, as those remain
of time, otherwise the battery will OFF while the switch is in the OFF
. Do not strike or damage the areas be discharged. position.
around the ambient image sensor. Do
. Never leave the light switch on
not touch the sensor lens that is
when the engine is not running
located on the ambient image sensor.
not latch, and release the lever. The turn
WARNING signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal
When the LED DRL system is active, a lane change based on road and traffic
tail lights on your vehicle are not on. conditions.
It is necessary at dusk to turn on
your headlights. Failure to do so
could cause an accident injuring
yourself and others.
Type B:
The LED portion of the headlights auto-
matically illuminate at 100% intensity
when the engine is started and the JVI1591X
parking brake released. The DRL operate Example
with the headlight switch in the AUTO
position or position, the headlight
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
must be off. When you turn the headlight Turn signal
switch to the position for full illumi-
Move the lever up or down to signal the
nation, the LED lights switch from LED
turning direction. When the turn is com-
DRL to the park function.
pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-
If the parking brake is applied before the cally.
engine is started, the LED DRL do not
illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when Lane change signal
the parking brake is released. The LED Move the lever up or down until the turn
DRL will remain on until the ignition signal begins to flash, but the lever does
switch is placed in the OFF position or not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold
the headlight turns on. the lever until the lane change is com-
pleted.
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)
JVI0980X JVI1569X JVI1592X

Example
To sound the horn, push the center pad The heated steering wheel system is
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) area of the steering wheel. designed to operate only when the sur-
To turn the fog lights on, turn the head- face temperature of the steering wheel is
light switch to the position, then turn below 68°F (20°C).
the fog light switch to the position. WARNING Push the heated steering wheel switch to
To turn the fog lights on with the head- warm the steering wheel after the engine
light switch in the AUTO position or Do not disassemble the horn. Doing starts. The indicator light on the switch
position (Type B), the headlights must be so could affect proper operation of will illuminate.
on, then turn the fog light switch to the the supplemental front air bag sys-
tem. Tampering with the supple- If the surface temperature of the steering
position. wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will
mental front air bag system may
To turn them off, turn the fog light switch result in serious personal injury. heat the steering wheel and cycle off and
to the OFF position. on to maintain a temperature above 68°F
The headlights must be on for the fog (20°C). The indicator light will remain on
lights to operate. The fog lights automa- as long as the system is on.
tically turn off when the high beam Push the switch again to turn the heated
headlights are selected. steering wheel system off manually. The
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
indicator light will turn off. . Any liquid spilled on the heated
NOTE: WARNING seat should be removed immedi-
If the surface temperature of the steer- ately with a dry cloth.
ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the Do not use or allow occupants to use . When cleaning the seat, never use
switch is turned on, the system will not the seat heater if you or the occu- gasoline, thinner, or any similar
heat the steering wheel. This is not a pants cannot monitor elevated seat materials.
malfunction. temperatures or have an inability to . If any malfunctions are found or
feel pain in body parts that contact the heated seat does not operate,
the seat. Use of the seat heater by turn the switch off and have the
such people could result in serious system checked. It is recom-
injury. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer
for this service.
CAUTION
. The battery could run down if the
seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.
. Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one
is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or
heavy on the seat or pierce it with
a pin or similar object. This may
result in damage to the heater.

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH
(models without ProPILOT assist)
The heater is controlled by a thermo-
stat, automatically turning the heater
on and off. The indicator light will
remain on as long as the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,
or before you leave the vehicle, be
sure to turn off the switch.
JVR0322X JVI1593X
The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The dynamic driver assistance switch is
The switches located on the center con- used to temporarily turn on and off the
sole can be operated independently of Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system.
each other. The I-LI system must be turned on with
1. Start the engine. the dynamic driver assistance switch
2. Select heat range. every time the ignition is placed in the
ON position.
For high-speed heating, push the HI
(High) side of the switch. When the dynamic driver assistance
switch is turned off, the indicator on
For low-speed heating, push the LO the switch is off. The indicator will also be
(Low) side of the switch. off if the I-LI system is deactivated using
The indicator light on the switch will the vehicle information display.
illuminate when the heater is on. The I-LI system warns the driver with an
3. To turn off the heater, return the indicator and a chime, and helps assist
switch to the level position. Make sure the driver to return the vehicle to the
the indicator light goes off. center of the traveling lane by applying
STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
with ProPILOT assist) OFF SWITCH
the brakes to the left or right wheels
individually (for a short period of time). For
additional information, see “Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).
WAC0074X SIC4544
The steering assist switch is used to The vehicle should be driven with the
temporarily turn on and off the steering Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on
assist system. for most driving conditions.
The steering assist system controls the If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
steering system to help keep your vehicle VDC system reduces the engine output to
near the center of the lane when driving. reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will
For additional information, see “ProPILOT be reduced even if the accelerator is
assist” (P.5-64). depressed to the floor. If maximum en-
gine power is needed to free a stuck
vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC
OFF switch. The indicator light will
illuminate.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart
the engine to turn on the system. (See
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”
INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH (if
REAR DOOR ALERT
so equipped)
(P.5-131).) The Rear Door Alert system functions
under certain conditions to indicate there
may be an object or passenger in the rear
seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting
the vehicle.
The Rear Door Alert system is initially
disabled. The driver can enable the sys-
tem using the vehicle information display.
For additional information, see “Vehicle
Settings” (P.2-23).
When the system is enabled:
. The system is activated when a rear
door is opened and closed within 10
JVI1595X minutes of the vehicle being driven.
When the vehicle is started and the
The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located system is activated, a visual message
on the instrument panel. The AWD LOCK appears in the vehicle information
indicator light will illuminate when the display. For additional information,
switch is turned on. For additional infor- see “44. Rear Door Alert is activated”
mation, refer to “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-123). (P.2-36).
Each time you push the switch, the AWD . If a rear door is opened and closed but
mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO. the vehicle is not driven within ap-
proximately 10 minutes, the system
will not be activated. A rear door must
be opened and closed and the vehicle
is driven within 10 minutes for the
system to activate.
When the Rear Door Alert system is
activated and a driver exits the vehicle
after arriving at a destination:

ECO MODE SWITCH
. When the driver puts the vehicle in the . There may be times when there is
P (Park) position, a message appears an object or passenger in the rear
in the vehicle information display for seat(s) but the audible alert does
the driver to “Dismiss Message” or not sound. For example, this may
“Disable Alert” if desired. occur if rear seat passengers
. With the system enabled, when the enter or exit the vehicle during a
driver exits the vehicle, an audible alert trip.
(horn sound) will occur unless a rear
. The system does not directly
door is opened and closed within a
detect objects or passengers in
short time to deactivate the alert.
the rear seat(s). Instead, it can
. If the doors are locked before the alert detect when a rear door is
is deactivated by opening a rear door, opened and closed, indicating
the horn will sound. that there may be something in
. If the system is activated but the the rear seat(s).
liftgate is opened before opening a JVS0185X
rear door, the horn will be delayed NOTE: The ECO mode system helps to enhance
until after the liftgate is closed. the fuel economy by controlling the
There may be times when the horn
. If the audible horn alert occurs, a engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod-
sounds but there are no objects or
message will also appear in the vehi- els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera-
passengers in the rear seat(s).
cle information display that states, tion.
“Check Back Seat for all articles”. For For additional information, see “44. Rear
additional information, see “45. Check Door Alert is activated” (P.2-36). To turn on the ECO mode system, push
Back Seat For all articles” (P.2-36). the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator
appears on the meter.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
WARNING switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.
. If the driver selects “Disable . The ECO mode system cannot be
Alert”, no audible alert will be turned off while the accelerator pedal
provided regardless of rear door is depressed even if the ECO switch is
open/close status. pushed to OFF. Release the accelera-
tor pedal to turn off the ECO mode
POWER OUTLET
system. The power outlet is located in the instru-

. The ECO mode system will turn off ment panel and center console box.
automatically if a malfunction occurs
in the system.
. Turn off the ECO mode system when
CAUTION
acceleration is required such as when:
— driving with a heavy load of pas- . The outlet and plug may be hot
sengers or cargo in the vehicle during or immediately after use.
— driving on a steep uphill slope . Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)
power draw. Do not use double
adapters or more than one elec-
trical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
WAC0077X
running to avoid discharging the
Instrument Panel vehicle battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when
the air conditioner, headlights or
rear window defroster is on.
. This power outlet is not designed
for use with a cigarette lighter
unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat or the
internal temperature fuse may
open.
. Before inserting or disconnecting
a plug, be sure the electrical
WAC0233X accessory being used is turned
Center Console Box OFF.
. When not in use, be sure to close
the cap. Do not allow water or any CAUTION
liquid to contact the outlet.
. Do not force a USB device into the
connector. Inserting the USB de-
vice tilted or up-side-down into
the connector may damage the
connector. Make sure that the
USB device is connected correctly
into the connector.
. Do not use a reversible USB cable.
Using the reversible USB cable
may damage the connector.
WAC0234X
USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR-

GING CONNECTOR
The USB charging connector is located in
the center console box.
The USB charging connector can be used
only for charging an external device.
Connect a USB device into the connector.
Charging will start automatically (max-
imum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A).
The external device will be charged con-
tinuously while the ignition switch is in
the ACC or ON position.
Some mobile devices cannot be charged
depending on their specifications.

EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON
(if so equipped)
EMERGENCY SUPPORT NissanConnect® Customer Support Line: — The line is busy.

NissanConnect® Services provides var- 1-855-426-6628
— The TCU (Telematics Control
ious services to support dealing with Unit) or other systems of your
emergencies of the subscribed vehicle
and the driver.
WARNING vehicle are not working prop-
erly.
For example, in case of an illness or . Please note that the Automatic — It may not be possible to
serious injury, you can seek support by Collision Notification service and make an emergency call de-
pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call Emergency Call function cannot pending on the severity of a
(SOS) button and connecting to Nissan- be used in the following condi- collision and/or emergency.
Connect® Services. NissanConnect® Ser- tions:
vices can specify the location of the . Park the vehicle in a safe location
vehicle via GPS, and the information will — Emergency functions and ser- and set the parking brake before
be sent to the police or other agencies as vices will not be available operating the Emergency Call
needed. without a paid subscription (SOS) button.
to NissanConnect® Services.
For information about other NissanCon- . Only use this service in case of an
nect® Services emergency support re- — The NissanConnect® Services emergency. There may be a pen-
lated services, refer to the network system is disabled. alty for inappropriate use of the
NissanConnect® Services website or con- — The vehicle moves outside the service.
tact the NissanConnect® Customer Sup- service area where the TCU . Radio waves could adversely af-
port Line. (Telematics Control Unit) is fect electric medical equipment.
NissanConnect® Services website: connected to the system. Individuals who use pacemakers
should contact the device manu-
For U.S. — The vehicle is outside the area facturer regarding any possible
www.nissanusa.com/connect where the cellular network effects before using the system.
service is receivable.
For Canada . The TCU (Telematics Control Unit)
http://www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect — The vehicle is in a location antenna is installed inside the
(English) with poor signal reception upper central part of the instru-
such as tunnels, underground ment panel. An occupant should
www.nissan.ca/nissanconnect/fr parking garages, behind
(French) not get any closer to the antenna
buildings or in mountainous than specified by the pacemaker
areas. manufacturer. The radio waves

NOTE:
from the TCU antenna may ad- . When making an emergency call, be
versely affect the operation of the sure the ignition switch is turned to
pacemaker while using the Nis- the ON position. The emergency call
sanConnect® Services. cannot be activated while the igni-
tion switch is turned to the OFF
position.
. After the Emergency Call (SOS) but-
ton is pushed, it may take some time
until the system initiates connec-
tion, depending on the technical
environment and whether the TCU
(Telematics Control Unit) is being
used by other services.
WAC0510X . An indicator light on the Emergency
Call (SOS) button shows the readi-
Making an emergency call ness of the emergency support sys-
tem. If the indicator light is not
The design may vary from the illustra- illuminated, pushing the Emergency
tions depending on the models and Call (SOS) button does not connect
specifications. your vehicle to the Response Spe-
1. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button. cialist.
2. When the line is connected, speak to The indicator light blinks while con-
the Response Specialist. nected to the NissanConnect® Ser-
If you want to cancel the emergency call, vices Response Center.
. Even when the indicator light is
push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) illuminated, connection to the Nis-
button for a few seconds. sanConnect® Services Response
The Emergency Call (SOS) button is lo- Center may not be possible. If this
cated near the map light. occurs in an emergency situation,
contact the authorities by other
means.

STORAGE
. To avoid disconnecting the line, do CUP HOLDERS

not turn off the engine or the hybrid
system.
CAUTION
. Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being
used to prevent spilling the drink.
If the liquid is hot, it can scald you
or your passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup
holder. Hard objects can injure
you in an accident.
JVI1601X
Center console
Front

CAUTION
. Do not push the front edge of the
luggage board forcibly. Doing so
may cause the luggage board to
be tilted, resulting in personal
injury.
. Do not handle the luggage board
forcibly as this may deform it.
. While in the upper position, do
not recline the seatbacks.
. Do not place cargo higher than
JVI0873X JVI0884X the seatbacks. In a sudden stop
Door (front and rear) or collision, unsecured cargo
Rear seat (if so equipped) FLEXIBLE LUGGAGE BOARDS (if so could cause personal injury.
The rear cup holders are located in the equipped)
rear fold-down armrest. NOTE:
You can use the cargo area in diverse
SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS ways using the flexible luggage boards. The diversity of the cargo area may be
restricted depending on the equipment
of each vehicle.
CAUTION WARNING
. Do not use bottle holder for any Do not put objects heavier than 110
other objects that could be lbs (50 kg) on the load floor.
thrown about in the vehicle and
possibly injure people during
sudden braking or an accident.
. Do not use bottle holder for open
liquid containers.

JVI0888X JVI1685X
GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box lid, push up the
WARNING knob and pull up the lid.
To close, push the lid down until the lock
Keep glove box lid closed while driv- latches.
ing to help prevent injury in an
JVI1620X accident or a sudden stop.
1. Pull the outer board upward to 90°. To open the glove box, pull the handle.
2. Push down the board until it stops. To close, push the lid in until the lock
latches. The glove box light illuminates
when the headlight switch is turned on.

. Do not leave sunglasses in the
sunglasses holder while parking
in direct sunlight. The heat may
damage the sunglasses.
To open the sunglasses holder, push and

release. Only store one pair of sunglasses
in the holder.
JVI0619X SIC4348
SUNGLASSES HOLDER CARD HOLDER (driver’s side)

Slide a card in the card holder.
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to avoid obstructing
the driver’s view and to help prevent
an accident.
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other
than sunglasses.

Cargo area Cargo area (hooks for shopping bags, etc.)
PARCEL SHELF (if so equipped)
LUGGAGE HOOKS
To use the hook, pull it up as illustrated. WARNING
WARNING
Do not apply a total load of more
WARNING than 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook. . Never put anything on the parcel
shelf, no matter how small. Any
. Always make sure that the cargo object on it could cause an injury
is properly secured. Use the sui- in case of an accident or if the
table ropes and hooks. brakes are applied suddenly.
. Unsecured cargo can become . Do not leave the parcel shelf in
dangerous in an accident or sud- position when it is disengaged
den stop. from the grooves.
. Do not apply a total load of more . Properly secure all cargo to help
than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook. prevent it from sliding or shifting.
Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop 4. Close the liftgate.
or collision, unsecured cargo
could cause personal injury
. The child restraint top tether
strap may be damaged by con-
tact with the parcel shelf or items
in the cargo area. Remove the
parcel shelf from the vehicle or
store it in its storage space. Also,
secure any lose items in the cargo
area. Your child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision if the
top tether strap is damaged.
JVI1335X
Removal
1. Open the liftgate. (See “Liftgate” (P.3-
26).) CAUTION
2. Detach both of the ropes (left and
right) from the inside of the liftgate. Make sure the parcel shelf is care-
fully stored when not in use in order
3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply
to prevent any damage.
pulling it rearwards through the lift-
gate opening.
Installation
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it
forwards as far as possible through
the liftgate opening.
3. Attach the corresponding ropes to
each side of the liftgate.

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)
GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. . Properly secure all cargo with
M.S.S. certification label (located on the ropes or straps to help prevent it
driver’s door pillar). For additional infor- from sliding or shifting. In a sud-
mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer den stop or collision, unsecured
to “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-12). cargo could cause personal in-
jury.
WARNING
. Always install the cross bars onto
the roof side rails before loading
cargo of any kind. Loading cargo
directly onto the roof side rails or
the vehicle’s roof may cause ve-
JVI0889X hicle damage.
. Drive extra carefully when the
Do not apply any load directly to the roof vehicle is loaded at or near the
side rails. Cross bars must be installed cargo carrying capacity, espe-
before applying load/cargo/luggage to cially if the significant portion of
the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN that load is carried on the cross
accessory cross bars are available bars.
through a NISSAN dealer. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for . Heavy loading of the cross bars
additional information. has the potential to affect the
vehicle stability and handling
The service load capacity for the roof side during sudden or unusual hand-
rails is 150 lb (68 kg), however do not ling maneuvers.
exceed the accessory cross bars load
capacity. . Roof rack cross bars should be
evenly distributed.
Be careful that your vehicle does not
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . Do not exceed maximum roof
(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating rack cross bars load.
(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and

WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS seconds, power to the windows is can-

celed.
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers
have their hands, etc. inside the
vehicle while it is in motion and
before closing the windows. Use
the window lock switch to pre-
vent unexpected use of the
power windows.
death through unintended opera-
tion of the vehicle and or its SIC4533
systems, including entrapment
1. Window lock button
in windows or inadvertent door
lock activation, do not leave chil- 2. Driver side window
dren, people who require the 3. Rear left passenger side window
assistance of others or pets un- 4. Front passenger side window
attended in your vehicle. Addi- 5. Rear right passenger side window
tionally, the temperature inside a
closed vehicle on a warm day can Main power window switch (driver’s
quickly become high enough to side)
cause a significant risk of injury To open or close the window, push down
or death to people and pets. or pull up the switch and hold it. The
main switch (driver side switches) will
The power windows operate when the open or close all the windows.
ignition switch is in the ON position, or for
about 45 seconds after the ignition
switch is placed in the OFF position. If
the driver’s or front passenger’s door is
opened during this period of about 45
Locking passengers’ windows
When the lock button is pushed in, only
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
SIC4523 SIC4524
Passenger side power window Automatic operation

switch The automatic operation is available for
The passenger side switch will open or the switch that has an mark on its
close only the corresponding window. To surface.
open or close the window, push down or To fully open or close the window, com-
pull up the switch and hold it. pletely push down or pull up the switch
and release it; the switch need not be
held. The window will automatically open
or close all the way. To stop the window,
just push or lift the switch in the opposite
direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will
cause the window to open or close until
the switch is released.

MOONROOF (if so equipped)
Auto-reverse function If the windows do not close auto-

matically WARNING
WARNING If the power window automatic function
(closing only) does not operate properly, . In an accident you could be
perform the following procedure to initi- thrown from the vehicle through
There are some small distances im- an open moonroof. Always use
alize the power window system.
mediately before the closed position seat belts and child restraints.
which cannot be detected. Make sure 1. Start the engine.
that all passengers have their hands, 2. Close the door. . Do not allow anyone to stand up
etc., inside the vehicle before closing or extend any portion of their
3. After starting the engine, open the body out of the moonroof open-
the window. window completely by operating the ing while the vehicle is in motion
power window switch. or while the moonroof is closing.
If the control unit detects something 4. Pull the power window switch and
caught in the window as it is closing, the hold it to close the window, and then
window will be immediately lowered. hold the switch more than 3 seconds
The auto reverse function can be acti- after the window is closed completely. CAUTION
vated when the window is closed by 5. Release the power window switch.
automatic operation when the ignition Operate the window by the automatic . Remove water drops, snow, ice or
switch is in the ON position or for 45 function to confirm the initialization is sand from the moonroof before
seconds after the ignition switch is placed complete. opening.
in the OFF position. . Do not place any heavy object on
If the power window automatic function
Depending on the environment or driv- does not operate properly after perform- the moonroof or surrounding
ing conditions, the auto reverse func- ing the procedure above, it is recom- area.
tion may be activated if an impact or mended you have your vehicle checked
load similar to something being caught by a NISSAN dealer. POWER MOONROOF
in the window occurs.
The moonroof only operates when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
The moonroof is operational for about 45
seconds, even if the ignition switch is
pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s
door or the passenger’s door is opened
during this period of about 45 seconds, Sliding the moonroof
power to the moonroof is canceled. To fully open or close the moonroof, push
the switch to the open or close
position and release it; it need not be held.
The roof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the roof, push the
switch once more while it is opening or
closing.
Auto reverse function
WARNING
JVI0655X There are some small distances im-
mediately before the closed position
Sunshade which cannot be detected. Make sure
that all passengers have their hands,
The sunshade will open automatically
etc., inside the vehicle before closing
when the moonroof is opened. However,
the moonroof.
it must be closed manually.
Tilting the moonroof If the control unit detects something
To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then caught in the moonroof when it is closing,
push the switch to the tilt up position the moonroof will be immediately
and release it; it need not be held. To tilt opened.
down the moonroof, push the switch to The auto reverse function can be acti-
the tilt down position . vated when the moonroof is closed by
automatic operation when the ignition
switch is in the ON position or for about
45 seconds after the ignition switch is
pushed to the OFF position.
If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-
INTERIOR LIGHTS
matically when the auto reverse function repaired. It is recommended you visit a
activates due to a malfunction, push and NISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION
hold the moonroof switch to the close
position .
. Do not leave the light switch on
Depending on the environment or driv- when the engine is not running
ing conditions, the auto reverse func- for extended periods of time to
tion may be activated if an impact or prevent the battery from being
load similar to something being caught discharged.
in the moonroof occurs.
. Turn off the lights when you leave
If the moonroof does not operate the vehicle.
If the moonroof does not operate prop-
erly, perform the following procedure to
initialize the moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully
by repeatedly pushing the moonroof
switch to the close position to tilt
the moonroof up.
2. Push and hold the switch to the close
position .
3. Release the moonroof switch after the
moonroof moves slightly up and
down.
4. Push and hold the switch to the open
position to fully tilt the moonroof
down.
5. Check if the moonroof switch oper-
ates normally.
If the moonroof does not operate prop-
erly after performing the procedure
above, have your moonroof checked and
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) MAP LIGHTS

The interior light can be turned ON The console light will turn on whenever Push the button to turn the map lights
regardless of door position. The light will the parking lights or headlights are illu- on. To turn them off, push the button
go off after a period of time unless the minated. again.
ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
tion when any door is opened.
The interior lights can be set to operate
when the doors are opened. To turn off
the interior lights when a door open, push
the switch, the interior lights will not
illuminate, regardless of door position.
The lights will go off when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position, or the
driver’s door is closed and locked. The
lights will also go off after a period of time
when the doors are open.

. The ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position. (model with Intelligent
Key system)
The interior light timer will be cancelled
when:
. The driver’s door is locked.
. The ignition switch is placed in the ON
position.
When the switch is in the OFF position ,
the room light does not illuminate, re-
gardless of any condition.
SIC2063A SIC3869
ROOM LIGHT VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if so

The room light has a three-position equipped)
switch. The light on the vanity mirror will turn on
When the switch is in the ON position , when the cover on the vanity mirror is
the room light illuminates. opened.
When the switch is in the DOOR position When the cover is closed, the light will
, the room light illuminates when a door turn off.
is opened. The lights will also turn off after a
The interior light timer will keep the room period of time when the lights remain
light on for approximately 15 seconds illuminated to prevent the battery from
when: becoming discharged.
. The key is removed from the ignition
switch with the driver’s door closed.
(model without Intelligent Key system)

HomeLink® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
CARGO LIGHT The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

stop and reverse features as re-
provides a convenient way to consolidate
The cargo lights illuminate when the quired by federal safety stan-
the functions of up to three individual
liftgate is opened. When the liftgate is dards. (These standards became
hand-held transmitters into one built-in
closed, the lights will turn off. effective for opener models man-
device.
The light will also turn off after a period ufactured after April 1, 1982.) A
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: garage door opener which cannot
of time when the light remains illumi-
nated after the ignition switch has been . Will operate most Radio Frequency detect an object in the path of a
pushed to the OFF position to prevent (RF) devices such as garage doors, closing garage door and then
the battery from becoming discharged. gates, home and office lighting, entry automatically stop and reverse,
door locks and security systems. does not meet current federal
. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. safety standards. Using a garage
No separate batteries are required. If door opener without these fea-
the vehicle’s battery is discharged or is tures increases the risk of serious
disconnected, HomeLink® will retain injury or death.
all programming. . During the programming proce-
When the HomeLink® Universal Trans- dure your garage door or security
ceiver is programmed, retain the origi- gate will open and close (if the
nal transmitter for future programming transmitter is within range). Make
procedures (Example: new vehicle pur- sure that people or objects are
chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the clear of the garage door, gate,
programmed HomeLink® Universal etc. that you are programming.
Transceiver buttons should be erased . Your vehicle’s engine should be
for security purposes. For additional turned off while programming
information, refer to “Programming the HomeLink® Universal Trans-
HomeLink®” (P.2-84). ceiver. Do not breathe exhaust
gases; they contain colorless
and odorless carbon monoxide.
WARNING Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It
can cause unconsciousness or
. Do not use the HomeLink® Uni- death.
versal Transceiver with any gar-
age door opener that lacks safety

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
The following steps show generic instruc-
tions how to program a HomeLink®
button. If you have any questions or are
having difficulty programming your
HomeLink® buttons, refer to the
HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.
com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515.
NOTE:
It is also recommended that a new
battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro-
grammed to HomeLink® for quicker
programming and accurate transmis- JVI0428X JVI0429X
sion of the radio-frequency.
1. Position the end of your hand-held 2. Using both hands, simultaneously 3. Press and hold the programmed
transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away press and hold the desired HomeLink® HomeLink® button and observe the
from the HomeLink® surface, keeping button and handheld transmitter but- indicator light.
ton. DO NOT release until the . If the indicator light is solid/
the HomeLink® indicator light in
view. HomeLink® indicator light flashes continuous, programming is com-
slowly and then rapidly. When the plete and your device should acti-
indicator light flashes rapidly, both vate when the HomeLink® button is
buttons may be released. (The rapid pressed and released.
flashing indicates successful pro- . If the indicator light blinks rapidly
gramming.) for two seconds and then turns to a
NOTE: solid/continuous light, continue
Some devices to be programmed with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code
may require you to replace Step 2 device. A second person may make
with the cycling procedure noted in the following steps easier. Use a
the “Programming HomeLink® for ladder or other device. Do not stand
Canadian customers and gate open- on your vehicle to perform the next
ers” (P.2-85). steps.
4. At the receiver located on the garage PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR held transmitter every two seconds until
door opener motor in the garage, CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE the frequency signal has been learned.
locate the “learn” or “smart” button The HomeLink® indicator light will flash
(the name and color of the button
OPENERS slowly and then rapidly after several
may vary by manufacturer but it is Canadian radio-frequency laws require seconds upon successful programming.
usually located near where the hang- transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) DO NOT release until the HomeLink®
ing antenna wire is attached to the after several seconds of transmission – indicator light flashes slowly and then
unit). If there is difficulty locating the which may not be long enough for rapidly. When the indicator light flashes
button, reference the garage door HomeLink® to pick up the signal during rapidly, both buttons may be released.
opener’s manual. programming. Similar to this Canadian The rapid flashing indicates successful
law, some U.S. gate operators are de- programming.
5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”
signed to “time-out” in the same manner.
button. Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”
If you live in Canada or you are having step 3 to complete.
NOTE:
difficulties programming a gate operator
Once the button is pressed, you have Remember to plug the device back in
or garage door opener by using the
approximately 30 seconds to initiate when programming is completed.
“Programming HomeLink®” procedures,
the next step. OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-
replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press 2 with the following: VERSAL TRANSCEIVER
and hold the programmed HomeLink®
NOTE: The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver,
button for two seconds and release.
Repeat the “press/hold/release” se- When programming a garage door after it is programmed, can be used to
quence up to 3 times to complete opener, etc., unplug the device during activate the programmed device. To op-
the programming process. HomeLink® the “cycling” process to prevent possi- erate, simply press and release the appro-
should now activate your rolling code ble damage to the garage door opener priate programmed HomeLink® Universal
equipped device. components. Transceiver button. The amber indicator
light will illuminate while the signal is
7. If you have any questions or are Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously
being transmitted.
having difficulty programming your press and hold the desired HomeLink®
HomeLink® buttons, refer to the button and the hand-held transmitter For convenience, the hand-held transmit-
HomeLink® web site at: www. button. During programming, your hand- ter of the device may also be used at any
homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800- held transmitter may automatically stop time.
355-3515. transmitting. Continue to press and hold
the desired HomeLink® button while you
press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-
PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT- CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
ING FORMATION For questions or comments, contact
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn The following procedure clears the pro- HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/
the hand-held transmitter information: grammed information from both buttons. nissan or 1-800-355-3515.
. replace the hand-held transmitter Individual buttons cannot be cleared. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
batteries with new batteries. However, individual buttons can be re- button has now been reprogrammed.
programmed, see “Reprogramming a sin- The new device can be activated by
. position the hand-held transmitter
gle HomeLink® button” (P.2-86). pushing the HomeLink® button that was
with its battery area facing away from
just programmed. This procedure will not
the HomeLink® surface. To clear all programming affect any other programmed HomeLink®
. press and hold both the HomeLink® 1. Press and hold the two outer buttons.
and hand-held transmitter buttons HomeLink® buttons until the indicator
without interruption. IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
light begins to flash in approximately
. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer If your vehicle is stolen, you should
in (26-76 mm) away from the than 20 seconds. change the codes of any non-rolling code
HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit- device that has been programmed into
ter in that position for up to 15 2. Release both buttons. HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual
seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro- HomeLink® is now in the programming of each device or call the manufacturer or
grammed within that time, try holding mode and can be programmed at any dealer of those devices for additional
the transmitter in another position - time beginning with “Programming information.
keeping the indicator light in view at HomeLink®” - Step 1. When your vehicle is recovered, you will
all times. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE need to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-
If you have any questions or are having HomeLink® BUTTON versal Transceiver with your new trans-
difficulty programming your HomeLink® mitter information.
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver button, complete the follow- FCC Notice:
at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800-
355-3515. ing. For USA:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® This device complies with Part 15 of the
button. Do not release the button. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
2. The indicator light will begin to flash following two conditions: (1) This device
after 20 seconds. Without releasing may not cause harmful interference,
the HomeLink® button, proceed with and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired op-
eration.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Ca-
nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.

MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys ......................................................................................................... 3-2 Remote starting the engine .................................... 3-23

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key (if Extending engine run time ....................................... 3-24
so equipped) .............................................................................. 3-2 Canceling a remote engine start ........................ 3-24
Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ................................... 3-3 Conditions the remote engine start will
Doors ...................................................................................................... 3-5 not work .................................................................................. 3-24
Locking with key .................................................................... 3-5 Hood .................................................................................................... 3-25
Locking with inside lock knob ..................................... 3-6 Liftgate .............................................................................................. 3-26
Locking with power door lock switch................... 3-6 Liftgate release lever ..................................................... 3-27
Automatic door locks ......................................................... 3-7 Fuel-filler door ............................................................................. 3-28
Child safety rear door lock ............................................. 3-7 Opening the fuel-filler door ...................................... 3-28
Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) ...... 3-7 Fuel-filler cap ....................................................................... 3-28
How to use remote keyless entry system ......... 3-8 Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................................ 3-30
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) .................... 3-11 Tilt or telescopic operation ...................................... 3-31
Intelligent Key operating range .............................. 3-13 Sun visors ........................................................................................ 3-31
Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 3-13 Mirrors .............................................................................................. 3-32
Intelligent Key operation .............................................. 3-14 Inside mirror ......................................................................... 3-32
Battery saver system ....................................................... 3-16 Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-33
Warning lights and audible reminders .............. 3-16 Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-34
Troubleshooting guide ................................................... 3-17 Memory Seat (if so equipped) ......................................... 3-34
How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-19 Memory storage function .......................................... 3-35
Remote engine start (if so equipped) ....................... 3-23 Entry/Exit function .......................................................... 3-35
Remote engine start operating range............... 3-23 System operation ............................................................. 3-36
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your

keys. Record the key number and keep it CAUTION
in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in
the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Immobilizer System key, which con-
for duplicates by using the key number. tains an electrical transponder, to
NISSAN does not record any key numbers come into contact with water or salt
so it is very important to keep track of water. This could affect the system
your key number plate. function.
A key number is only necessary when you
have lost all keys and do not have one to
duplicate from. If you still have a key, it
can be duplicated without knowing the
key number.
JVP0307X
1. Master key (2)

2. Key number plate (1)
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-
TEM KEY (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
master keys, which are registered to the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com-
ponents. As many as 4 master keys can
be registered and used with one vehicle.
The new keys must be registered by a
NISSAN dealer prior to use with the
master of your vehicle. Since the registra-
tion process requires erasing all memory
in the master components when register-
ing new keys, be sure to take all master
keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)
2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2
sets)
3. Key number plate
INTELLIGENT KEY (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to
your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-
ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System components. As many as 4 In-
telligent Keys can be registered and used
with one vehicle. The new keys must be
registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use
with the Intelligent Key system and
JVP0543X SPA2406
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of
Type A your vehicle. Since the registration pro-
Mechanical key cess requires erasing all memory in the
To unfold the key from the fob, press the Intelligent Key components when regis-
release button. tering new keys, be sure to take all
When storing the key, press the release Intelligent Keys that you have to the
button and push key to fold the key back NISSAN dealer.
into fob slot.
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent
Key with you when driving. The
Intelligent Key is a precision de-
vice with a built-in transmitter. To
avoid damaging it, please note
JVP0177X the following.
Type B
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

— The Intelligent Key is water machine. This could affect
resistant; however, wetting the system function.
may damage the Intelligent
. If an Intelligent Key is lost or
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets
stolen, NISSAN recommends
wet, immediately wipe until it
erasing the ID code of that Intel-
is completely dry.
ligent Key. This will prevent the
— Do not bend, drop or strike it Intelligent Key from unauthorized
against another object. use to unlock the vehicle. For
— If the outside temperature is information regarding the eras-
below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the ing procedure, it is recommended
battery of the Intelligent Key you visit a NISSAN dealer.
may not function properly.
— Do not place the Intelligent SPA2033
Key for an extended period in
a place where temperatures
exceed 140°F (60°C). Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release
— Do not change or modify the the lock knob at the back of the Intelli-
Intelligent Key. gent Key.
— Do not use a magnet key To install the mechanical key, firmly insert
holder. it into the Intelligent Key until the lock
— Do not place the Intelligent knob returns to the lock position.
Key near an electric appliance Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock
such as a television set, per- the driver’s door. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).)
sonal computer or cellular
phone.
— Do not allow the Intelligent
Key to come into contact with
water or salt water, and do
not wash it in a washing

DOORS
CAUTION WARNING
Always carry the mechanical key . Always have the doors locked
installed in the Intelligent Key. while driving. Along with the use
of seat belts, this provides great-
er safety in the event of an
accident by helping to prevent
persons from being thrown from
the vehicle. This also helps keep
children and others from unin-
tentionally opening the doors,
and will help keep out intruders.
. Before opening any door, always SPA2457
look for and avoid oncoming
traffic. LOCKING WITH KEY
. To help avoid risk of injury or To lock the driver’s door, insert the
death through unintended opera- mechanical key to the door key cylinder
tion of the vehicle and or its and turn the key to the front of the
systems, including entrapment vehicle .
in windows or inadvertent door
To unlock the driver’s door, turn the
lock activation, do not leave chil-
mechanical key to the rear of the vehicle
dren, people who require the
.
assistance of others or pets un-
attended in your vehicle. Addi- To lock or unlock the other door, use the
tionally, the temperature inside a power door lock switch, the LOCK or
closed vehicle on a warm day can UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key
quickly become high enough to or the key fob, or the request switch (if so
cause a significant risk of injury equipped).
or death to people and pets.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
Operating the power door lock switch
(located on the driver’s and front passen-
ger’s doors) will lock or unlock all the
doors.
To lock the doors, push the power door
lock switch to the lock position with the
driver’s and front passenger’s doors open,
then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be sure
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
To unlock the doors, push the power door
SPA2726 SPA2803 lock switch to the unlock position .
Driver’s armrest
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Lockout protection
To lock the door without the key, move Lockout protection function helps to
the inside lock knob to the lock position prevent the keys from being accidentally
then close the door. locked inside the vehicle.
To unlock, move the inside lock knob to When the power door lock switch (driver’s
the unlock position . or front passenger’s side) is moved to the
When locking the door without a key, be lock position with the Intelligent Key left
sure not to leave the key inside the in the vehicle (models with Intelligent Key
vehicle. system) or the key left in the ignition
switch (models without Intelligent Key
system) and any door open, all doors will
unlock automatically and a chime will
sound after the door is closed.
SPA2804
Passenger’s armrest

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
(if so equipped)
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS It is possible to lock/unlock all doors

(including the liftgate), and activate the
. All doors lock automatically when the panic alarm by using the key fob from
vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 outside the vehicle.
km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when Before locking the doors, make sure the
the ignition switch is placed in the OFF key is not left in the vehicle.
position or when the shift lever is The key fob can operate at a distance of
moved to the P (Park) position, if approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the
selected (CVT model). vehicle. (The effective distance depends
upon the conditions around the vehicle.)
As many as 4 key fobs can be used with
one vehicle. For information concerning
the purchase and use of additional key
SPA2801
fobs, contact a NISSAN dealer.
The key fob will not function:
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK . When the key fob is not within the
Child safety rear door locks help prevent operational range.
the rear doors from being opened acci- . When the doors are open or not
dentally, especially when small children closed securely.
are in the vehicle. . When the key is in the ignition switch.
When the levers are in the lock position . When the battery is discharged.
, the rear doors can be opened only
from the outside.
To disengage, move the levers to the WARNING
unlock position .
The remote keyless entry key fob
transmits radio waves when the
buttons are pushed. The FAA advises
that the radio waves may affect
aircraft navigation and communica-
tion systems. Do not operate the key

fob while on an airplane. Make sure dealer.
the buttons are not operated unin-
tentionally when the unit is stored For information regarding the replace-
during a flight. ment of a battery, see “Key fob battery
replacement” (P.8-21).
CAUTION
The following conditions or occur-
rences will damage the key fob.
. Do not allow the key fob to
become wet.
. Do not drop the key fob. JVP0308X
. Do not strike the key fob sharply Jackknife type key release button
against another object.
LOCK button
. If the outside temperature is be- UNLOCK button
low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- PANIC button
tery of key fob may not function
Battery indicator light
properly.
. Do not place the key fob for an HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
extended period in an area where ENTRY SYSTEM
temperatures exceed 140°F Welcome light and farewell light
(60°C).
function
If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of When you lock or unlock the doors or the
that key fob. This will prevent the key liftgate, the daytime running lights, park-
fob from unauthorized use to unlock ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate
the vehicle. For information regard- for a period of time. The welcome light
ing the erasing procedure, it is re- and farewell light function can be dis-
commended that you visit a NISSAN abled. For information about disabling
. Any of the buttons on the key fob is
the welcome light and farewell light 2. Push the UNLOCK button again
function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). within 5 seconds. pushed. (Note: the PANIC button
. All the doors and the liftgate unlock. must be pushed for more than 1
Locking doors . The hazard indicator flashes once if second.)
1. Remove the key from the ignition all doors are completely closed.
switch.
Battery indicator light
All doors will be locked automatically The battery indicator light illuminates
2. Close all the doors. unless one of the following operations is when you push any button. If the light
3. Push the LOCK button on the performed within 1 minute of pushing the does not illuminate, the battery is weak or
key fob. UNLOCK button. needs replacement. For information re-
4. All the doors will lock. . Any door or liftgate is opened. garding replacement of a battery, see
All of the doors will lock when the . The ignition switch is placed in the ON “Key fob battery replacement” (P.8-21).
LOCK button is pushed even position.
Setting hazard indicator and horn
though a door remains open. NOTE: mode
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice The unlocking operation can be chan- This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
and the horn chirps once. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle horn mode when you first receive the
. When the LOCK button is pushed Settings of the vehicle information dis- vehicle.
with all doors locked, the hazard play. For additional information, refer to
“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
indicator flashes twice and the horn the LOCK button is pushed, the
chirps once as a reminder that the Using panic alarm hazard indicator flashes twice and the
doors are already locked. If you are near your vehicle and feel horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK
. Operate the door handles to confirm threatened, you may activate the alarm button is pushed, the hazard indicator
that the doors have been securely to call attention as follows: flashes once.
locked.
1. Push the PANIC button on the If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can
Unlocking doors key fob for more than 0.5 seconds. switch to hazard indicator only mode by
1. Push the UNLOCK button on 2. The theft warning alarm and head- following the switching procedure.
the key fob. lights will stay on for 25 seconds. In hazard indicator only mode, when the
. The driver’s door unlocks. 3. The panic alarm stops when: LOCK button is pushed, the hazard
. The hazard indicator flashes once if . It has run for 25 seconds, or indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
all doors are completely closed. button is pushed, neither the hazard
indicator nor the horn operates.
Mode (Pushing the or
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Switching procedure:
button) To switch the hazard indicator and horn
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once operation, push the LOCK and
Hazard indicator and horn mode HORN - none
HORN - once UNLOCK buttons on the key fob
Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes 3
times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn
mode is set, the hazard indicator
flashes once and the horn chirps once.
The horn operation can also be turned on

or off in the vehicle information display.
See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)
. When the vehicle is parked near a

WARNING CAUTION parking meter.
In such cases, correct the operating
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent conditions before using the Intelligent
. Radio waves could adversely af- Key function or use the mechanical key.
fect electric medical equipment. Key with you when operating the
Those who use a pacemaker vehicle. Although the life of the battery varies
should contact the electric med- . Never leave the Intelligent Key in depending on the operating conditions,
ical equipment manufacturer for the vehicle when you leave the the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.
the possible influences before vehicle. If the battery is discharged, replace it with
use. a new one.
. The Intelligent Key transmits The Intelligent Key is always communi- Since the Intelligent Key is continuously
radio waves when the buttons cating with the vehicle as it receives radio receiving radio waves, if the key is left
are pushed. The FAA advises that waves. The Intelligent Key system trans- near equipment which transmits strong
the radio waves may affect air- mits weak radio waves. Environmental radio waves, such as signals from a TV
craft navigation and communica- conditions may interfere with the opera- and personal computer, the battery life
tion systems. Do not operate the tion of the Intelligent Key system under may become shorter.
Intelligent Key while on an air- the following operating conditions. For information regarding replacement of
plane. Make sure the buttons are . When operating near a location where a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery
not operated unintentionally strong radio waves are transmitted, replacement” (P.8-23).
when the unit is stored during a such as a TV tower, power station and As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
flight. broadcasting station. registered and used with one vehicle. For
. When in possession of wireless equip- information about the purchase and use
The Intelligent Key system can operate all ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-
the door locks using the remote control- ceiver, and CB radio. mended that you contact a NISSAN deal-
ler function or pushing the request switch . When the Intelligent Key is in contact er.
on the vehicle without taking the key out with or covered by metallic materials.
from a pocket or purse. The operating . When any type of radio wave remote
environment and/or conditions may af- control is used nearby.
CAUTION
fect the Intelligent Key system operation.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near
Be sure to read the following before using an electric appliance such as a perso- . Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
the Intelligent Key system. nal computer. which contains electrical compo-
nents, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.
affect the system function. This may prevent the unauthorized use of
the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. For information regarding the erasing
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key procedure, it is recommended that you
sharply against another object. contact a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not change or modify the The Intelligent Key function can be dis-
Intelligent Key. abled. For information about disabling
. Wetting may damage the Intelli- the Intelligent Key function, it is recom-
gent Key. If the Intelligent Key mended that you contact a NISSAN deal-
gets wet, immediately wipe until er.
it is completely dry.
. If the outside temperature is be-
low 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the bat-
tery of the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key
for an extended period in an area
where temperatures exceed
140°F (60°C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key
near equipment that produces a
magnetic field, such as a TV,
audio equipment, personal com-
puters or cellular phone.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,

NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code
SPA2074 SPA2407
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING door glass, handle or rear bumper, the DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
RANGE request switches may not function. TION
The Intelligent Key functions can only be When the Intelligent Key is within the . Do not push the door handle request
used when the Intelligent Key is within operating range, it is possible for anyone switch with the Intelligent Key held in
the specified operating range from the who does not carry the Intelligent Key to your hand as illustrated. The close
request switch . push the request switch to lock/unlock distance to the door handle will cause
the doors including the liftgate. the Intelligent Key system to have
When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-
charged or strong radio waves are pre-
gent Key is outside the vehicle.
sent near the operating location, the
Intelligent Key system’s operating range . After locking with the door handle
becomes narrower, and the Intelligent request switch, verify the doors are
Key may not function properly. securely locked by testing them.
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80
being left inside the vehicle, make sure
cm) from each request switch .
you carry the key with you and then
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the lock the doors.
. Do not pull the door handle before
pushing the door handle request
switch. The door will be unlocked but
will not open. Release the door handle
once and pull it again to open the
door.
SPA2408 JVP0538X
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors without
taking the key out from your pocket or
bag.
When you carry the Intelligent Key with
you, you can lock or unlock all doors by
pushing the door handle request switch
(driver’s or front passenger’s) or liftgate
request switch within the range of
operation.
When you lock or unlock the doors, the
hazard indicator will flash and the horn
(or the outside chime) will sound as a
JVP0099X confirmation. For details, see “Setting
hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21).

Welcome light and farewell light off in the Vehicle Settings of the have the Intelligent Key in your
function vehicle information display. For ad- possession before operating the
ditional information, see “Vehicle request switch to prevent the
When you lock or unlock the doors or the Settings” (P.2-23).
liftgate, the daytime running lights, park- Intelligent Key from being left in
. Doors lock with the door handle the vehicle.
ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate
request switch while the ignition
for a period of time. The welcome light . The request switch is operational
switch is not in the LOCK position.
and farewell light function can be dis- only when the Intelligent Key has
abled. For information about disabling . Doors do not lock by pushing the been detected by the Intelligent
the welcome light and farewell light door handle request switch while Key system.
function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). any door is open. However, doors
lock by pushing the driver’s side
Locking doors door handle request switch while Unlocking doors
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) the driver’s door is closed. 1. Push the door handle request switch
position (Continuously Variable Trans- . Doors do not lock with the door or the liftgate request switch
mission (CVT) models), or the shift handle request switch with the In- while carrying the Intelligent Key with
lever in the N (Neutral) position (Man- telligent Key inside the vehicle and a you.
ual Transmission (MT) models), place beep sounds to warn you. However, 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and
the ignition switch in the OFF position when an Intelligent Key is inside the outside chime sounds once. The cor-
and make sure you carry the Intelli- vehicle, doors can be locked with responding door or the liftgate will
gent Key with you. another Intelligent Key. unlock.
2. Close all doors. 3. Push the request switch again within 1
3. Push any door handle request switch CAUTION minute.
while carrying the Intelligent Key with 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and
you. . After locking the doors using the outside chime sounds once again. All
4. All doors and the liftgate will lock. request switch, make sure that the doors and the liftgate will unlock.
5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice the doors have been securely All doors will be locked automatically
and the outside buzzer sounds twice. locked by operating the door unless one of the following operations is
handles or the liftgate opener performed within 1 minute after pushing
NOTE: switch.
. Request switches for all doors and the request switch while the doors are
the liftgate can be deactivated when . When locking the doors using the locked.
the I-Key Door Lock setting is turned request switch, make sure to

. Opening any door. WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE-
. Pushing the ignition switch. MINDERS
During this 1-minute time period, if the To help prevent the vehicle from moving
UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key unexpectedly by erroneous operation of
is pushed, all doors will be locked auto- the Intelligent Key listed on the following
matically after another 1 minute. chart or to help prevent the vehicle from
NOTE: being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside
The unlocking operation can be chan- and outside the vehicle and the warning
ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle display appears on the vehicle informa-
Settings of the vehicle information dis- tion display.
play. For additional information, see When a chime or beep sounds or the
“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). warning display appears, be sure to check
Opening liftgate the vehicle and Intelligent Key.
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17) and
“Vehicle information display” (P.2-19).
2. Push the liftgate opener switch .
3. The liftgate will unlock.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met
for a period of time, the battery saver
system will cut off the power supply to
prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion. (See “Push-button ignition switch
positions” (P.5-16).)
. All doors are closed, and
. The shift lever is in the P (Park)
position (CVT model) or N (Neutral)
position (MT model).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle,
the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.
Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The Shift to Park warning appears on
When stopping the engine The shift lever is not in the P (Park) Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
the display and the inside warning chime position.
(CVT model) position.
sounds continuously.
When opening the driver’s The Door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF
door to get out of the vehicle on the display. position. position.
The No Key Detected warning appears
on the display, the outside chime sounds Place the ignition switch in the OFF
The ignition switch is in the ON
three times and the inside warning position.
position.
chime sounds for approximately three
seconds.
The red Shift to Park warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
When closing the door after
on the display and the inside side chime position and the shift lever is not in position and place the ignition switch
getting out of the vehicle in the OFF position.
sounds continuously. (CVT model) the P (Park) position.
The Rear Door Alert is activated mes- Check the back seat for all articles,
sage appears on the display, the horn clear the Rear Door Alert warning
sounds three times twice, or a Check The Rear Door Alert is activated. message by using the steering
Back Seat for all articles warning ap- switches.
pears on the display.
When closing the door with The outside chime sounds for approxi-
The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
the inside lock knob turned mately three seconds and all the doors
vehicle.
to LOCK unlock.
When pushing the door han-
dle request switch or the The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
LOCK button on the Intelli- mately three seconds. vehicle.
gent Key to lock the door

Replace the battery with a new one.
The Key Battery Low warning appears (See “Intelligent Key battery replace-
The battery charge is low.
When pushing the ignition on the display. ment” (P.8-23).)
switch to start the engine
The Key ID Incorrect warning appears on The Intelligent Key is not in the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
the display. vehicle.
When pushing the ignition The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the It is recommended that you contact a
switch on the display. Intelligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS affect the system function. Key. The remote keyless entry function
ENTRY FUNCTION can operate at a distance of approxi-
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key operating distance depends upon the
WARNING sharply against another object. conditions around the vehicle.)
. Do not change or modify the The remote keyless entry function will not
. Radio waves could adversely af- Intelligent Key. operate:
fect electric medical equipment. . Wetting may damage the Intelli- . When the Intelligent Key is not within
Those who use a pacemaker gent Key. If the Intelligent Key the operational range.
should contact the electric med- gets wet, immediately wipe until . When the doors are open or not
ical equipment manufacturer for it is completely dry. closed securely.
the possible influences before
use. . If the outside temperature is be- . When the Intelligent Key battery is
low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- discharged.
. The Intelligent Key transmits tery of the Intelligent Key may not The remote keyless entry function can
radio waves when the buttons function properly. also operate the vehicle alarm.
are pushed. The FAA advises that
the radio waves may affect air- . Do not place the Intelligent Key
craft navigation and communica- for an extended period in an area
tion systems. Do not operate the where temperatures exceed
Intelligent Key while on an air- 140°F (60°C).
plane. Make sure the buttons are . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
not operated unintentionally with a key holder that contains a
when the unit is stored during a magnet.
flight. . Do not place the Intelligent Key
near equipment that produces a
magnetic field, such as a TV,
CAUTION audio equipment, personal com-
puters or cellular phone.
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
The remote keyless entry function can
which contains electrical compo-
operate all door locks using the remote
nents, to come into contact with
keyless entry function of the Intelligent
water or salt water. This could
LOCK button Unlocking doors
UNLOCK button
1. Push the UNLOCK button on
PANIC button
the Intelligent Key once.
Remote engine start button
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The
When you lock or unlock the doors or the driver’s door will unlock.
liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound 3. Push the UNLOCK button again
as a confirmation. For details, see “Setting within 5 seconds.
hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21). 4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All
the doors and the liftgate will unlock.
Locking doors
All doors will be locked automatically
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF unless one of the following operations is
position. performed within 1 minute after pushing
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.* the UNLOCK button while the doors
JVP0541X
3. Close all the doors. are locked.
Type A
4. Push the LOCK button on the . Opening any door (including the lift-
Intelligent Key. gate).
. Pushing the ignition switch.
5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock.
During this 1-minute time period, if the
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice UNLOCK button is pushed, all doors
and the horn chirps once. will be locked automatically after another
*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key 1 minute.
while the ignition switch is in the ON
position. NOTE:
Operate the door handles to confirm that The unlocking operation can be chan-
the doors have been securely locked. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle
Settings of the vehicle information dis-
play. For additional information, see
“Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
JVP0542X
Type B

Using panic alarm Setting hazard indicator and horn
If you are near your vehicle and feel mode
threatened, you may activate the alarm This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
to call attention as follows: horn mode when you first receive the
1. Push the PANIC button on the vehicle.
Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
seconds. the LOCK button is pushed, the
2. The theft warning alarm and head- hazard indicator flashes twice and the
lights will stay on for 25 seconds. horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK
3. The panic alarm stops when: button is pushed, the hazard indicator
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
flashes once.
. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent If horns are not necessary, the system
Key is pushed. (Note: the PANIC can be switched to the hazard indicator
button must be pushed for more mode.
than 0.5 seconds.) In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indica-
Remote engine start (if so tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
equipped) button is pushed, neither the hazard
The remote engine start button is indicator nor the horn operates.
on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has
remote engine start function. This func-
tion allows the engine to start from
outside the vehicle. See “Remote engine
start” (P.3-23).

Hazard indicator and horn mode: Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
(chime) operation, push the LOCK
Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once and UNLOCK buttons on the Intel-
or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once seconds.
Pushing or button HORN - none
HORN - once
. When the hazard indicator mode is
Hazard indicator mode: set, the hazard indicator flashes 3
times.
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK . When the hazard indicator and horn
Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none mode is set, the hazard indicator
or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none flashes once and the horn chirps once.
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
Pushing or button HORN - none
HORN - none
The horn operation can also be turned on

or off in the vehicle information display.
See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)
Other conditions may affect the remote

WARNING engine start function. See “Conditions the
remote engine start will not work” (P.3-
24).
To avoid risk of injury or death, do
not use the remote engine start Other conditions can affect the perfor-
function when the vehicle is in an mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.
enclosed area such as a garage. See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for
additional information.
REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING
RANGE
The remote engine start function can
only be used when the Intelligent Key is
within the specified operating range from
JVP0446X the vehicle.
The remote engine start button is on When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has charged or other strong radio wave
remote engine start function. This func- sources are present near the operating
tion allows the engine to start from location, the Intelligent Key operating
outside the vehicle. range becomes narrower, and the Intelli-
gent Key may not function properly.
Some systems, such as the air conditioner
system, will turn on during a remote The remote engine start operating range
engine start, if the system was on the is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the
last time the ignition switch was turned vehicle.
off. REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE
Laws in some local communities may To use the remote start function to start
restrict the use of remote engine starters. the engine, perform the following:
For example, some laws require a person 1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.
using remote engine start to have the
vehicle in view. Check local regulations for 2. Push the LOCK button to lock all
any requirements. doors.

3. Within 5 seconds push and hold the tion is performed. . The extended engine run time has
remote engine start button until . The second 10 minutes will start im- expired.
the turn signal lights flash and the tail mediately when the remote engine . The first 10 minute timer has expired.
lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not start function is performed. For exam- . The engine hood has been opened.
within view, push and hold the remote ple, if the engine has been running for . The shift lever is moved out of the P
engine start button for at least 2 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, (Park) position.
seconds. the engine will run for a total of 15
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal
The following events will occur when the minutes.
entry into the vehicle.
engine starts: . Extending engine run time will count
. The ignition switch is pushed without
. The front parking lights will turn on towards the two remote engine start
an Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
and remain on as long as the engine is limit.
. The ignition switch is pushed with an
running. A maximum of two remote engine starts,
Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the
. The doors will be locked and the air or a single start with an extension, are
brake pedal is not depressed.
conditioner system may turn on. allowed between ignition cycles.
CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE
. The engine will continue to run for The ignition switch must be cycled to the
ON position and then back to the OFF START WILL NOT WORK
about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to
extend the time for an additional 10 position before the remote engine start The remote engine start will not operate
minutes. See “Extending engine run procedure can be used again. if any of the following conditions are
time” (P.3-24). present:
CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE
Depress and hold the brake pedal, then START . The ignition switch is placed in the ON
place the ignition switch in the ON posi- position.
To cancel a remote engine start, perform
tion before driving. For further instruc- . The hood is not securely closed.
one of the following:
tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-20). . The hazard indicator flashers are on.
. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle
EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME . The engine is still running. The engine
and push and hold the remote engine
The remote engine start function can be must be completely stopped. Wait at
start button until the front park-
extended one time by performing the least 6 seconds if the engine goes
ing lights turn off.
steps listed in “Remote starting the en- from running to off. This is not applic-
. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. able when extending engine run time.
gine” (P.3-23). Run time will be calculated
. Cycle the ignition switch ON and then . The remote engine start button is
as follows:
OFF. not pushed and held for at least 2
. The first 10 minute run time will start
seconds.
when the remote engine start func-
HOOD
. The remote engine start button is

not pushed and held within 5 seconds WARNING
of pushing the LOCK button.
. The brake pedal is depressed. . Make sure the hood is completely
. The doors are not closed and locked. closed and latched before driving.
. The liftgate is open. Failure to do so could cause the
. The Key System Error warning mes- hood to fly open and result in an
sage remains on in the vehicle infor- accident.
mation display. . Never open the hood if steam or
. An Intelligent Key is left inside the smoke is coming from the engine
vehicle. compartment to avoid injury.
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal
entry into the vehicle.
. Two remote engine starts, or a single
remote engine start with an exten-
sion, have already been used.
. The shift lever is not in the P (Park)
position.
. The remote engine start function has
been switched to the OFF position in
Vehicle Settings of the vehicle infor-
mation display. For additional infor-
mation, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
The remote engine start may display a
warning or indicator in the vehicle infor-
mation display. For an explanation of the
warning or indicator, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display warnings and indicators”
(P.2-31).

LIFTGATE
WARNING
. Always be sure the liftgate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the liftgate
open. This could allow dangerous
exhaust gases to be drawn into
the vehicle. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Exhaust gas
(carbon monoxide)” (P.5-4).
WAD0090X death through unintended opera-
tion of the vehicle and or its
1. Pull the hood lock release handle When closing the hood: systems, including entrapment
located below the instrument panel 1. While supporting the hood, return the in windows or inadvertent door
until the hood springs up. support rod to its original position. lock activation, do not leave chil-
2. Locate the lever in between the 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 dren, people who require the
hood and grille, and push the lever up in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, assistance of others or pets un-
with your fingertips. then let it drop. attended in your vehicle. Addi-
3. Raise the hood. tionally, the temperature inside a
3. Make sure it is securely latched. closed vehicle on a warm day can
4. Remove the support rod and insert it quickly become high enough to
into the slot . cause a significant risk of injury
Hold the coated part when removing or death to people and pets.
or resetting the support rod. Avoid . Always be sure that hands and
direct contact with the metal parts, as feet are clear of the door frame to
they may be hot immediately after the avoid injury while closing the
engine has been stopped. liftgate.

CAUTION
Do not use accessory carriers that
attach to the liftgate. Doing so will
cause damage to the vehicle.
JVP0396X JVP0410X
To open the liftgate, unlock it and push LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER

the opener switch . Pull up the liftgate to If the liftgate cannot be opened with the
open. power door lock switch due to a dis-
The liftgate can be unlocked by: charged battery, follow these steps.
. pushing the UNLOCK button on 1. Fold the rear seats down. See “Seats”
the key. (P.1-3).
. pushing the liftgate request switch (if 2. Remove the cover plate from the lock
so equipped). using a suitable tool.
. pushing the door handle request 3. Move the release lever to the right
switch (if so equipped). using a suitable tool as illustrated. The
. pushing the power door lock switch to liftgate will be unlatched.
the unlock position.
4. Push the liftgate up to open.
To close the liftgate, pull down until it
securely locks. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dealer as soon as possible for repair.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR
WARNING
. Fuel is extremely flammable and
highly explosive under certain
conditions. You could be burned
or seriously injured if it is misused
or mishandled. Always stop the
engine and do not smoke or allow
open flames or sparks near the
vehicle when refueling.
. Fuel may be under pressure. Turn
the cap a half of a turn, and wait
for any “hissing” sound to stop to JVP0540X SPA2800
prevent fuel from spraying out
and possibly causing personal OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR FUEL-FILLER CAP
injury. Then remove the cap.
To open the fuel-filler door, pull the To remove the fuel-filler cap:
. Use only an original equipment release handle located below the instru- 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-
type fuel-filler cap as a replacement panel. To lock, close the fuel-filler wise to remove.
ment. It has a built-in safety valve door securely.
needed for proper operation of 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap
the fuel system and emission holder while refueling.
control system. An incorrect cap To install the fuel-filler cap:
can result in a serious malfunc- 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into
tion and possible injury. the fuel-filler tube.
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise
until a single click is heard.

. Do not fill a portable fuel contain- indicator light (MIL) to illuminate.
WARNING er in the vehicle or trailer. Static If the light illuminates be-
electricity can cause an explosion cause the fuel-filler cap is loose
. Gasoline is extremely flammable of flammable liquid, vapor or gas or missing, tighten or install the
and highly explosive under cer- in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce cap and continue to drive the
tain conditions. You could be the risk of serious injury or death vehicle. The light should turn
burned or seriously injured if it is when filling portable fuel contain- off after a few driving trips. If the
misused or mishandled. Always ers: light does not turn off after a
stop engine and do not smoke or — Always place the container on few driving trips, have the vehicle
allow open flames or sparks near the ground when filling. inspected. It is recommended you
the vehicle when refueling. visit a NISSAN dealer for this
— Do not use electronic devices service.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel when filling.
tank after the fuel pump nozzle For additional information, see
shuts off automatically. Contin- — Keep the pump nozzle in con- “Malfunction Indicator Light
ued refueling may cause fuel tact with the container while (MIL)” (P.2-16).
overflow, resulting in fuel spray you are filling it.
and possibly a fire. . The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
— Use only approved portable message will be displayed if the
. Use only an original equipment fuel containers for flammable fuel-filler cap is not properly tigh-
type fuel-filler cap as a replace- liquid. tened. It may take a few driving
ment. It has a built-in safety valve trips for the message to be dis-
needed for proper operation of played. Failure to tighten the fuel-
the fuel system and emission filler cap properly after the LOOSE
control system. An incorrect cap CAUTION FUEL CAP warning message is
can result in a serious malfunc- displayed may cause the
tion and possible injury. It could . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
also cause the malfunction indi- body, flush it away with water to to illuminate.
cator light to come on. avoid paint damage.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle . Insert the cap straight into the
body to attempt to start your fuel-filler tube, then tighten until
vehicle. the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to
tighten the fuel-filler cap properly
may cause the malfunction
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
3. Push the OK button on the steering

wheel for about 1 second to turn off WARNING
the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes-
sage after tightening the fuel cap.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent.
JVP0503X
LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message
is displayed on the vehicle information
display when the fuel-filler cap is not
tightened correctly after the vehicle has
been refueled. It may take a few driving
trips for the message to be displayed. To
turn off the warning message, do the
following procedure:
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap
as soon as possible. For additional
information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap”
(P.3-28).
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

SUN VISORS
1. To block glare from the front, swing

down the main sun visor .
2. To block glare from the side, remove
the main sun visor from the center
mount and swing it to the side .
3. Slide the sun visor in or out as
needed.
CAUTION
. Do not store the sun visor before
returning the extension to its
original position.
JVP0301X
. Do not pull the extension sun
TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION visor forcedly downward.
Pull the lock lever down and adjust the
steering wheel up, down, forward or
rearward to the desired position. Push
the lock lever up securely to lock the
steering wheel in place.
SIC3739
MIRRORS
SPA2447 SPA2143 SPA2450-A
INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type (if so Automatic anti-glare type (if so
Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to equipped) equipped)
the desired position. The night position will reduce glare The inside mirror is designed so that it
from the headlights of vehicles behind automatically changes reflection accord-
you at night. ing to the intensity of the headlights of
Use the day position when driving in the following vehicle.
daylight hours. The anti-glare system will be automati-
cally turned on when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position.
WARNING When the anti-glare system is turned on,
the indicator light will illuminate and
Use the night position only when excessive glare from the headlights of the
necessary, because it reduces rear vehicle behind you will be reduced.
view clarity.
Push the “*” switch to make the inside
rearview mirror operate normally. The

indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” Defrosting outside mirrors (if so
switch to turn the system on. equipped)
Do not allow any object to cover the The outside mirrors will be heated when
sensors or apply glass cleaner on the rear window defroster switch is
them. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv- operated. (See “Rear window and outside
ity of the sensor, resulting in improper mirror defroster switch” (P.2-51).)
operation.
For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
operation, see “HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver” (P.2-83).
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
WARNING JVP0395X
Objects viewed in the outside mirror Adjusting outside mirrors

on the passenger side are closer
than they appear. Be careful when The outside mirror control switch is
moving to the right. Using only this located on the driver’s armrest.
mirror could cause an accident. Use The outside mirror will operate only when
the inside mirror or glance over your the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
shoulder to properly judge distances position.
to other objects. Move the switch right or left to select the
right or left side mirror , then adjust
using the control switch.

MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)
The memory seat system has two fea-

tures:
. Memory storage function
. Entry/exit function
SPA1829 SIC3869
Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it To use the front vanity mirror, pull down
toward the rear of the vehicle. the sun visor and pull up the cover.

3. The indicator light for the pushed press the button on the Intelligent
memory switch will come on and stay Key. The indicator light of the linked
on for approximately 5 seconds. memory switch will blink. After the
4. The chime will sound if the memory indicator light goes off, the Intelligent
has been stored. Key is linked to that memory setting.
NOTE: Once it is linked, when ignition switch is
placed in the OFF position, pressing the
If a new memory position is stored in button on the Intelligent Key will
the same memory switch, the previous move the driver’s seat and outside mir-
memory position will be overwritten by rors to the linked memory switch posi-
the new stored position. tion.
Confirming memory storage NOTE:
Push the SET switch. If a memory position If a new memory position is stored in
has not been stored in the switch (1 or 2) the linked memory switch, then the
WAD0097X
the indicator light for the respective Intelligent Key will link the new position
switch will come ON for approximately and overwrites the previous position.
MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
0.5 seconds. If a memory position has
Two positions for the driver’s seat and been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
outside mirrors can be stored in the indicator light for the respective switch This system is designed so that the
memory switch. Follow these procedures will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds. driver’s seat will automatically move
to use the memory system. when the shift lever is in the P (Park)
1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside Linking an Intelligent Key to a position. This allows the driver to get into
mirrors to the desired positions by stored memory position and out of the driver’s seat more easily.
manually operating each adjusting Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a The driver’s seat will slide backward:
switch. For additional information, restored memory position (memory switch
fer to “Seats” (P.1-3) and “Outside . When the driver’s door is opened with
1 or 2) with the following procedure. the ignition switch placed in the OFF
mirrors” (P.3-33).
1. Follow steps 1-3 in the “Memory sto- position.
2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 rage function” (P.3-35) for storing the . When the ignition switch is changed
seconds, push the memory switch (1 memory position. from ON to OFF with the driver’s door
or 2). open.
2. The indicator light for the pushed
memory switch will come on. While The driver’s seat will return to the pre-
the indicator light is on for 5 seconds,
vious position: . When the shift lever is moved from P
. When the ignition switch is turned to (Park) to any other position.
ON while the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
The entry/exit function can be adjusted
or canceled through “Vehicle Settings” in
the vehicle information display by per-
forming the following:
. Switch the “Exit Seat Slide” from ON to
OFF. For additional information, refer
to “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).
SYSTEM OPERATION
The memory seat system will not work or
will stop operating under the following
conditions:
. When the vehicle is moving. (The
driver’s seat returning function can
be operated if the vehicle speed is
below 4 MPH (7 km/h).)
. When any of the memory switches are
pushed while the memory seat is
operating.
. When the switch for the driver’s seat is
pushed while the memory seat is
operating.
. When the seat has already been
moved to the memorized position.
. When no seat position is stored in the
memory switch.

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio
and phone systems
NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual .................................... 4-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor
RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ................................. 4-2 system limitations............................................................ 4-18
RearView Monitor system operation ..................... 4-3 System maintenance .................................................... 4-20
How to read the displayed lines ................................ 4-3 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if
Difference between predictive and so equipped) ................................................................................. 4-21
actual distances ...................................................................... 4-4 MOD system operation ................................................ 4-21
How to park with predictive course lines .......... 4-6 Turning MOD on and off ............................................ 4-23
Adjusting the screen ........................................................... 4-7 MOD system limitations .............................................. 4-23
How to turn ON and OFF predictive course System maintenance .................................................... 4-24
lines ................................................................................................. 4-7 Ventilators ...................................................................................... 4-25
RearView Monitor system limitations .................... 4-7 Center ventilators ............................................................ 4-25
System maintenance .......................................................... 4-9 Side ventilators .................................................................. 4-25
Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if Rear ventilators (if so equipped) .......................... 4-25
so equipped) .................................................................................. 4-10 Heater and air conditioner ................................................ 4-26
Intelligent Around View® Monitor Manual air conditioner and heater .................... 4-27
system operation ................................................................ 4-11 Automatic air conditioner and heater ............ 4-31
Difference between predictive and Operating tips (for automatic
actual distances ................................................................... 4-14 air conditioner) ................................................................... 4-33
How to park with predictive course lines ....... 4-16 Servicing air conditioner ............................................. 4-33
How to switch the display ........................................... 4-17 Antenna ............................................................................................ 4-34
Adjusting the screen ........................................................ 4-18 Car phone or CB radio ......................................................... 4-35
NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)
For models with NissanConnect® system,

refer to NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual
that includes the following information.
Available functions may vary depending
on the models and specifications.
. Audio
. Hands-Free Phone
. Apple CarPlay®
. Android AutoTM
. NissanConnect® Services powered by
SiriusXM®
. Navigation system
. Voice recognition
. Information and settings viewable on
NissanConnect®
WAE0016X
1. CAMERA button
result in serious injury or death.
. RearView Monitor is a conveni-
WARNING ence feature and is not a sub-
stitute for proper backing. Always
. Failure to follow the warnings turn and look out the windows,
and instructions for proper use and check mirrors to be sure that
of the RearView Monitor could it is safe to move before operat-
4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
ing the vehicle. Always back up
slowly.
. The system is designed as an aid
to the driver in showing large
stationary objects directly behind
the vehicle, to help avoid dama-
ging the vehicle.
. The distance guide line and the
vehicle width line should be used
as a reference only when the
vehicle is on a level paved sur-
face. The distance viewed on the
monitor is for reference only and
may be different than the actual JVH1585X SAA1896
distance between the vehicle and
displayed objects. To display the rear view, the RearView HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
Monitor system uses a camera located LINES
just above the vehicle’s license plate .
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle
CAUTION REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP- width and distances to objects with
ERATION reference to the bumper line are
Do not scratch the camera lens when When the ignition switch is placed in the displayed on the monitor.
cleaning dirt or snow from the front ON position, move the shift lever to the R Distance guide lines:
of the camera. (Reverse) position to operate the Rear- Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
View Monitor.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
The RearView Monitor system automati- . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
cally shows a rear view of the vehicle
when the shift lever is placed in the R . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m)
(Reverse) position. . Green line (if so equipped): approxi-
mately 10 ft (3 m)
The radio can still be heard while the
RearView Monitor is active. Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the vehicle width when backing
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3
up.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when back-
ing up. The predictive course lines will be
displayed on the monitor when the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if
the steering wheel is turned. The predic-
tive course lines will move depending on
how much the steering wheel is turned
and will not be displayed while the steer-
ing wheel is in the straight ahead position.
The vehicle width guide lines and the
width of the predictive course lines are
wider than the actual width and course.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or down-
hill surfaces or projecting objects will be
actually located at distances different
from those displayed in the monitor JVH1159X JVH1160X
relative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-
tions). When in doubt, turn around and
view the objects as you are backing up, or Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill
park and exit the vehicle to view the When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
positioning of objects behind the vehicle. distance guide lines and the vehicle width the distance guide lines and the vehicle
guide lines are shown closer than the width guide lines are shown farther than
actual distance. Note that any object on the actual distance. Note that any object
the hill is farther than it appears on the on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor. monitor.

position if the object projects over the
actual backing up course.
SAA1923 SAA1980
Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting

The predictive course lines do not object
touch the object in the display. However, The position is shown farther than the
the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display. However, the
over the actual backing up course. position is actually at the same dis-
tance as the position . The vehicle may
hit the object when backing up to the
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
COURSE LINES
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with
different sized tires, the predic-
tive course lines may be dis-
played incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery
road, there may be a difference
between the predictive course
line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or
becomes discharged, the predic-
played incorrectly. If this occurs,
please perform the following pro-
cedures:
— Turn the steering wheel from
lock to lock while the engine is
running. SAA1897 WAE0465X
— Drive the vehicle on a straight 1. Visually check that the parking space 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting
road for more than 5 minutes. is safe before parking your vehicle. the steering wheel so that the pre-
. When the steering wheel is 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- dictive course lines enter the park-
turned with the ignition switch in played on the screen when the shift ing space .
the ON position, the predictive lever is moved to the R (Reverse) 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
course lines may be displayed position. the vehicle width guide lines parallel
incorrectly. to the parking space while referring
to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE-
space completely, move the shift lever DICTIVE COURSE LINES
to the P (Park) position and apply the
parking brake. To turn the predictive course lines on and
off when the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, perform the following operation.
1. Push the MENU button
2. Touch the “Settings” key and then
touch the “Camera” key.
3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines”
key to turn the feature ON or OFF.
Pushing the CAMERA button while the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position
WAE0058X can also turn on and off the predictive
course lines.
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-
1. Push the MENU button. ITATIONS
2. Touch the “Settings” key and then
touch the “Camera” key.
WARNING
3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.
4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Listed below are the system limita-
“Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. tions for RearView Monitor. Failure to
5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or operate the vehicle in accordance
“–” key on the touch screen display. with these system limitations could
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings . The system cannot completely
of the RearView Monitor while the eliminate blind spots and may
vehicle is moving. Make sure the park- not show every object.
ing brake is firmly applied.

. Underneath the bumper and the . When washing the vehicle with . Objects on the monitor may not be
corner areas of the bumper can- high-pressure water, be sure not clear in a dark environment.
not be viewed on the RearView to spray it around the camera. . There may be a delay when switching
Monitor because of its monitoring Otherwise, water may enter the between views.
range limitation. The system will camera unit causing water con- . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on
not show small objects below the densation on the lens, a malfunc- the camera, the RearView Monitor
bumper, and may not show ob- tion, fire or an electric shock. may not display objects clearly. Clean
jects close to the bumper or on . Do not strike the camera. It is a the camera.
the ground. precision instrument. Otherwise, . Do not use wax on the camera lens.
. Objects viewed in the RearView it may malfunction or cause da- Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
Monitor differ from actual dis- mage resulting in a fire or an dampened with a diluted mild clean-
tance because a wide-angle lens electric shock. ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.
is used.
. Objects in the RearView Monitor The following are operating limitations
will appear visually opposite and do not represent a system malfunc-
compared to when viewed in the tion:
rearview and outside mirrors. . When the temperature is extremely
. Use the displayed lines as a re- high or low, the screen may not clearly
ference. The lines are highly af- display objects.
fected by the number of . When strong light directly shines on
occupants, fuel level, vehicle po- the camera, objects may not be dis-
sition, road conditions and road played clearly.
grade. . Vertical lines may be seen in objects
. Make sure that the liftgate is on the screen. This is due to strong
securely closed when backing up. reflected light from the bumper.
. Do not put anything on the rear- . The screen may flicker under fluores-
view camera. The rearview cam- cent light.
era is installed above the license . The colors of objects on the RearView
plate. Monitor may differ somewhat from
the actual color of objects.

diluted mild cleaning agent and then
wiping it with a dry cloth.
JVH1585X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or
thinner to clean the camera. This
will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the

camera , RearView Monitor may not
display objects clearly. Clean the camera
by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®
MONITOR (if so equipped)
viewed. The four corners of the

vehicle in particular, are areas
where objects do not always ap-
pear in the bird’s-eye, front, or
rear views. Always check your
surroundings to be sure that it is
safe to move before operating
the vehicle. Always operate the
vehicle slowly.
. The driver is always responsible
for safety during parking and
other maneuvers.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when clean-
ing dirt or snow from the front of the
camera.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor

system is designed as an aid to the driver
WAE0016X in situations such as slot parking or
parallel parking.
1. CAMERA button
View® Monitor system could re- The monitor displays various views of the
sult in serious injury or death. position of the vehicle in a split screen
WARNING . The Intelligent Around View® format. Not all views are available at all
Monitor is a convenience feature times.
. Failure to follow the warnings and is not a substitute for proper Available views:
and instructions for the proper vehicle operation because it has
use of the Intelligent Around areas where objects cannot be
. Front view after the CAMERA button has been
The view to the front of the vehicle. pushed with the shift lever in a position
. Rear view other than the R (Reverse) position.
The view to the rear of the vehicle. Available views
. Bird’s-eye view
The views to the vehicle from above.
. Front-side view WARNING
The view around and ahead of the
front passenger’s side wheel. . The distance guide lines and the
vehicle width guide lines should
be used as a reference only when
the vehicle is on a paved, level
surface. The apparent distance
viewed on the monitor may be
WAE0211X
different than the actual distance
To display the multiple views, the Intelli- between the vehicle and dis-
gent Around View® Monitor system uses played objects.
cameras located in the front grille, on . Use the displayed lines and the
the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just bird’s-eye view as a reference.
above the vehicle’s license plate. The lines and the bird’s-eye view
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® are greatly affected by the num-
ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi-
MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION cle position, road condition and
When the ignition switch is placed in the road grade.
ON position, push the CAMERA button on . If the tires are replaced with
the instrument panel or move the shift different sized tires, the predic-
lever to the R (Reverse) position to tive course lines and the bird’s-
operate the Intelligent Around View® eye view may be displayed incor-
Monitor. rectly.
The screen displayed on the Intelligent . When driving the vehicle up a hill,
Around View® Monitor will automatically objects viewed in the monitor are
return to the previous screen 3 minutes
farther than they appear. When Front and rear view:
driving the vehicle down a hill, Guiding lines that indicate the approx-
objects viewed in the monitor are imate vehicle width and distances to
closer than they appear. objects with reference to the vehicle body
. Objects in the rear view will ap- line , are displayed on the monitor.
pear visually opposite compared Distance guide lines:
to when viewed in the rearview Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
and outside mirrors.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
. Use the mirrors or actually look to . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
properly judge distances to other
objects. . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m)
. Green line (if so equipped): approxi-
. On a snow-covered or slippery mately 10 ft (3 m)
between the predictive course SAA1840 Vehicle width guide lines :
line and the actual course line. Front view Indicate the vehicle width.
. The vehicle width and predictive Predictive course lines :
course lines are wider than the Indicate the predictive course when op-
actual width and course. erating the vehicle. When the monitor
. The displayed lines on the rear displays the rear view, the predictive
view will appear slightly off to the course lines will be displayed on the
right because the rear view cam- monitor if the steering wheel is turned.
era is not installed in the rear The predictive course lines will move
center of the vehicle. depending on how much the steering
wheel is turned and will not be displayed
while the steering wheel is in the straight
ahead position.
The front view will not be displayed when
the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10
km/h).
SAA1896
Rear view

NOTE: In addition, the non-viewable corners
. When the monitor displays the front are displayed in red to remind the driver
view and the steering wheel turns to be cautious. When the rear sonar is
about 90 degrees or less from the active, non-viewable corners for the
straight ahead position, both the rear side of the vehicle are not displayed.
right and left predictive course lines (See “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P.5-136).)
are displayed. When the steering
wheel turns about 90 degrees or
more, the predictive course line is WARNING
displayed only on the opposite side
of the turn. . Objects in the bird’s-eye view will
appear farther than the actual
distance.
. Tall objects, such as a curb or
JVH1037X vehicle, may be misaligned or not
displayed at the seam of the
Bird’s-eye view: views.
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead . Objects that are above the cam-
view of the vehicle which helps confirm era cannot be displayed.
the vehicle position and the predictive
. The view for the bird’s-eye view
course to a parking space.
may be misaligned when the
The vehicle icon shows the position of camera position alters.
the vehicle. Note that the distance be-
. A line on the ground may be
tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye
misaligned and is not seen as
view differs from the actual distance. being straight at the seam of the
The areas that the cameras cannot cover views. The misalignment will in-
are indicated in black. crease as the line proceeds away
After the ignition switch is placed in the from the vehicle.
ON position, the non-viewable area is
highlighted in yellow for a few seconds
after the bird’s-eye view is displayed.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or down-
hill surfaces or projecting objects will be
actually located at distances different
from those displayed in the monitor
relative to the guidelines (refer to illustra-
tions). When in doubt, turn around and
view the objects as you are backing up, or
park and exit the vehicle to view the
positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
SAA3571
Front-side view:
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the approx-
imate width and the front end of the
vehicle are displayed on the monitor.
The front-of-vehicle line shows the
front part of the vehicle. JVH1159X
The side-of-vehicle line shows the
vehicle width including the outside mir- Backing up on a steep uphill
rors. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
The extensions of both the front and distance guide lines and the vehicle width
side lines are shown with a green guide lines are shown closer than the
dotted line. actual distance. Note that any object on
the hill is farther than it appears on the
monitor.

JVH1160X SAA1923 SAA3475
Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, The predictive course lines do not object
the distance guide lines and the vehicle touch the object in the display. However, The position is shown farther than the
width guide lines are shown farther than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display. However, the
the actual distance. Note that any object over the actual backing up course. position is actually at the same dis-
on the hill is closer than it appears on the tance as the position . The vehicle may
monitor. hit the object when backing up to the
position if the object projects over the HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
actual moving course. COURSE LINES
WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with
different sized tires, the predic-
played incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery
between the predictive course
line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or
becomes discharged, the predic-
played incorrectly. If this occurs,
please perform the following pro-
cedures:
— Turn the steering wheel from
lock to lock while the engine is
running. SAA1897
— Drive the vehicle on a straight 1. Visually check that the parking space
road for more than 5 minutes. is safe before parking your vehicle.
. When the steering wheel is 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis-
turned with the ignition switch in played on the screen when the shift
the ON position, the predictive lever is moved to the R (Reverse)
course lines may be displayed position.
incorrectly.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the . A different screen is selected.
space completely, move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position and apply the
parking brake.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the ignition switch placed in the ON
position, push the CAMERA button or
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
position to operate the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View® Monitor dis-
plays different split screen views depend-
ing on the position of the shift lever. Push
the CAMERA button to switch between
the available views.
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position, the available views are:
. Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
. Rear view/front-side view split screen
. Rear view
If the shift lever is in the out of R (Reverse)
SAA1898 position, the available views are:
. Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting
the steering wheel so that the pre- . Front view/front-side view split screen
dictive course lines enter the park- The display will switch from the Intelligent
ing space . Around View® Monitor screen when:
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make . The shift lever is in the D (Drive)
the vehicle width guide lines parallel position and the vehicle speed in-
to the parking space while referring creases above approximately 6 MPH
to the predictive course lines. (10 km/h).
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® Otherwise, water may enter the
MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS camera unit causing water con-
densation on the lens, a malfunc-
tion, fire or an electric shock.
WARNING . Do not strike the cameras. They
are precision instruments. Doing
Listed below are the system limita- so could cause a malfunction or
tions for Intelligent Around View® cause damage resulting in a fire
Monitor. Failure to operate the vehi- or an electric shock.
cle in accordance with these system
limitations could result in serious
injury or death.
. Do not use the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor with the outside
WAE0058X
mirrors in the stored position,
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN and make sure that the liftgate
is securely closed when operating
1. Push the MENU button. the vehicle using the Intelligent
2. Touch the “Settings” key and then Around View® Monitor.
touch the “Camera” key. . The apparent distance between
3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. objects viewed on the Intelligent
4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Around View® Monitor differs
“Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. from the actual distance.
5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or . The cameras are installed above
“–” key on the touch screen display. the front grille, the outside mir-
rors and above the rear license
NOTE:
plate. Do not put anything on the
Do not adjust the display settings of the cameras.
Intelligent Around View® Monitor while
. When washing the vehicle with
the vehicle is moving. Make sure the
highpressure water, be sure not
parking brake is firmly applied.
to spray it around the cameras.

not appear in the monitor.
The following are operating limitations
and do not represent a system malfunc-
tion:
. There may be a delay when switching
between views.
. When the temperature is extremely
high or low, the screen may not
display objects clearly.
. When strong light directly shines on
the camera, objects may not be dis-
played clearly.
. The screen may flicker under fluores-
cent light. WAE0056X
. The colors of objects on the Intelligent
Around View® Monitor may differ System temporarily unavailable
somewhat from the actual color of When the “ ” icon is displayed on the
objects. screen, there will be abnormal conditions
. Objects on the Intelligent Around in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.
View® Monitor may not be clear and This will not hinder normal driving opera-
the color of the object may differ in a tion but the system should be inspected.
dark environment. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
WAE0060X . There may be differences in sharpness dealer.
There are some areas where the system between each camera view of the
will not show objects and the system bird’s-eye view.
does not warn of moving objects. When in . Do not use wax on the camera lens.
the front or the rear view display, an Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
object below the bumper or on the that has been dampened with a
ground may not be viewed . When in diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe
the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the with a dry cloth.
seam of the camera viewing areas will
cloth dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent and then wiping with a
dry cloth.
WAE0057X WAE0211X
When the “ ” icon is displayed on the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

screen, the camera image may be receiv-
ing temporary electronic disturbances
from surrounding devices. This will not CAUTION
hinder normal driving operation but the
system should be inspected. It is recom- . Do not use alcohol, benzine or
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer. thinner to clean the camera. This
will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of

the cameras , the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION
(MOD) (if so equipped)
always use the outside mirror

and rearview mirror and turn
and check the surroundings to
ensure it is safe to maneuver.
. The system is deactivated at
speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It
is reactivated at lower speeds.
. The MOD system is not designed
to detect the surrounding sta-
tionary objects.
The MOD system can inform the driver of

moving objects near the vehicle when
driving out of garages, maneuvering in
parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects
by using image processing technology on
the image shown in the display.
MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
The MOD system will turn on automati-
cally under the following conditions:
WAE0016X . When the shift lever is in the R
(Reverse) position.
1. CAMERA button . When the CAMERA button is pushed
system could result in serious
injury or death. to activate the Intelligent Around
View® Monitor system on the display.
WARNING . The MOD system is not a substi-
. When vehicle speed decreases below
tute for proper vehicle operation
approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).
. Failure to follow the warnings and is not designed to prevent
and instructions for proper use contact with objects surrounding The MOD system operates in the follow-
of the Moving Object Detection the vehicle. When maneuvering, ing conditions when the camera view is
displayed: NOTE:
. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is
N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is beeping, the MOD system does not
stopped, the MOD system detects the chime.
moving objects in the bird’s-eye view.
The MOD system will not operate if
either door is opened. If outside mir-
rors are folded, MOD may not operate
properly.
. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position, and the vehicle speed is
below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h),
the MOD system detects moving ob-
jects in the front view.
JVH1256X
. When the shift lever is in the R
(Reverse) position and the vehicle Front and bird’s-eye views
speed is below approximately 5 MPH
(8 km/h), the MOD system detects
moving objects in the rear view. The
MOD system will not operate if the
liftgate is open.
The MOD system does not detect moving
objects in the front-side view. The MOD
icon is not displayed on the screen when
in this view.
When the MOD system detects a moving
object near the vehicle, the yellow frame
will be displayed on the view where the
object is detected and a chime will sound
once. While the MOD system continues to
detect moving objects, the yellow frame JVH0873X
continues to be displayed. Rear and bird’s-eye views

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame may not be heard.
is displayed on each camera image (front,
rear, right, left) depending on where . The MOD system performance
moving objects are detected. will be limited according to en-
vironmental conditions and sur-
The yellow frame is displayed on each rounding objects such as:
view in the front view and rear view
modes. — When there is low contrast
between background and the
A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view moving objects.
where the MOD system is operative. A
gray MOD icon is displayed in the view — When there is blinking source
where the MOD system is not operative. of light.
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD — When strong light such as
icon is not displayed. another vehicle’s headlight or
sunlight is present.
JVH1257X TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
Rear and front-side views The MOD system can be turned on and — When camera orientation is
off using the vehicle information display. not in its usual position, such
(See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-21).) as when the outside mirror is
folded.
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
— When there is dirt, water drops
or snow on the camera lens.
WARNING — When the position of the mov-
ing objects in the display is
Listed below are the system limita- not changed.
tions for MOD. Failure to operate the
vehicle in accordance with these . The MOD system might detect
system limitations could result in flowing water droplets on the
serious injury or death. camera lens, white smoke from
the muffler, moving shadows, etc.
. Excessive noise (for example,
audio system volume or open . The MOD system may not func-
WAE0067X tion properly depending on the
vehicle window) will interfere
Rear view
with the chime sound, and it speed, direction, distance or
shape of the moving objects. diluted mild cleaning agent and then
wiping with a dry cloth.
. If your vehicle sustains damage
to the parts where the camera is
installed, leaving it misaligned or
bent, the sensing zone may be
altered and the MOD system may
not detect objects properly.
. When the temperature is extre-
mely high or low, the screen may
not display objects clearly. This is
not a malfunction.
NOTE:
The blue MOD icon will change to WAE0211X
orange if one of the following has
occurred. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
. When the system is malfunctioning.
. When the component temperature CAUTION
reaches a high level (icon will blink).
. When the rear view camera has . Do not use alcohol, benzine or
detected a blockage (icon will blink). thinner to clean the camera. This
If the icon light continues to illuminate will cause discoloration.
orange, have the MOD system checked. . Do not damage the camera as the
It is recommended that you visit a monitor screen may be adversely
NISSAN dealer for this service. affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of

the cameras , the MOD system may not
operate properly. Clean the camera by
wiping with a cloth dampened with a

VENTILATORS
JVH0662X JVH0663X JVH0879X
CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS REAR VENTILATORS (if so equipped)

Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the
control to either direction. control to either direction. control to either direction.
: This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti-
lators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the side
this direction will open the ventilators. this direction will open the ventilators. control to this direction will open the
: This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- ventilators.
lators are closed. Moving the control lators are closed. Moving the control : This symbol indicates that the venti-
to this direction will close the ventila- to this direction will close the ventila- lators are closed. Moving the side
tors. tors. control to this direction will close the
ventilators.
Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-
lators by moving the center knob (up/ lators by moving the center knob (up/ Adjust the air flow direction of the venti-
down, left/right) until the desired position down, left/right) until the desired position lators by moving the center knob (up/
is achieved. is achieved. down, left/right) until the desired position
is achieved.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
The heater and air conditioner operate

when the engine is running. The air
WARNING blower will operate even if the engine is
turned off and the ignition switch is
. The heater and air conditioner placed in the ON position.
operate only when the engine is
NOTE:
running.
. Odors from inside and outside the
. Never leave children or adults vehicle can build up in the air condi-
who would normally require the tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-
support of others alone in the senger compartment through the
vehicle. Pets should not be left ventilators.
alone either. They could unknow- . When parking, set the heater and air
ingly activate switches or con- conditioner controls to turn off air
trols and inadvertently become recirculation to allow fresh air into
involved in a serious accident the passenger compartment. This
and injure themselves. On hot, should help reduce odors inside the
sunny days, temperatures in a vehicle.
closed vehicle could quickly be-
come high enough to cause se-
vere or possibly fatal injuries to
people or animals.
. Do not use the recirculation mode
for long periods as it may cause
the interior air to become stale
and the windows to fog up.
. Do not adjust the heating and air
conditioning controls while driv-
ing so that full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.

Temperature control:
Turn the temperature control dial to set
the desired temperature. Turn the dial
between the middle and the right posi-
tion to select the hot temperature. Turn
the dial between the middle and the left
position to select the cool temperature.
Air flow control:
Push one of the air flow control buttons
to select the air flow outlets.
— Air flows mainly from center and side
ventilators.
— Air flows mainly from center and side
JVH0664X ventilators and foot outlets.
1. A/C button/Fan speed control dial — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND and partly from the defroster.
2. Air flow control buttons HEATER — Air flows mainly from the defroster
3. MAX A/C button/Temperature control and foot outlets.
dial Controls
4. Front defroster button
Turning system on/off: Air intake control:
5. Rear defroster button (See “Rear The air intake control mode will change
window and outside mirror defroster To turn on the system, turn the fan speed
control dial out of the OFF position. each time the air recirculation button
switch” (P.2-51).)
Turn the dial counterclockwise to the OFF is pushed.
6. Air recirculation button
position to turn off the system. . When the indicator light is turned on,
the air recirculates inside the vehicle.
Fan speed control:
. When the indicator light is turned off,
Turn the fan speed control dial the air flow is drawn from outside the
clockwise to increase the fan speed. vehicle.
Turn the fan speed control dial
counterclockwise to decrease the fan
speed.
A/C (Air Conditioner) operation: Heater operation Defrosting or defogging:
Push the A/C button to turn on or off the Heating: This mode directs the air to the defroster
air conditioner. When the air conditioner outlets to defrost/defog the windows.
is on, the A/C indicator light on the button This mode is used to direct heated air
from the foot outlets. Some air also flows 1. Push the front defroster button.
illuminates. (The indicator light will turn on.)
from the defroster outlets and the side
MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op- ventilator outlets. 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to
eration: 1. Push the air recirculation button the desired position.
Push the MAX A/C button for maximum for normal heating. (The indicator light 3. Turn the temperature control dial to
cooling and dehumidifying. will turn off.) the desired position between the
When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the 2. Push the button. (The indicator middle and the hot (right) position.
air flow mode indicator will turn off with light will turn on.) To remove frost from the windshield
the air flow mode fixed at . 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to quickly, turn the temperature control
At the same time, the indicator light on the desired position. dial to the maximum hot (right) posi-
the A/C button and the air recirculation tion and the fan speed control dial
4. Turn the temperature control dial to to the maximum position.
mode will turn on. the desired position between the
Push the MAX A/C button again to turn middle and the hot (right) position. When the front defroster mode is
off the MAX A/C mode. When the MAX A/C selected, the air conditioner automa-
Ventilation: tically turns on if the outside tempera-
mode is turned off, most of the settings
will return to the previous state, while the This mode directs outside air from the ture is more than 36°F (2°C). This
indicator light on the A/C button will stay side and center ventilators. dehumidifies the air which helps defog
on. 1. Push the air recirculation button. the windshield. The air recirculation
(The indicator light will turn off.) indicator automatically turns off, al-
lowing outside air to be drawn into
2. Push the button. (The indicator the passenger compartment to
light will turn on.) further improve the defogging perfor-
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to mance. The recirculation mode can-
the desired position. not be activated in the front defroster
4. Turn the temperature control dial to mode.
the desired position.

Bi-level heating: improve the defogging performance. pushed, it will activate the air recirculation
The bi-level mode directs warmed air to NOTE: mode. The amount of air coming through
the side and center ventilators and to the the ventilators is the highest it can go
Clear snow and ice from the wiper when in MAX A/C mode regardless of the
front and rear floor outlets. blades and air inlet in front of the position of the fan speed control dial.
1. Push the air recirculation button. windshield. This improves heater op-
(The indicator light will turn off.) eration. Dehumidified heating:
2. Push the button. (The indicator Air conditioner operation This mode is used to heat and dehumidify
light will turn on.) the air.
Start the engine, turn the fan speed
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to control dial to the desired position, 1. Push the air recirculation button.
the desired position. and push the A/C button to activate the (The indicator light will turn off.)
4. Turn the temperature control dial to air conditioner. When the air conditioner 2. Push the button. (The indicator
the desired position. is on, cooling and dehumidifying func- light will turn on.)
tions are added to the heater operation. 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to
Heating and defogging: The air conditioner cooling function op- the desired position.
This mode heats the interior and defogs erates only when the engine is running.
the windows. 4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator
Cooling: light will turn on.)
1. Push the button. (The indicator
This mode is used to cool and dehumidify 5. Turn the temperature control dial to
light will turn on.) the air. the desired position between the
2. Turn the fan speed control dial to 1. Push the button. (The indicator middle and the hot (right) position.
the desired position.
light will turn on.) Dehumidified defogging:
3. Turn the temperature control dial to
2. Turn the fan speed control dial to This mode is used to defog the windows
the maximum hot (right) position. the desired position. and dehumidify the air.
When the button is pushed, the air
3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator 1. Push the front defroster button.
conditioner automatically turns on if the
light will turn on.) (The indicator light will turn on.)
outside temperature is more than 36°F
(2°C). This dehumidifies the air which 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to
helps defog the windshield. The air re- the desired position between the the desired position.
circulation indicator automatically turns middle and the cool (left) position.
off, allowing outside air to be drawn into For quick cooling, push the MAX A/C the desired position.
the passenger compartment to further button. When the MAX A/C button is
When the front defroster or mode is
selected, the air conditioner automatically the air conditioner off. (See “If your
turns on if the outside temperature is vehicle overheats” (P.6-16).)
more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies
the air which helps defog the windshield.
The air recirculation mode automatically
turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn
into the passenger compartment to
further improve the defogging perfor-
mance.
The air conditioner is always on in front
defroster or mode, regardless of
whether the indicator light is on or off.
NOTE:
. The air conditioner system should
be operated for approximately 10
minutes at least once a month. This
helps prevent damage to the air
conditioner system due to the lack
of lubrication.
. A visible mist may be seen coming
from the ventilators in hot, humid
conditions as the air is cooled ra-
pidly. This does not indicate a mal-
function.
. If the engine coolant temperature
becomes too high, the air recircula-
tion mode will be activated and the
indicator light will come on automa-
tically.
. If the engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates engine coolant tem-
perature over the normal range, turn
. When the DUAL indicator light is not
illuminated, pushing the DUAL but-
ton (the indicator light will turn on)
allows the user to independently
change the driver and passenger
side temperatures with the corre-
sponding temperature control dial.
. To cancel the separate tempera-
ture setting, push the DUAL button
(the indicator light will turn off) and
the driver’s side temperature
setting will be applied to both the
driver and passenger sides.
The temperature of the passenger
JVH0665X compartment will be maintained
automatically. Air flow distribution
1. Front defroster button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER AND and fan speed are also controlled
2. ON·OFF button/Temperature control dial HEATER automatically.
(driver side)
A visible mist may be seen coming
3. MODE button Automatic operation (AUTO) from the ventilators in hot and humid
4. Display screen The AUTO mode may be used year-round conditions as the air is cooled rapidly.
5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button as the system automatically controls the This does not indicate a malfunction.
6. DUAL button/Temperature control dial air conditioner to a constant tempera-
(passenger side) ture, air flow distribution and fan speed Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:
7. Rear defroster button (See “Rear after the desired temperature is set 1. Push the front defroster button
window and outside mirror defroster manually. (The indicator light on the front
switch” (P.2-51).) defroster button will illuminate).
8. Air recirculation button Cooling and dehumidified heating:
9. Fan speed control button 1. Push the AUTO button (the indicator set the desired temperature.
10. AUTO button light will turn on).
. To quickly remove frost from the out-
11. Outside air circulation button 2. Turn the temperature control dial to side surface of the windshield, set the
set the desired temperature. temperature and the fan speed to the
maximum levels. — Air flows mainly from the center and Air intake control:
side ventilators.
. After the windshield is cleared, push . Push the air recirculation button
the AUTO button (the AUTO indicator — Air flows mainly from the center and
side ventilators and foot outlets.
to recirculate interior air inside the
light will turn on). vehicle. The indicator light on the
— Air flows mainly from the foot outlet
. When the front defroster button is button will come on.
and partly from the defroster.
pushed, the air conditioner will turn on The air recirculation cannot be acti-
when the outside air temperature is — Air flows mainly from the front
defroster outlets and foot outlets. vated when the air conditioner is in
above approximately 36°F (2°C) to the front defrosting mode.
defog the windshield. The air recircu- Temperature control: . Push the outside air circulation
lation mode will automatically turn off. button to draw outside air into the
Turn the temperature control dial to set
The outside air circulation mode will passenger compartment. The indica-
the desired temperature.
be selected to improve the defogging tor light on the button will come on.
performance. . When the DUAL indicator light is not
illuminated, pushing the DUAL button . To control the air intake automatically,
Do not set the temperature too low when push and hold either the air recircula-
the front defroster mode is on (the (the indicator light will turn on) allows
the user to independently change the tion button or the outside air
indicator light is illuminated), because circulation button (whichever but-
doing so may fog up the windshield. driver and passenger side tempera-
tures with the corresponding tem- ton with the indicator light illumi-
Manual operation perature control dial. nated). The indicator lights (both air
recirculation and outside air cir-
The manual mode can be used to control Also turning the passenger’s side
temperature control dial changes only culation buttons) will flash twice,
the heater and air conditioner to your and then the air intake will switch to
desired settings. the front passenger’s side tempera-
automatic control. When the auto-
ture. (The DUAL indicator light will
Fan speed control: illuminate and DUAL will appear on matic control is set, the system auto-
Push the fan speed control button ( the display.) matically alternates between the
outside air circulation and the air
side or side) to manually control the . To cancel the separate temperature recirculation modes. (The indicator
fan speed. setting, push the DUAL button (the light of the active mode will turn on.)
Push the AUTO button to change the fan indicator light will turn off) and the
speed to the automatic mode. driver’s side temperature setting will NOTE:
be applied to both the driver and Even if the system is manually set to the
Air flow control: passenger sides. air recirculation mode, when both out-
Push the MODE button to select the side temperature and coolant tempera-
desired mode: ture are low, the system may
automatically switch to the outside air OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air
circulation mode. conditioner)
To turn the system off: When the engine coolant temperature
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, and outside air temperature are low, the
push the ON·OFF button. air flow from the foot outlets may not
Push the ON·OFF button again, the sys- operate for a maximum of 150 seconds.
tem will turn on in the mode which was However, this is not a malfunction. After
used immediately before the system was the coolant temperature warms up, air
turned off. flow from the foot outlets will operate
normally.
Remote engine start logic (if so The sensors and , located on the
equipped) instrument panel, help maintain a con-
When the remote engine start function is stant temperature. Do not put anything
activated, the vehicles equipped with the JVH0727X on or around the sensors.
automatic air conditioner and heater may SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER
go into automatic heating or cooling
mode depending on the outside and
cabin temperatures. During this period, WARNING
the display and the buttons will be
inoperable until the ignition switch is The air conditioner system contains
placed in the ON position. When the refrigerant under high pressure. To
temperature is low, the rear defroster avoid personal injury, any air condi-
and the heated steering wheel (if so tioner service should be done only by
equipped) may also be activated auto- an experienced technician with the
matically with the activation of the re- proper equipment.
mote engine start function. (See “Remote
engine start” (P.3-23).)
The air conditioner system in your vehicle
is charged with a refrigerant designed
with the environment in mind.
JVH0728X
This refrigerant will not harm the
earth’s ozone layer. However, it may
ANTENNA
contribute in a small part to global — The vehicle is covered with a

warming. car cover.
Special charging equipment and lubricant
. Be sure that antenna is removed
are required when servicing your vehicle’s
before the vehicle enters an auto-
air conditioner. Using improper refriger-
matic car wash.
ants or lubricants will cause severe da-
mage to the air conditioner system. (See . Always properly tighten the an-
“Air conditioning system refrigerant and tenna rod during installation.
oil recommendations” (P.10-6).) Otherwise, the antenna rod may
break during vehicle operation.
A NISSAN dealer will be able to service
your environmentally friendly air condi-
tioner system.
In-cabin microfilter
SAA2374
The air conditioner system is equipped
with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure To remove the antenna, hold the bottom
the air conditioner heats, defogs, and of the antenna and turn it counterclock-
ventilates efficiently, replace the filter wise.
according the specified maintenance in-
tervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and To install the antenna, turn the antenna
schedules" section. It is recommended to clockwise and tighten.
visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter.
The filter should be replaced if the air flow CAUTION
decreases significantly or if windows fog
up easily when operating the heater or air . To avoid damaging or deforming
conditioner. the antenna, be sure to remove
the antenna under the following
conditions.
— The vehicle enters a garage
with a low ceiling.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a car phone or a CB radio

in your vehicle, be sure to observe the CAUTION
following precautions, otherwise the new
equipment may adversely affect the elec-
tronic control modules and electronic . Keep the antenna as far away as
control system harness. possible from the electronic con-
trol modules.
. Keep the antenna wire more than
WARNING 8 in (20 cm) away from the
electronic control system har-
. A cellular phone should not be ness. Do not route the antenna
used for any purpose while driv- wire next to any harness.
ing so full attention may be given . Adjust the antenna standing-
to vehicle operation. Some juris- wave ratio as recommended by
dictions prohibit the use of cellu- the manufacturer.
lar phones while driving.
. Connect the ground wire from the
. If you must make a call while your CB radio chassis to the body.
vehicle is in motion, the hands-
. For details, it is recommended
free cellular phone operational
you visit a NISSAN dealer.
mode (if so equipped) is highly
recommended. Exercise extreme
caution at all times so full atten-
tion may be given to vehicle
operation.
. If a conversation in a moving
vehicle requires you to take
notes, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop your vehicle
before doing so.

MEMO

5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4 Starting the engine (model without Intelligent
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................ 5-4 Key system) ................................................................................... 5-18
Three-way catalyst ............................................................... 5-4 Starting the engine (model with Intelligent
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5 Key system) ................................................................................... 5-19
Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-8 Remote engine start (if so equipped) .............. 5-20
On-pavement and off-road Driving the vehicle ................................................................... 5-20
driving precautions .............................................................. 5-9 Continuously Variable
Off-road recovery .................................................................. 5-9 Transmission (CVT) ......................................................... 5-20
Rapid air pressure loss ...................................................... 5-9 Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................ 5-25
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10 Parking brake ............................................................................... 5-27
Driving safety precautions .......................................... 5-10 Pedal type ............................................................................... 5-27
Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Switch type (models with electronic parking
Key system) .................................................................................... 5-12 brake system) ...................................................................... 5-27
Continuously Variable Automatic brake hold (if so equipped).................... 5-29
Transmission (CVT) ............................................................ 5-13 How to activate/deactivate the automatic
Manual Transmission (MT) ........................................... 5-13 brake hold function ........................................................ 5-30
Key positions .......................................................................... 5-14 How to use the automatic brake
hold function ........................................................................ 5-31
Push-button ignition switch (model with
Intelligent Key system) .......................................................... 5-14 SPORT mode switch (if so equipped) ....................... 5-32
Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14 ECO mode system ................................................................... 5-32
Push-button ignition switch operation ............. 5-15 ECO Pedal Guide function ......................................... 5-33
Push-button ignition switch positions .............. 5-16 Ambient ECO ........................................................................ 5-34
Emergency engine shut off ........................................ 5-16 ECO Drive Report .............................................................. 5-34
Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................... 5-17 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ..................................... 5-35
Before starting the engine ................................................. 5-17 LDW system operation ................................................. 5-36
How to enable/disable the LDW system ....... 5-37
LDW system limitations .................................................. 5-37 ProPILOT assist (if so equipped) ................................... 5-64
System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-38 ProPILOT assist system operation ..................... 5-66
System malfunction .......................................................... 5-39 ProPILOT assist switches ........................................... 5-67
System maintenance ....................................................... 5-39 ProPILOT assist system display
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ................................ 5-40 and indicators ..................................................................... 5-68
I-LI system operation ....................................................... 5-41 Turning the conventional (fixed speed)
How to enable/disable the I-LI system ............. 5-42 cruise control mode ON ............................................. 5-69
I-LI system limitations ..................................................... 5-43 Operating ProPILOT assist ........................................ 5-69
System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-44 How to enable/disable the
steering assist ..................................................................... 5-73
System malfunction .......................................................... 5-45
How to cancel the ProPILOT
System maintenance ....................................................... 5-45
assist system ....................................................................... 5-75
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................................... 5-46
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) .............................. 5-75
BSW system operation ................................................... 5-47
Steering assist .................................................................... 5-84
How to enable/disable the BSW system .......... 5-48
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
BSW system limitations .................................................. 5-48 control mode ....................................................................... 5-91
BSW driving situations .................................................... 5-49 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (if
System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-52 so equipped) ................................................................................. 5-94
System malfunction .......................................................... 5-53 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
System maintenance ....................................................... 5-53 system operation ............................................................. 5-95
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ....................................... 5-54 Attention level indicator ............................................. 5-95
RCTA system operation ................................................. 5-55 How to enable/disable the Intelligent
How to enable/disable the RCTA system ....... 5-57 Driver Alertness (I-DA) system ................................ 5-96
RCTA system limitations ............................................... 5-58 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
System temporarily unavailable ............................. 5-60 system limitations............................................................ 5-96
System malfunction .......................................................... 5-61 System malfunction ....................................................... 5-97
System maintenance ....................................................... 5-61 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Cruise control (if so equipped) ....................................... 5-62 pedestrian detection system .......................................... 5-97
Precautions on cruise control .................................. 5-63 AEB with pedestrian detection
system operation ............................................................. 5-98
Cruise control operations ............................................ 5-63
Turning the AEB with pedestrian detection Electric power steering .................................................... 5-128
system ON/OFF ................................................................ 5-100 Brake system ........................................................................... 5-129
AEB with pedestrian detection Braking precautions ................................................... 5-129
system limitations .......................................................... 5-101 Brake assist ............................................................................... 5-130
System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-104 Brake assist ....................................................................... 5-130
System malfunction ...................................................... 5-105 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-130
System maintenance ................................................... 5-106 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .............. 5-131
Intelligent Forward Collision Chassis control ....................................................................... 5-133
Warning (I-FCW) ....................................................................... 5-107 Intelligent Trace Control ......................................... 5-133
I-FCW system operation ............................................ 5-109 Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously
Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ................. 5-110 Variable Transmission (CVT) models) .......... 5-134
I-FCW system limitations .......................................... 5-112 Active Ride Control ..................................................... 5-135
System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-114 Hill Start Assist system ..................................................... 5-136
System malfunction ...................................................... 5-114 Rear Sonar System (RSS) ................................................ 5-136
System maintenance ................................................... 5-115 System operation ......................................................... 5-137
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) .................................... 5-116 How to enable/disable the RSS ........................ 5-139
RAB system operation ................................................ 5-117 RSS limitations ................................................................ 5-140
Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...................... 5-117 System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-140
RAB system limitations .............................................. 5-119 System maintenance ................................................ 5-140
System malfunction ...................................................... 5-121 Cold weather driving ......................................................... 5-141
System maintenance ................................................... 5-121 Freeing a frozen door lock ................................... 5-141
Break-in schedule ................................................................. 5-122 Anti-freeze .......................................................................... 5-141
Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ................................................ 5-122 Battery ................................................................................... 5-141
Increasing fuel economy ................................................. 5-123 Draining of coolant water ..................................... 5-141
Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped)................................... 5-123 Tire equipment ............................................................... 5-141
Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ...... 5-125 Special winter equipment ..................................... 5-142
Parking/parking on hills ................................................... 5-127 Driving on snow or ice ............................................. 5-142
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
oxide is dangerous. It can cause refrigerators, heaters, etc. may

WARNING unconsciousness or death. also generate carbon monoxide.)
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes . The exhaust system and body
. Do not leave children or adults are entering the vehicle, drive should be inspected by a quali-
who would normally require the with all windows fully open, and fied mechanic whenever:
support of others alone in your have the vehicle inspected imme- — Your vehicle is raised while
vehicle. Pets should not be left diately. being serviced.
alone either. They could acciden- . Do not run the engine in closed
tally injure themselves or others — You suspect that exhaust
spaces such as a garage.
through inadvertent operation of fumes are entering into the
. Do not park the vehicle with the passenger compartment.
the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny engine running for an extended
days, temperatures in a closed period of time. — You notice a change in the
vehicle could quickly become sound of the exhaust system.
high enough to cause severe or . Keep the liftgate closed while
driving, otherwise exhaust gas — You have had an accident
possibly fatal injuries to people or
could be drawn into the passen- involving damage to the ex-
animals.
ger compartment. If you must haust system, underbody, or
. Properly secure all cargo with drive with the liftgate open, fol- rear of the vehicle.
ropes or straps to help prevent it low these precautions:
from sliding or shifting. Do not
place cargo higher than the seat- — Open all the windows. THREE-WAY CATALYST
backs. In a sudden stop or colli- — Turn the air recirculation The three-way catalyst is an emission
sion, unsecured cargo could mode off and set the fan control device installed in the exhaust
cause personal injury. speed control to the highest system. Exhaust gases in the three-way
level to circulate the air. catalyst are burned at high temperatures
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) to help reduce pollutants.
. If a special body or other equip-
ment is added for recreational or
WARNING other usage, follow the manufac- WARNING
turer’s recommendation to pre-
. Do not breathe exhaust gas; it
vent carbon monoxide entry into . The exhaust gas and the exhaust
the vehicle. (Some recreational system are very hot. Keep people,
contains colorless and odorless vehicle appliances such as stoves,
carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- animals and flammable materials
5-4 Starting and driving
away from the exhaust system damaging the three-way catalyst. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
components. ciency and tire tread life, and may affect
. Do not race the engine while the vehicle’s handling and stopping abil-
. Do not stop or park the vehicle warming it up. ity.
over flammable materials such as . Do not push or tow your vehicle
dry grass, wastepaper or rags. Please note that the TPMS is not a
to start the engine. substitute for proper tire maintenance,
They may ignite and cause a fire.
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- maintain correct tire pressure, even if
TEM (TPMS) under-inflation has not reached the level
CAUTION Each tire, including the spare (if provided), to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
should be checked monthly when cold tire pressure telltale.
. Do not use leaded gasoline. De- and inflated to the inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped with
posits from leaded gasoline will recommended by the vehicle manufac- a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
seriously reduce the three-way turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla- when the system is not operating prop-
catalyst’s ability to help reduce tion pressure label. (If your vehicle has erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is
exhaust pollutants. tires of a different size than the size combined with the low tire pressure tell-
. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- indicated on the vehicle placard or tire tale. When the system detects a malfunc-
functions in the ignition, fuel in- inflation pressure label, you should deter- tion, the telltale will flash for
jection, or electrical systems can mine the proper tire inflation pressure for approximately one minute and then re-
cause overrich fuel flow into the those tires.) main continuously illuminated. This se-
three-way catalyst, causing it to As an added safety feature, your vehicle quence will continue upon subsequent
overheat. Do not keep driving if has been equipped with a Tire Pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
the engine misfires, or if notice- Monitoring System (TPMS) that illumi- tion exists. When the malfunction indica-
able loss of performance or other nates a low tire pressure telltale when tor is illuminated, the system may not be
unusual operating conditions are one or more of your tires is significantly able to detect or signal low tire pressure
detected. Have the vehicle in- under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low as intended. TPMS malfunctions may
spected. It is recommended you tire pressure telltale illuminates, you occur for a variety of reasons, including
visit a NISSAN dealer for this should stop and check your tires as soon the installation of replacement or alter-
service. as possible, and inflate them to the nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning prop-
. Avoid driving with an extremely proper pressure. Driving on a significantly
under-inflated tire causes the tire to erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
overheat and can lead to tire failure. telltale after replacing one or more tires
could cause the engine to misfire,
Starting and driving 5-5
or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that warning light turns off. vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-
the replacement or alternate tires and The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” ing with under-inflated tires may
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to warning does not appear if the low permanently damage the tires
function properly. tire pressure warning light illuminates and increase the likelihood of tire
to indicate a TPMS malfunction. failure. Serious vehicle damage
Additional information
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending could occur and may lead to an
. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is on the heat caused by the vehicle’s accident and could result in ser-
not equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS operation and the outside tempera- ious personal injury. Check the
does not monitor the tire pressure of ture. Do not reduce the tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires.
the spare tire. after driving because the tire pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the
. The TPMS will activate only when the rises after driving. Low outside tem- recommended COLD tire pressure
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 perature can lower the temperature shown on the Tire and Loading
MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may of the air inside the tire which can Information label to turn the low
not detect a sudden drop in tire cause a lower tire inflation pressure. tire pressure warning light OFF. If
pressure (for example a flat tire while This may cause the low tire pressure you have a flat tire, replace it with
driving). warning light to illuminate. If the a spare tire (if so equipped) or
. The low tire pressure warning light warning light illuminates in low ambi- repair it using the emergency tire
does not automatically turn off when ent temperature, check the tire pres- puncture repair kit (if so
the tire pressure is adjusted. After the sure for all four tires. equipped) as soon as possible.
tire is inflated to the recommended For additional information, see “Low tire (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan-
pressure, the vehicle must be driven at pressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire ging a flat tire.)
speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- . Since the spare tire (if so
activate the TPMS and turn off the low 3). equipped) is not equipped with
tire pressure warning light. Use a tire the TPMS, when a spare tire is
pressure gauge to check the tire mounted or a wheel is replaced,
pressure. WARNING the TPMS will not function and
. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” the low tire pressure warning
warning appears in the vehicle infor- . If the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately
mation display when the low tire light illuminates while driving, 1 minute. The light will remain on
pressure warning light is illuminated avoid sudden steering maneu- after 1 minute. Have your tires
and low tire pressure is detected. The vers or abrupt braking, reduce replaced and/or TPMS system
“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning vehicle speed, pull off the road reset as soon as possible. It is
turns off when the low tire pressure to a safe location and stop the
recommended you visit a NISSAN . Do not place metalized film or FCC Notice:
dealer for these services. any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on For USA:
. Replacing tires with those not the windows. This may cause This device complies with Part 15 of the
originally specified by NISSAN poor reception of the signals FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
could affect the proper operation from the tire pressure sensors, following two conditions: (1) This device
of the TPMS. and the TPMS will not function may not cause harmful interference,
properly. and (2) this device must accept any
. Do not inject any tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, interference received, including inter-
Some devices and transmitters may tem- ference that may cause undesired op-
as this may cause a malfunction
porarily interfere with the operation of eration.
of the tire pressure sensors
the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure Note: Changes or modifications not
(models without emergency tire
warning light to illuminate. Some exam- expressly approved by the party re-
puncture repair kit).
ples are: sponsible for compliance could void
. NISSAN recommends using only
. Facilities or electric devices using the user’s authority to operate the
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
similar radio frequencies are near the equipment.
Sealant provided with your vehi-
vehicle. For Canada:
cle. Other tire sealants may da-
mage the valve stem seal which . If a transmitter set to similar frequen-
cies is being used in or near the This device complies with Industry Ca-
can cause the tire to lose air nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer vehicle.
as soon as possible after using . If a computer (or similar equipment) or two conditions: (1) this device may not
tire repair sealant (models with a DC/AC converter is being used in or cause interference, and (2) this device
emergency tire puncture repair near the vehicle. must accept any interference, including
kit). Low tire pressure warning light may interference that may cause undesired
illuminate in the following cases. operation of the device.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel
CAUTION and tire without TPMS.
. If the TPMS has been replaced and the
. The TPMS may not function prop- ID has not been registered.
erly when the wheels are . If the wheel is not originally specified
equipped with tire chains or the by NISSAN.
wheels are buried in snow.
TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pressure reaches the designated AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-
When adding air to an under-inflated tire, pressure, the horn beeps once. OVER
the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides . If the hazard indicator does not flash
visual and audible signals outside the within approximately 15 seconds after
vehicle to help you inflate the tires to starting to inflate the tire, it indicates WARNING
the recommended COLD tire pressure. that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert
is not operating. Failure to operate this vehicle in a
Vehicle set-up: . The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill safe and prudent manner may result
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level Tire Alert under the following condi- in loss of control or an accident.
place. tions:
2. Apply the parking brake and place the — If there is interference from an Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
shift lever in the P (Park) position (CVT external device or transmitter Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-
model) or N (Neutral) position (MT — The air pressure from the inflation sive speed, high speed cornering, or
model). device such as those using a power sudden steering maneuvers, because
3. Place the ignition switch in the ON socket is not sufficient to inflate the these driving practices could cause you
position. Do not start the engine. tire to lose control of your vehicle. As with
— If an electrical equipment is being any vehicle, a loss of control could
Operation: used in or near the vehicle result in a collision with other vehicles
1. Add air to the tire. — There is a malfunction in the TPMS or objects, or cause the vehicle to roll-
2. After a few seconds, the hazard in- system over, particularly if the loss of control
dicators will start flashing. causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be
— There is a malfunction in the horn
attentive at all times, and avoid driving
3. When the designated pressure is or hazard indicators
when tired. Never drive when under the
reached, the horn beeps once and . If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert influence of alcohol or drugs (including
the hazard indicators stop flashing. does not operate due to TPMS inter- prescription or over-the-counter drugs
4. Perform the above steps for each tire. ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft which may cause drowsiness). Always
(1m) backward or forward and try wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat
. If the tire is over-inflated more than again.
approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn belts” (P.1-12) of this manual, and also
If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not instruct your passengers to do so.
beeps and the hazard indicators flash
working, use a tire pressure gauge.
3 times. To correct the pressure, push Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
the core of the valve stem on the tire collisions and rollovers. In a rollover
briefly to release pressure. When the crash, an unbelted or improperly belted
. If you decide that it is not safe to
person is significantly more likely to be Be sure to read “Driving safety precau-
injured or killed than a person properly tions” (P.5-10). return the vehicle to the road sur-
wearing a seat belt. face based on vehicle, road or
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY traffic conditions, gradually slow
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD If the right side or left side wheels leave the vehicle to a stop in a safe place
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS the road surface, maintain control of the off the road.
Utility vehicles have a significantly high- vehicle by following the procedure below.
Please note that this procedure is only a
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
er rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. general guide. The vehicle must be driven Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
as appropriate based on the conditions of occur if the tire is punctured or is
They have higher ground clearance than damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole.
the vehicle, road and traffic.
passenger cars to make them capable of Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused
performing in a variety of on-pavement 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
by driving on under-inflated tires.
and off-road applications. This gives them 2. Do not apply the brakes.
a higher center of gravity than ordinary Rapid air pressure loss can affect the
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering handling and stability of the vehicle,
cars. An advantage of higher ground wheel with both hands and try to hold
clearance is a better view of the road, especially at highway speeds.
a straight course.
allowing you to anticipate problems. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by
However, they are not designed for cor- 4. When appropriate, slowly release the maintaining the correct air pressure and
nering at the same speeds as conven- accelerator pedal to gradually slow visually inspect the tires for wear and
tional passenger cars any more than low- the vehicle. damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of
slung sports cars are designed to perform 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the this manual.
satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If vehicle to follow the road while the If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or
at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt vehicle speed is reduced. Do not “blows-out” while driving, maintain con-
maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As attempt to drive the vehicle back onto trol of the vehicle by following the proce-
with other vehicles of this type, failure to the road surface until vehicle speed is dure below. Please note that this
operate this vehicle correctly may result reduced. procedure is only a general guide. The
in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn vehicle must be driven as appropriate
belts help reduce the risk of injury in the steering wheel until both tires based on the conditions of the vehicle,
collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, return to the road surface. When all road and traffic.
an unbelted or improperly belted person tires are on the road surface, steer the
is significantly more likely to be injured or vehicle to stay in the appropriate
killed than a person properly wearing a driving lane.
seat belt.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra- be legally intoxicated, the fact is that
WARNING dually stop the vehicle. alcohol affects all people differently and
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers most people underestimate the effects of
The following actions can increase and either contact a roadside emer- alcohol.
the chance of losing control of the gency service to change the tire or see Remember, drinking and driving don’t
vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire “Changing a flat tire (models with mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-
air pressure. Losing control of the spare tire)” (P.6-4) of this Owner’s the-counter, prescription, and illegal
vehicle may cause a collision and Manual. drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper-
result in personal injury. DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,
drugs, or some other physical condition.
. The vehicle generally moves or DRIVING
pulls in the direction of the flat DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
tire. Your vehicle is designed for both normal
. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
WARNING and off-road use. However, avoid driving
. Do not rapidly release the accel- in deep water or mud as your vehicle is
Never drive under the influence of mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a
erator pedal. alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the conventional off-road vehicle.
. Do not rapidly turn the steering bloodstream reduces coordination,
wheel. Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)
delays reaction time and impairs
models are less capable than All-Wheel
judgement. Driving after drinking
Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving
1. Remain calm and do not overreact. alcohol increases the likelihood of
and extrication when stuck in deep snow,
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering being involved in an accident injuring
mud, or the like.
wheel with both hands and try to hold yourself and others. Additionally, if
you are injured in an accident, alco- Please observe the following precautions:
a straight course.
hol can increase the severity of the
3. When appropriate, slowly release the injury.
accelerator pedal to gradually slow WARNING
the vehicle.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. . Drive carefully when off the road
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe However, you must choose not to drive
location off the road and away from and avoid dangerous areas. Every
under the influence of alcohol. Every year person who drives or rides in this
traffic if possible. thousands of people are injured or killed vehicle should be seated with
in alcohol-related accidents. Although the their seat belt fastened. This will
local laws vary on what is considered to
keep you and your passengers in control. . Before operating the vehicle, en-
position when driving over rough . Heavy braking going down a hill sure that the driver and all pas-
terrain. could cause your brakes to over- sengers have their seat belts
. Do not drive across steep slopes. heat and fade, resulting in loss of fastened.
Instead drive either straight up or control and an accident. Apply . Always drive with the floor mats
straight down the slopes. Off- brakes lightly and use a low in place as the floor may became
road vehicles can tip over side- range to control your speed. hot.
ways much more easily than they . Unsecured cargo can be thrown . Lower your speed when encoun-
can forward or backward. around when driving over rough tering strong crosswinds. With a
. Many hills are too steep for any terrain. Properly secure all cargo higher center of gravity, your
vehicle. If you drive up them, you so it will not be thrown forward vehicle is more affected by strong
may stall. If you drive down them, and cause injury to you or your side winds. Slower speeds ensure
you may not be able to control passengers. better vehicle control.
your speed. If you drive across . To avoid raising the center of . Do not drive beyond the perfor-
them, you may roll over. gravity excessively, do not exceed mance capability of the tires,
. Do not shift ranges while driving the rated capacity of the roof rack even with AWD engaged.
on downhill grades as this could (if so equipped) and evenly dis- . For AWD equipped vehicles, do
cause loss of control of the vehi- tribute the load. Secure heavy not attempt to raise two wheels
cle. loads in the cargo area as far off the ground and shift the
. Stay alert when driving to the top forward and as low as possible. transmission to any drive or re-
of a hill. At the top there could be Do not equip the vehicle with tires verse position with the engine
a drop-off or other hazard that larger than specified in this man- running. Doing so may result in
could cause an accident. ual. This could cause your vehicle drivetrain damage or unexpected
to roll over. vehicle movement which could
. If your engine stalls or you cannot
make it to the top of a steep hill, . Do not grip the inside or spokes result in serious vehicle damage
never attempt to turn around. of the steering wheel when driv- or personal injury.
Your vehicle could tip or roll over. ing off-road. The steering wheel . Do not attempt to test an AWD
Always back straight down in R could move suddenly and injure equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel
(Reverse) range. Never back down your hands. Instead drive with dynamometer (such as the dy-
in N (Neutral), using only the your fingers and thumbs on the namometers used by some
brake, as this could cause loss of outside of the rim. states for emissions testing), or
IGNITION SWITCH (models without
Intelligent Key system)
similar equipment even if the . Always use tires of the same type,
other two wheels are raised off size, brand, construction (bias, WARNING
the ground. Make sure you inform bias-belted or radial), and tread
test facility personnel that your pattern on all four wheels. Install Never remove the key or place the
vehicle is equipped with AWD traction devices on the front ignition switch in the LOCK position
before it is placed on a dynam- wheels when driving on slippery while driving. The steering wheel will
ometer. Using the wrong test roads and drive carefully. lock and could cause the driver to
equipment may result in drive- . Be sure to check the brakes im- lose control of the vehicle. This could
train damage or unexpected ve- mediately after driving in mud or result in serious vehicle damage or
hicle movement which could water. See “Brake system” (P.5- personal injury.
result in serious vehicle damage 129) for wet brakes.
or personal injury.
. Avoid parking your vehicle on
. When a wheel is off the ground steep hills. If you get out of the
due to an unlevel surface, do not vehicle and it rolls forward, back-
spin the wheel excessively (AWD ward or sideways, you could be
model). injured.
. Accelerating quickly, sharp steer- . Whenever you drive off-road
ing maneuvers or sudden braking through sand, mud or water as
may cause loss of control. deep as the wheel hub, more
. If at all possible, avoid sharp frequent maintenance may be
turning maneuvers, particularly required. See the maintenance
at high speeds. Your vehicle has schedule shown in the “9. Main-
a higher center of gravity than a tenance and schedules” section.
conventional passenger car. The . Spinning the front wheels on
vehicle is not designed for cor- slippery surfaces may cause the
nering at the same speeds as AWD warning message to display
conventional passenger cars. and the AWD system to automa-
Failure to operate this vehicle tically switch from the AWD mode
correctly could result in loss of to the 2WD mode. This could
control and/or a rollover acci- reduce traction. (AWD models)
dent.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the
ON direction.
3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position.
4. Remove the key.
If the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, the shift lever cannot be
moved from the P (Park) position. The
shift lever can be moved if the ignition
switch is in the ON position with the foot
brake pedal depressed.
JVS1067X JVS1067X
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)

MISSION (CVT) The ignition switch includes a device that
The ignition lock is designed so that the helps prevent accidental removal of the
ignition switch cannot be turned to the key while driving.
LOCK position until the shift lever is The key can only be removed when the
moved to the P (Park) position. When ignition switch is in the LOCK position.
moving the ignition switch to the LOCK
position, to remove the key from the
ignition switch, make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position.
When the ignition switch cannot be
turned to the LOCK position:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
(model with Intelligent Key system)
KEY POSITIONS
LOCK: Normal parking position (0)
WARNING
OFF: (Not used) (1) Do not operate the push-button
This position activates electrical acces- ignition switch while driving the ve-
sories such as the radio when the engine hicle except in an emergency. (The
is not running. engine will stop when the ignition
switch is pushed 3 consecutive times
ON: Normal operating position (2) or the ignition switch is pushed and
This position turns on the ignition system held for more than 2 seconds.) If the
and the electrical accessories. engine stops while the vehicle is
being driven, this could lead to a
START: (3) crash and serious injury.
This position starts the engine. As soon as SSD0436
the engine has started, release the key. It Before operating the push-button igni-
automatically returns to the ON position. tion switch, be sure to move the shift OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE
lever to the P (Park) position (for Con- START FUNCTION
tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
models) or the shift lever to the N The Intelligent Key can only be used for
(Neutral) position (for Manual Transmis- starting the engine when the Intelligent
sion (MT) models). Key is within the specified operating
range .
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are
present near the operating location, the
Intelligent Key system’s operating range
becomes narrower and may not function
properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operat-
ing range, it is possible for anyone, even
someone who does not carry the Intelli-
gent Key, to push the ignition switch to
start the engine. time.
. The cargo room area is not included in
the operating range but the Intelligent
Key may function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
instrument panel, inside the glove box
or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may
not function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the
door or window outside the vehicle,
the Intelligent Key may function.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
OPERATION
JVS0937X
CAUTION When the ignition switch is pushed with-

out depressing the brake pedal (CVT
. Do not leave the vehicle for ex- models) or the clutch pedal (MT models),
tended periods of time when the the ignition switch will illuminate.
ignition switch is in the ON posi- Push the ignition switch center:
tion and the engine is not run-
. once to change to ON.
ning. This can discharge the
battery. . two times to change to OFF.
The ignition switch will automatically
. Use electrical accessories with
return to the LOCK position when any
the engine running to avoid dis-
door is either opened or closed with the
charging the vehicle battery. If
switch in the OFF position.
you must use accessories while
the engine is not running, do not
use them for extended periods of
time and do not use multiple
electrical accessories at the same

Continuously Variable Transmis- PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OFF position
sion (CVT) models POSITIONS The engine is turned off in this position.
The ignition lock is designed so that the LOCK (Normal parking position)
ignition switch position cannot be Auto ACC position
switched to OFF until the shift lever is The ignition switch can only be locked at With the vehicle in the P (Park) position
moved to the P (Park) position. this position. (CVT models) or the N (Neutral) position
The ignition switch will lock when any (MT models), the Intelligent Key with you
When the ignition switch cannot be
door is opened or closed with the ignition and the ignition placed from ON to OFF,
pushed toward the OFF position, proceed
switched off. the radio can still be used for a period of
as follows:
time, or until the driver’s door is opened.
1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) ON (Normal operating position) After a period of time, functions such as
position. The ignition system and the electrical radio, navigation (if so equipped), and
2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition accessory power activate at this position Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
switch position will change to the ON without the engine turned on. may be restarted by turning on the audio
position. system (see the separate NissanConnect®
The ON position has a battery saver
3. Push the ignition switch again to the Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN-
feature that will place the ignition switch
OFF position. LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up
in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not
to a total of 30 minutes.
The shift lever can be moved from the P running, after some time under the fol-
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in lowing conditions: EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
the ON position and the brake pedal is . all doors are closed. To shut off the engine in an emergency
depressed. . shift lever is in P (Park) position (CVT situation while driving, perform the fol-
model) or N (Neutral) position (MT lowing procedure:
model). . Rapidly push the push-button ignition
The battery saver feature will be can- switch 3 consecutive times in less
celled if any of the following occur: than 1.5 seconds, or
. any door is opened. . Push and hold the push-button igni-
. shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) tion switch for more than 2 seconds.
position (CVT model).
. ignition switch changes position.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
4. Push the ignition switch while depres- . Make sure the area around the vehicle
sing the brake pedal within 10 sec- is clear.
onds after the chime sounds. The . Check fluid levels such as engine oil,
engine will start. coolant, brake fluid, and window
After step 3 is performed, when the washer fluid as frequently as possible,
ignition switch is pushed without depres- or at least whenever you refuel.
sing the brake pedal, the ignition switch . Check that all windows and lights are
position will change to ACC. clean.
NOTE: . Visually inspect tires for their appear-
. When the ignition switch is pushed ance and condition. Also check tires
to the ON position or the engine is for proper inflation.
started by the above procedures, the . Lock all doors.
“Key Battery Low” warning appears . Position seat and adjust head re-
(on the Vehicle information display) straints.
JVS0404X
even if the Intelligent Key is inside . Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-
To turn off the warning, touch the gers to do likewise.
CHARGE ignition switch with the Intelligent
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is . Check the operation of warning lights
Key again.
when the ignition switch is placed in
discharged, or environmental conditions . If the “Key Battery Low” warning the ON position. (See “Warning lights,
interfere with the Intelligent Key opera- appears (on the Vehicle information
tion, start the engine according to the indicator lights and audible remin-
display), replace the battery as soon ders” (P.2-10).)
following procedure: as possible. (See “Intelligent Key
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) battery replacement” (P.8-23).)
position (for CVT models) or the shift
lever to the N (Neutral) position (for MT
models).
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the
Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime
will sound.)

STARTING THE ENGINE (model
without Intelligent Key system)
1. Apply the parking brake. engine, release the accelerator a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before
2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal. Crank the engine with your shutting it off. Starting and stopping
(CVT) model: foot off the accelerator pedal by the engine over a short period of time
turning the ignition switch to may make the vehicle more difficult to
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N
START. Release the ignition switch start.
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
when the engine starts. If the 5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever
The starter is designed so that it does engine starts, but fails to run, re- to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or
not operate unless the shift lever is in peat the above procedure. N (Neutral) position (MT model) and
either of the above positions.
turn the ignition switch to the OFF
Manual Transmission (MT) model: position.
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
CAUTION
NOTE:
position, and depress the clutch pedal
Do not operate the starter for more Care should be taken to avoid situations
to the floor while starting the engine.
than 15 seconds at a time. If the that can lead to potential battery dis-
3. Crank the engine with your foot off engine does not start, turn the igni- charge and potential no-start condi-
the accelerator pedal by turning the tion switch off and wait 10 seconds tions such as:
ignition switch to START. Release the before cranking again, otherwise the 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
switch when the engine starts. If the starter could be damaged. tronic accessories that consume
engine starts, but fails to run, repeat battery power when the engine is
the above procedure. Do not turn the ignition switch to the not running (Phone chargers, GPS,
. If the engine is very hard to start in START position unless the engine DVD players, etc.)
extremely cold weather or when and starter have stopped moving.
Attempting to start the engine while 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/
restarting, depress the accelerator or only driven short distances.
pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the engine or starter is moving may
the floor) and hold it and then cause damage. In these cases, the battery may need to
crank the engine. Release the ac- be charged to maintain battery health.
celerator pedal when the engine 4. Warm-up
starts. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
. If the engine is very hard to start seconds after starting. Do not race the
because it is flooded, depress the engine while warming it up. Drive at
accelerator pedal all the way to the moderate speed for a short distance
floor and hold it. Crank the engine first, especially in cold weather. In cold
for 5 - 6 seconds. After cranking the weather, keep the engine running for
STARTING THE ENGINE (model
with Intelligent Key system)
1. Apply the parking brake. restarting, depress the accelerator 4. Warm-up
2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
(CVT) model: the floor) and while holding, crank seconds after starting. Do not race the
the engine. Release the accelerator engine while warming it up. Drive at
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N
pedal when the engine starts. moderate speed for a short distance
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
. If the engine is very hard to start first, especially in cold weather. In cold
The starter is designed not to operate because it is flooded, depress the weather, keep the engine running for
unless the shift lever is in either of the accelerator pedal all the way to the a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before
above positions. floor and hold it. Push the ignition shutting it off. Starting and stopping
Manual Transmission (MT) model: switch to the ON position to start the engine over a short period of time
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 may make the vehicle more difficult to
position. Depress the clutch pedal fully seconds, stop cranking by pushing start.
to the floor. the ignition switch to OFF. After When racing the engine up to 4,000
cranking the engine, release the rpm or more under no load condition,
The starter is designed not to operate accelerator pedal. Crank the engine
unless the clutch pedal is fully de- the engine will enter the fuel cut
with your foot off the accelerator mode.
pressed. pedal by depressing the brake
The Intelligent Key must be carried pedal and pushing the push-button 5. To stop the engine, move the shift
when operating the ignition switch. ignition switch to start the engine. lever to the P (Park) position (CVT
If the engine starts, but fails to run, models) or move the shift lever to
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON the N (Neutral) position (MT models),
position. Depress the brake pedal (CVT repeat the above procedure.
and push the ignition switch to the
models) or the clutch pedal (MT mod- OFF position.
els) and push the ignition switch to
start the engine. CAUTION NOTE:
To start the engine immediately, push Care should be taken to avoid situations
Do not operate the starter for more that can lead to potential battery dis-
and release the ignition switch while
than 15 seconds at a time. If the charge and potential no-start condi-
depressing the brake pedal (CVT mod-
engine does not start, push the tions such as:
els) or the clutch pedal (MT models)
ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 1. Installation or extended use of elec-
with the ignition switch in any posi-
seconds before cranking again, tronic accessories that consume
tion.
otherwise the starter could be da- battery power when the engine is
. If the engine is very hard to start in
maged. not running (Phone chargers, GPS,
extremely cold weather or when
DVD players, etc.)
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- position.

or only driven short distances. 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed
MISSION (CVT)
In these cases, the battery may need to and move the shift lever to a driving
The Continuously Variable Transmission
be charged to maintain battery health. position.
(CVT) in your vehicle is electronically
REMOTE ENGINE START (if so controlled to produce maximum power 3. Release the parking brake and foot
and smooth operation. brake pedal, and then gradually start
equipped) the vehicle in motion.
Vehicles started with the remote engine The recommended operating procedures
start function require the ignition switch for this transmission are shown on the
to be placed in the ON position before the following pages. Follow these procedures WARNING
shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) for maximum vehicle performance and
driving enjoyment.
position. To place the ignition switch in . Do not depress the accelerator
the ON position, perform the following Engine power may be automatically pedal while shifting from P (Park)
steps: reduced to protect the CVT if the engine or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D
1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is speed increases quickly when driving (Drive), or manual shift mode. Al-
carried with you. on slippery roads or while being tested ways depress the brake pedal
on some dynamometers. until shifting is completed. Failure
2. Depress the brake pedal.
to do so could cause you to lose
3. Push the ignition switch once to the Starting the vehicle control and have an accident.
ON position. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so
For additional information about the the foot brake pedal before moving
use caution when shifting into a
remote engine start function, see “Re- the shift lever out of the P (Park)
forward or reverse gear before
mote engine start” (P.3-23). position.
the engine has warmed up.
This CVT is designed so that the foot
. Never shift to either the P (Park)
brake pedal must be depressed
or R (Reverse) position while ve-
before shifting from P (Park) to any
hicle is moving forward and P
driving position while the ignition
(Park) or D (Drive) while the vehi-
switch is in the ON position.
cle is reversing. This could cause
The shift lever cannot be moved out an accident or damage the trans-
of the P (Park) position and into any mission.
of the other positions if the ignition
switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF
. Do not downshift abruptly on
slippery roads. This may cause a WARNING
loss of control.
Apply the parking brake if the shift
lever is in any position while the
engine is not running. Failure to do
CAUTION so could cause the vehicle to move
unexpectedly or roll away and result
. To avoid possible damage to your in serious personal injury or property
vehicle; when stopping the vehi- damage.
cle on an uphill grade, do not hold
the vehicle by depressing the
accelerator pedal. The foot brake
should be used for this purpose. CAUTION
. Except in an emergency, do not JVS1025X
shift to the N (Neutral) position Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) posi-
while driving. Coasting with the Shifting tion only when the vehicle is com-
transmission in the N (Neutral) To move the shift lever, pletely stopped.
position may cause serious da-
Push the button while depressing
mage to the transmission. : the brake pedal. If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
Push the button . or ACC position for any reason while the
:
shift lever is in any positions other than
: Just move the shift lever.
the P (Park), the ignition switch cannot be
After starting the engine, fully depress the placed in the LOCK position.
brake pedal, push the shift lever button If the ignition switch cannot be placed in
and move the shift lever from the P (Park) the LOCK position, perform the following
position to any of the desired shift posi- steps:
tions. 1. Apply the parking brake when the
vehicle is stopped.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position while depressing the foot

? ? ? ? ? ? ?
brake pedal. shift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7
/
M8
/ / / / / /
3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) any driving position to R (Reverse).
position. . When shifting up, move the shift lever
N (Neutral):
to the + (up) side. The transmission
4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK Neither forward nor reverse gear is en- shifts to a higher range.
position. gaged. The engine can be started in this . When shifting down, move the shift
position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and lever to the − (down) side. The trans-
restart a stalled engine while the vehicle
CAUTION is moving.
mission shifts to a lower range.
. Moving the shift lever to the same side
To prevent transmission damage, D (Drive): twice will shift the ranges in succes-
move the shift lever to the P (Park) Use this position for all normal forward sion. However, if this motion is rapidly
or R (Reverse) position only when the driving. done, the second shifting may not be
vehicle is completely stopped. completed properly.
Manual shift mode . When canceling the manual shift
When the shift lever is shifted from the D mode, return the shift lever to the D
P (Park): (Drive) position to the manual shift gate, (Drive) position. The transmission re-
Use this position when the vehicle is the transmission enters the manual shift turns to the normal driving mode.
parked or when starting the engine. Make mode. Shift ranges can be selected
sure the vehicle is completely stopped. M8 (8th):
manually by moving the shift lever up or
The brake pedal must be depressed and down. Use this position for all normal forward
the shift lever button pushed in to move driving.
In the manual shift mode, the shift range
the shift lever from N (Neutral) or any However, you need to shift down the
is displayed on the position indicator in
drive position to P (Park). Apply the gears manually when accelerating or
the meter.
parking brake. When parking on a hill, passing another vehicle.
apply the parking brake first, then move Shift ranges up or down one by one as
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. follows: M7 (7th), M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):
Use these positions when driving up long
R (Reverse): slopes, or for engine braking when driving
Use this position to back up. Make sure down long slopes.
the vehicle is completely stopped before
selecting the R (Reverse) position. The M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd) :
brake pedal must be depressed and the Use these positions for hill climbing or
shift lever button pushed in to move the engine braking on downhill grades.
M1 (1st): not a malfunction. circuits are functioning properly. In this
Use this position when climbing steep case, place the ignition switch in the
Accelerator downshift — In D posi- OFF position and wait for 10 seconds.
hills slowly or driving slowly through deep
snow, sand or mud, or for maximum tion — Then turn the switch back to the ON
engine braking on steep downhill grades. For passing or hill climbing, fully depress position. The vehicle should return to its
the accelerator pedal to the floor. This normal operating condition. If it does
. Remember not to drive at high speeds not return to its normal operating con-
shifts the transmission down into a lower
for extended periods of time in lower dition, have the transmission checked
gear, depending on the vehicle speed.
than M7 range. This reduces fuel and repaired, if necessary. It is recom-
economy. High fluid temperature protection mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for
. In the manual shift mode, the trans- mode this service.
mission may not shift to the se-
lected range. This helps maintain This transmission has a high fluid tem-
driving performance and reduces perature protection mode. If the fluid WARNING
the chance of vehicle damage or temperature becomes too high (for ex-
loss of control. ample, when climbing steep grades in
high temperature with heavy loads), en- When the high fluid temperature
. In the manual shift mode, the trans- gine power and, under some conditions, protection mode or fail-safe opera-
mission automatically shifts down vehicle speed will be decreased automa- tion occurs, vehicle speed may be
to 1st gear before the vehicle comes tically to reduce the chance of transmis- gradually reduced. The reduced
to a stop. When accelerating again, it sion damage. Vehicle speed can be speed may be lower than other
is necessary to shift up to the controlled with the accelerator pedal, traffic, which could increase the
desired range. but the engine and vehicle speed may chance of a collision. Be especially
. When the CVT fluid temperature is be limited. careful when driving. If necessary,
extremely low, the manual shift mode pull to the side of the road at a safe
may not work and automatically shift Fail-safe place and allow the transmission to
as a drive mode. This is not a mal- If the vehicle is driven under extreme return to normal operation, or have it
function. In this case, return the shift conditions, such as excessive wheel repaired if necessary.
lever to the D (Drive) position and drive spinning and subsequent hard braking,
for a while and then shift to the the fail-safe system may be activated.
manual shift mode. The MIL may illuminate to indicate the
. When the CVT fluid temperature is fail-safe mode is activated. (See “Mal-
high, the shift range may upshift at a function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-16).)
lower engine speed than usual. This is This will occur even if all electrical
Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) . During some driving situations, hard
The Adaptive Shift Control automatically braking for example, the Adaptive
operates when the transmission is in the Shift Control may automatically op-
“D” (Drive) position and selects an appro- erate. The transmission may auto-
priate gear depending on the road con- matically shift to a lower gear for
ditions such as uphill or downhill. engine braking. This increases en-
gine speed but not vehicle speed.
Control on uphill and curving roads: Vehicle speed is controlled by the
A low gear is maintained that suits the accelerator pedal when the vehicle
degree of the slope to allow smooth is in the Adaptive Shift Control
driving with a small number of shifts. mode.
. When the Adaptive Shift Control
Control on downhill roads: operates, the transmission some-
The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low times maintains a lower gear for a
gear that suits the degree of the slope longer period of time than when JVS0392X
when the accelerator pedal is depressed, Adaptive Shift Control is not operat-
and uses the engine braking to help ing. Engine speed will be higher for a Shift lock release
driving in the downhill. specific vehicle speed while Adap-
If the battery charge is low or discharged,
Control on winding roads: tive Shift Control is operating than
the shift lever may not be moved from the
when Adaptive Shift Control is not
A low gear is maintained on continuous P (Park) position even with the brake
operating.
curves that involve repeated acceleration pedal depressed and the shift lever but-
and deceleration, so that smooth accel- ton pushed.
eration is available instantly when the To move the shift lever, perform the
accelerator pedal is depressed. following procedure:
NOTE: 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
. Adaptive Shift Control may not op- LOCK position.
erate when the transmission oil
2. Apply the parking brake.
temperature is low immediately
after the start of driving or when it 3. Remove the shift lock release cover
is very hot. (shown in the illustration above) using
a suitable tool.

4. Insert the mechanical key and push MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) may damage the clutch.
down the shift lock release.
. Fully depress the clutch pedal
5. Push the shift lever button and move
the shift lever to the N (Neutral) WARNING before shifting to help prevent
transmission damage.
position while holding down the shift
lock release. . Do not downshift abruptly on . Stop your vehicle completely be-
slippery roads. This may cause a fore shifting into R (Reverse).
Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-
tion. The vehicle may be moved to the
loss of control. . When the vehicle is stopped for a
desired location. . Do not over-rev the engine when period of time, for example at a
shifting to a lower gear. This may stop light, shift to N (Neutral) and
Replace the removed shift lock release release the clutch pedal with the
cause a loss of control or engine
cover after the operation. foot brake applied.
damage.
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of
. When the high fluid temperature
the P (Park) position, have the CVT system
protection mode or fail-safe op-
checked as soon as possible. It is recom-
eration occurs, vehicle speed may
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
be gradually reduced. The re-
service.
duced speed may be lower than
other traffic, which could increase
WARNING the chance of a collision. Be
especially careful when driving. If
necessary, pull to the side of the
If the shift lever cannot be moved
road at a safe place and allow the
from the P (Park) position while the
transmission to return to normal
engine is running and the brake
operation, or have it repaired if
pedal is depressed, the stop lights
necessary.
may not work. Malfunctioning stop
lights could cause an accident injur-
ing yourself and others.
CAUTION
. Do not rest your foot on the
clutch pedal while driving. This

To back up, pull the shift lever ring Gear MPH (km/h)
upward and then move it to the R 1st 28 (46)
(Reverse) gear after stopping the vehicle 2nd 50 (81)
completely. 3rd 70 (112)
The shift lever ring returns to its original 4th 90 (145)
position when the shift lever is moved to 5th —
the N (Neutral) position. —
6th
If it is difficult to move the shift lever into
the R (Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N
(Neutral) position, and then release the
clutch pedal once. Fully depress the
clutch pedal again and shift into the R
(Reverse) or 1st gear.
SSD0552 Suggested maximum speed in
each gear
Shifting Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is
To change gears, or when upshifting or not running smoothly, or if you need to
downshifting, fully depress the clutch accelerate.
pedal, shift into the appropriate gear,
Do not exceed the maximum suggested
then slowly and smoothly release the
speed (shown below) in any gear. For level
clutch pedal. road driving, use the highest gear sug-
To ensure smooth gear changes, be sure gested for that speed. Always observe
to fully depress the clutch pedal before posted speed limits, and drive according
operating the shift lever. If the clutch to the road conditions, which will ensure
pedal is not fully depressed before the safe operation. Do not over-rev the en-
transmission is shifted, a gear noise may gine when shifting to a lower gear as it
be heard. Transmission damage could may cause engine damage or loss of
occur. vehicle control.
Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in
sequence according to vehicle speed.
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING
. Never drive the vehicle with the
parking brake applied. The brake
will overheat and fail to operate
and will lead to an accident.
. Never release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle. If the
vehicle moves, it will be impossi-
ble to push the foot brake pedal
and will lead to an accident.
. Never use the shift lever in place
of the parking brake. When park- SPA2331 JVP0498X
ing, be sure the parking brake is
fully applied. PEDAL TYPE SWITCH TYPE (models with elec-
. To help avoid risk of injury or To apply the parking brake, firmly depress tronic parking brake system)
death through unintended opera- the parking brake pedal . The electronic parking brake can be
tion of the vehicle and/or its To release the parking brake, depress and applied or released automatically or by
systems, do not leave children, hold the foot brake and then fully operating the parking brake switch.
people who require the assis- depress and release the parking brake
tance of others or pets unat- pedal . Automatic operation
tended in your vehicle. With the vehicle stationary, the electronic
Before driving, be sure that the brake
Additionally, the temperature in- parking brake is automatically applied
warning light has turned off.
side a closed vehicle on a warm when the engine is turned off with the
day can quickly become high ignition switch.
enough to cause a significant risk For the model with the automatic brake
of injury or death to people and hold function, the electronic parking
pets. brake will apply automatically if the igni-
tion switch is placed in the “OFF” position
when the brake force is maintained by
automatic brake hold function. . If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
The electronic parking brake is automati- CAUTION when the brake force is maintained
cally released as soon as the vehicle by the automatic brake hold func-
starts while the accelerator pedal is tion, the electronic parking brake
When parking in an area where the
depressed. outside temperature is below 32°F will apply automatically.
(0°C), do not apply the parking brake . If the ignition switch is placed in the
to prevent it from freezing. OFF position when the brake force is
WARNING maintained by the automatic brake
For safe parking, place the shift lever hold function, the electronic parking
. The electronic parking brake will in the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) position brake will apply automatically.
not be automatically applied and securely block the wheels.
when the engine is stopped with- Manual operation
out using the ignition switch (for NOTE: The electronic parking brake will not be
example, by engine stalling). . To keep the electronic parking brake automatically applied if the engine is
released after the engine is turned stopped without using the ignition switch
Without the vehicle stationary, off, place the ignition switch in the (for example, by engine stalling). In such a
the electronic parking brake will OFF position, depress the brake case, you have to apply the parking brake
not be automatically applied pedal and push down the parking manually.
even if the engine is turned off brake switch before opening the
with the ignition switch. To apply: Pull the switch up . The
driver’s door. indicator light will illuminate.
. Before leaving the vehicle, move . If a malfunction occurs in the elec-
the shift lever to the 1 (1st) or R To release: With the ignition switch in the
tronic parking brake system (for ON position, depress the brake pedal and
(Reverse) position and check that example, due to battery discharge),
the electronic parking brake in- push the switch down . The indicator
it is recommended to contact a light will turn off.
dicator light is illuminated to NISSAN dealer.
confirm that the electronic park- . If the shift lever is moved to the P Before driving, check that the electronic
ing brake is applied. The electro- (Park) position when the brake force parking brake indicator light goes
nic parking brake indicator light is maintained by the automatic out. For additional information, see
will remain on for a period of time brake hold function, the electronic “Warning lights, indicator lights and audi-
after the driver’s door is locked. parking brake will apply automati- ble reminders” (P.2-10).
cally.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if so equipped)
NOTE: brake indicator light in the meter The automatic brake hold function main-
. A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is and in the parking brake switch turn tains the braking force without the driver
driven without releasing the parking off when the parking brake is re- having to depress the brake pedal when
brake. See “Audible reminders” (P.2- leased. the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or
18). intersection. As soon as the driver de-
. When pulling the electronic parking
. While the electronic parking brake is brake switch up with the ignition presses the accelerator pedal again, the
applied or released, an operating switch in the OFF or ACC position, automatic brake hold function is deacti-
sound is heard from the lower side the parking brake switch indicator vated and the braking force is released.
of the rear seat. This is normal and light will continue to illuminate for a The operating status of the automatic
does not indicate a malfunction. short period of time. brake hold can be displayed on the
. When the electronic parking brake is vehicle information display.
frequently applied and released in a
short period of time, the parking
brake may not operate in order to WARNING
prevent the parking brake system
from overheating. If this occurs, . The automatic brake hold func-
operate the electronic parking brake tion is not designed to hold the
switch again after waiting approxi- vehicle on a steep hill or slippery
mately 1 minute. road. Never use the automatic
. If the electronic parking brake must brake hold when the vehicle is
be applied while driving in an emer- stopped on a steep hill or slippery
gency, pull up and hold the parking road. Failure to do so may cause
brake switch. When you release the the vehicle to move.
parking brake switch, the parking . When the automatic brake hold
brake will be released. function is activated but fails to
. While pulling up the electronic park- maintain the vehicle at a stand-
ing brake switch during driving, the still, depress the brake pedal to
parking brake is applied and a chime stop the vehicle. If the vehicle
sounds. The electronic parking unexpectedly moves due to out-
brake indicator light in the meter side conditions, the chime may
and in the parking brake switch sound and automatic brake hold
illuminate. This does not indicate a warning may illuminate in the
malfunction. The electronic parking vehicle information display.
. Be sure to deactivate the auto- does not illuminate when the
matic brake hold function when switch is pushed.
using a car wash or towing your
. The automatic brake hold func-
vehicle.
tion will not be activated if the
. Make sure to place the shift lever Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
in the P (Park) position and apply OFF indicator light, electronic
the parking brake when parking parking brake warning light or
your vehicle, riding on or off the master warning light illuminate
vehicle, or loading luggage. Fail- and the Chassis Control System
ure to do so could cause the Error message appears in the
vehicle to move or roll away vehicle information display.
unexpectedly and result in ser-
. To maintain the braking force to
ious personal injury or property
keep the vehicle to a standstill, a
damage.
noise may be heard. This is not a JVP0497X
. If any of the following conditions malfunction.
occur, the automatic brake hold HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE
function may not function. Have THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD
the system checked promptly. It
FUNCTION
is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN dealer for this service. How to activate the automatic
Failure to operate the vehicle in brake hold function
accordance with these conditions
could cause the vehicle to move 1. With the ignition switch in the ON
or roll away unexpectedly and position, push the automatic brake
result in serious personal injury hold switch . The indicator light on
or property damage. the automatic brake hold switch
illuminates.
— A warning message appears
in the vehicle information dis- 2. When the automatic brake hold func-
play. tion goes into standby, the automatic
brake hold indicator light (white) illu-
— The indicator light on the minates.
automatic brake hold switch
To use the automatic brake hold function,
the following conditions need to be met. maintained, the automatic brake hold
. The driver’s seat belt is fastened. WARNING indicator light (green) illuminates on the
meter.
. The electronic parking brake is re-
leased. Make sure to firmly depress and hold To start the vehicle from a stand-
. The shift lever is not in the P (Park) the brake pedal when turning off the
still
position. automatic brake hold function while
the brake force is applied. When the With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
. The vehicle is not parked on a steep (Neutral) position, depress the accelerator
hill. automatic brake hold function is
deactivated, the brake force will be pedal while the brake force is maintained.
NOTE: released. This could cause the vehi- The brake force will automatically be
The automatic brake hold function re- cle to move or roll away unexpect- released to restart the vehicle. The auto-
sets to OFF every time the ignition edly. matic brake hold indicator light (white) on
switch is switched from the OFF posi- the meter illuminates and the automatic
Failure to prevent the vehicle from brake hold returns to standby.
tion to the ON position.
rolling may result in serious personal
How to deactivate the automatic injury or property damage. Parking
brake hold function When the shift lever is in the P (Park)
While the automatic brake hold function HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC position with the brake force maintained
is activated, push the automatic brake BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION by the automatic brake hold function, the
hold switch to turn off the automatic parking brake will automatically be ap-
For additional information on using the
brake hold indicator light and deactivate plied and the brake force of the auto-
automatic brake hold function, refer to
the automatic brake hold function. To matic brake hold will be released. The
the instructions outlined in this section.
deactivate the automatic brake hold automatic brake hold indicator light turns
function while the brake force has been To maintain braking force auto- off. When the parking brake is applied
maintained by the automatic brake hold matically with the brake force maintained by the
function, depress the brake pedal and automatic brake hold function, the brake
push the automatic brake hold switch. With the automatic brake hold function force of the automatic brake hold will be
activated and the automatic brake hold released. The automatic brake hold in-
indicator light (white) illuminated on the dicator light turns off.
meter, depress the braking pedal to stop
the vehicle. The brake force is automati- NOTE:
cally applied without your foot depressed . Under the following conditions, the
on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is parking brake will automatically be

SPORT MODE SWITCH (if so equipped) ECO MODE SYSTEM
applied and the brake force of the

automatic brake hold will be re-
leased:
— The braking force is applied by
the automatic brake hold function
for 3 minutes or longer.
— The driver’s seat belt is unfas-
tened.
— The ignition switch is placed in
the OFF position.
— If a malfunction occurs in the
automatic brake hold function.
. When the vehicle stops, but the
brake force is not automatically WAF0037X JVS0185X
applied, depress the brake pedal
firmly until the automatic brake hold The SPORT mode switch adjusts the The ECO mode system helps to enhance
indicator light (green) illuminates. engine and transmission points to en- the fuel economy by controlling the
hance performance. Push the SPORT engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod-
Automatic brake hold function dis- mode switch on the instrument panel to els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera-
play activate the SPORT mode. The SPORT tion.
The automatic brake hold function status mode indicator (drive mode indicator) To turn on the ECO mode system, push
can be checked in the “Chassis Control” appears in the vehicle information dis- the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator
mode in the vehicle information display. play. appears on the meter.
For additional information, see “Trip com- NOTE:
puter” (P.2-40). To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
be reduced. turn off.
. The ECO mode system cannot be
turned off while the accelerator pedal
is depressed even if the ECO switch is
pushed to OFF. Release the accelera-
tor pedal to turn off the ECO mode
system. . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
. The ECO mode system will turn off system (if so equipped) is operating.
automatically if a malfunction occurs . The vehicle speed is less than approxi-
in the system. mately 2 MPH (4 km/h).
. Turn off the ECO mode system when . The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT
acceleration is required such as when: model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)
— driving with a heavy load of pas- position.
sengers or cargo in the vehicle To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal
— driving on a steep uphill slope Guide function, see “Settings” (P.2-21).
WAF0142X
ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION

Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for
improving fuel economy.
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the
green range , it indicates that the
vehicle is driven within range of economy
drive.
If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the
green range, it indicates that the accel-
erator pedal is depressed over the range
of economy drive.
The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed
when:
. The cruise control system (if so
equipped) is operating.

position.
. The cruise control system (if so
equipped) is operating.
. The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
system (if so equipped) is operating.
WAF0143X JVS1083X
AMBIENT ECO ECO DRIVE REPORT

The ambient ECO is displayed accord- When the ignition switch is in the OFF
ing to the accelerator pedal operation, position, ECO management display ap-
while driving the vehicle in ECO mode. pears.
The ambient ECO will illuminate in the ECO evaluation
directions of as the driving pattern Previous 5 times (History)
becomes more ECO friendly. Current fuel economy
To activate or deactivate the ambient Best fuel economy
ECO, see “Settings” (P.2-21). The result of ECO evaluation is displayed
The ambient ECO is not displayed in the when the vehicle is driven for about 10
following conditions minutes or more.
. The vehicle speed is under 6 MPH (10 : The more economically you drive, the
km/h). more appear.
. The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT : The average fuel economy for the
model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) previous 5 times will be displayed.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
: The average fuel economy since the

last reset will be displayed. WARNING
: The best fuel economy of the past
history will be displayed. Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the
LDW system could result in serious
injury or death.
. This system is only a warning
device to inform the driver of a
potential unintended lane depar-
ture. It will not steer the vehicle or
prevent loss of control. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- WAC0198X
cle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times. The LDW system warns the driver with an
indicator on the vehicle information dis-
play and chime that the vehicle is begin-
ning to leave the driving lane.
The LDW system monitors the lane mar-
kers on the traveling lane using the
camera unit located above the inside
mirror.

LDW indicator on the vehicle information
display will blink to alert the driver.
The warning function will stop when the
vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
JVS1087X
LDW indicator (on the vehicle information LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

display)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
The LDW system operates at speeds of
side) approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and
above and when the lane markings are
Vehicle information display
clear. When the vehicle approaches either
the left or the right side of the traveling
lane, a warning chime will sound and the

button. Use the button to select
“Driver Assistance”. Then press the
“OK” button.
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK”
button.
3. Use the buttons to navigate in the
menu and use the “OK” button to
select or change an item:
. Select “Lane (LDW)” and press the
“OK” button.
Use the “OK” button to check/
uncheck the box for “Warning”.
NOTE:
If you disable the LDW system, the
system will remain disabled the next
time you start the vehicle’s engine.
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
JVS1088X Listed below are the system limita-
tions for the LDW system. Failure to
Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW follow the warnings and instructions
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM for proper use of the LDW system
side) could result in serious injury or
Perform the following steps to enable or death.
disable the LDW system.
. The system will not operate at
1. Press the button until “Set-
speeds below approximately 37
tings” appears in the vehicle informa-
MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot
tion display and then press “OK”
detect lane markers.
. Excessive noise will interfere with . The system may not function — When traveling close to the
the warning chime sound, and properly under the following con- vehicle in front of you, which
the chime may not be heard. ditions: obstructs the lane camera
. Do not use the LDW system under — On roads where there are unit detection range.
the following conditions as it may multiple parallel lane markers; — When rain, snow, dirt or object
not function properly: lane markers that are faded or adheres to the windshield in
— During bad weather (rain, fog, not painted clearly; yellow front of the lane camera unit.
snow, etc.). painted lane markers; non-
standard lane markers; or — When the headlights are not
— When driving on slippery lane markers covered with bright due to dirt on the lens
roads, such as on ice or snow. water, dirt, snow, etc. or if the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
— When driving on winding or — On roads where discontinued
uneven roads. lane markers are still detect- — When strong light enters the
able. lane camera unit. (For exam-
— When there is a lane closure ple, the light directly shines on
due to road repairs. — On roads where there are the front of the vehicle at
— When driving in a makeshift or sharp curves. sunrise or sunset.)
temporary lane. — On roads where there are — When a sudden change in
— When driving on roads where sharply contrasting objects, brightness occurs. (For exam-
the lane width is too narrow. such as shadows, snow, ple, when the vehicle enters or
water, wheel ruts, seams or exits a tunnel or under a
— When driving without normal lines remaining after road re- bridge.)
tire conditions (for example, pairs. (The LDW system could
tire wear, low tire pressure, detect these items as lane
installation of spare tire (if so markers.) SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
equipped), tire chains, non- ABLE
standard wheels). — On roads where the traveling
lane merges or separates. Condition A:
— When the vehicle is equipped If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
with non-original brake parts — When the vehicle’s traveling under high temperature conditions (over
or suspension parts. direction does not align with approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then
the lane marker. started, the LDW system may be deacti-
vated automatically, the LDW indicator
will flash and the following message will vehicle. Place the ignition switch in the
appear in the vehicle information display. OFF position and restart the engine. If the
- “Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature” warning message continues to appear in
When the interior temperature is reduced, the vehicle information display, have the
the LDW system will resume operating system checked. It is recommended that
automatically and the LDW indicator will you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
stop flashing.
Condition B:
The warning function of the LDW system
is not designed to work under the follow-
ing conditions:
. When you operate the lane change
signal and change traveling lanes in
the direction of the signal. (The LDW WAC0198X
system will become operable again
approximately 2 seconds after the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
lane change signal is turned off.) The camera unit for the LDW system is
. When the vehicle speed lowers to less located above the inside mirror.
than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). To keep the proper operation of the LDW
Action to take: system and prevent a system malfunc-
After the above conditions have finished tion, be sure to observe the following:
and the necessary operating conditions . Always keep the windshield clean.
are satisfied, the LDW system will resume. . Do not attach a sticker (including
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION transparent material) or install an
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will accessory near the camera unit.
cancel automatically and “Malfunction” . Do not place reflective materials, such
will appear in the vehicle information as white paper or a mirror, on the
display. If the warning message appears instrument panel. The reflection of
in the vehicle information display, pull off sunlight may adversely affect the
the road to a safe location and stop the camera unit’s capability of detecting
the lane markers.
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI)
. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the camera unit. Do not touch WARNING
the camera lens or remove the screw
located on the camera unit. If the
Failure to follow the warnings and
camera unit is damaged due to an
instructions for proper use of the I-LI
accident, it is recommended that you
system could result in serious injury
visit a NISSAN dealer.
or death.
. The I-LI system will not steer the
vehicle or prevent loss of control.
It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and
be in control of the vehicle at all
times. WAC0198X
. The I-LI system is primarily in-
tended for use on well-developed The I-LI system warns the driver if the
freeways or highways. It may not vehicle has left the center of the traveling
detect the lane markers in certain lane with the I-LI indicator and chime, and
road, weather, or driving condi- helps assist the driver to return the
tions. vehicle to the center of the traveling lane
by applying the brakes to the left or right
wheels individually (for a short period of
time).
The I-LI system monitors the lane mar-
kers on the traveling lane using the
camera unit located above the inside
mirror.

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-LI system operates above approxi-
mately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the
lane markings are clear. When the vehicle
approaches either the left or the right
side of the traveling lane, a warning chime
will sound and the I-LI indicator (orange)
on the vehicle information display will
blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI
system will automatically apply the
brakes for a short period of time to help
assist the driver to return the vehicle to
the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the I-LI system, push the
dynamic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT
assist switch (models with ProPILOT as-
sist) on the steering wheel after starting
the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the
vehicle information display will illuminate.
Push the dynamic driver assistance
switch or the ProPILOT assist switch
again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI
WAF0078X
ON indicator will turn off.
I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- PILOT assist)
tion display)
I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information
display)
Dynamic driver assistance switch* (mod-
els without ProPILOT assist)
ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro-
For models with ProPILOT assist
“Driver Assistance.” Then press the
OK button.
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK
button.
3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, use
the buttons to navigate in the
menu and use the OK button to select
or change an item:
. Select “Lane” and press the OK
button.
To turn on the I-LI system, use the
OK button to check the box for
“Prevention (LDP).”
4. Press the ProPILOT assist switch
(models with ProPILOT assist) to turn
the system on or off.
WAF0139X NOTE:
Turning on the ProPILOT assist system
Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI (if so equipped) will turn on the I-LI
Dynamic driver assistance switch* (mod- SYSTEM system at the same time. For additional
els without ProPILOT assist)
Perform the following steps to enable or information, see “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-
ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro- 64).
PILOT assist) disable the I-LI system.

For models without ProPILOT assist steering to complete your lane — When driving without normal
1. To turn on the I-LI system, push the change. tire conditions (for example,
dynamic driver assistance switch on . Because the I-LI may not activate tire wear, low tire pressure,
the instrument panel after starting under the road, weather, and lane installation of spare tire (if so
the engine. marker conditions described in equipped), tire chains, non-
2. The I-LI ON indicator on the Vehicle this section, it may not activate standard wheels).
Information Display will appear. every time your vehicle begins to — When the vehicle is equipped
3. Push the dynamic driver assistance leave its lane and you will need to with non-original brake parts
switch again to turn off the I-LI apply corrective steering. or suspension parts.
system. The I-LI ON indicator on the . The I-LI system will not operate at . The system may not function
vehicle information display will turn speeds below approximately 37 properly under the following con-
off. The I-LI system will be automati- MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot ditions:
cally turned off when the engine off. detect lane markers.
— On roads where there are
I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS . Do not use the I-LI system under multiple parallel lane markers;
the following conditions as it may lane markers that are faded or
not function properly: not painted clearly; yellow
WARNING — During bad weather (rain, fog, painted lane markers; non-
snow, etc.). standard lane markers; or
Listed below are the system limita- lane markers covered with
tions for the I-LI system. Failure to — When driving on slippery
roads, such as on ice or snow. water, dirt, snow, etc.
follow the warnings and instructions
for proper use of the I-LI system — When driving on winding or — On roads where discontinued
could result in serious injury or uneven roads. lane markers are still detect-
death. able.
— When there is a lane closure
. The I-LI system may activate if due to road repairs. — On roads where there are
you change lanes without first sharp curves.
— When driving in a makeshift or
activating your turn signal or, for — On roads where there are
temporary lane.
example, if a construction zone sharply contrasting objects,
directs traffic to cross an existing — When driving on roads where such as shadows, snow,
lane marker. If this occurs you the lane width is too narrow. water, wheel ruts, seams or
may need to apply corrective lines remaining after road re-
pairs. (The I-LI system could . Excessive noise will interfere with conditions (warning is still functional):
detect these items as lane the warning chime sound, and . When the brake pedal is depressed.
markers.) the chime may not be heard. . When the steering wheel is turned as
— On roads where the traveling far as necessary for the vehicle to
lane merges or separates. While the I-LI system is operating, you change lanes.
may hear a sound of brake operation. . When the vehicle is accelerated during
— When the vehicle’s traveling This is normal and indicates that the I-LI the I-LI system operation.
direction does not align with system is operating properly. . When the Intelligent Cruise Control
the lane marker.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so
— When traveling close to the ABLE equipped).
vehicle in front of you, which . When the hazard warning flashers are
obstructs the lane camera Condition A:
operated.
unit detection range. The warning and assist functions of the I- . When driving on a curve at high speed.
LI system are not designed to work under
— When rain, snow or dirt ad- Action to take:
the following conditions:
heres to the windshield in After the above conditions have finished
front of the lane camera unit. . When you operate the lane change
and the necessary operating conditions
signal and change the traveling lanes
— When the headlights are not are satisfied, the I-LI system application of
in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI
bright due to dirt on the lens the brakes will resume.
system will be deactivated for ap-
or if the aiming is not adjusted proximately 2 seconds after the lane Condition C:
properly. change signal is turned off.) If the following message appears in the
— When strong light enters the . When the vehicle speed lowers to less vehicle information display, a chime will
lane camera unit. (For exam- than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). sound and the I-LI system will be turned
ple, the light directly shines on Action to take: off automatically.
the front of the vehicle at . "Currently unavailable":
After the above conditions have finished
sunrise or sunset.)
and the necessary operating conditions When the VDC system (except Trac-
— When a sudden change in are satisfied, the warning and assist tion Control System (TCS) function) or
brightness occurs. (For exam- functions will resume. ABS operates or VDC system is turned
ple, when the vehicle enters or Condition B: off.
exits a tunnel or under a Action to take:
bridge.) The assist function of the I-LI system is
not designed to work under the following When the above conditions no longer
exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the . Do not strike or damage the areas
dynamic driver assistance switch (models around the camera unit. Do not touch
without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT the camera lens or remove the screw
assist switch (models with ProPILOT as- located on the camera unit. If the
sist) again to turn the I-LI system back on. camera unit is damaged due to an
Temporary disabled status at high tem- accident, it is recommended that you
perature: visit a NISSAN dealer.
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the
I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system
may be deactivated automatically and
the following message will appear on
the vehicle information display: “Unavail-
WAC0198X
able: High Cabin Temperature.” When the
interior temperature is reduced, the sys-
tem will resume operating automatically.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The camera unit for the I-LI system is
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION located above the inside mirror. To keep
If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will the proper operation of the I-LI system
cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator and prevent a system malfunction, be
(orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc- sure to observe the following:
tion” warning message will appear in the . Always keep the windshield clean.
display.
. Do not attach a sticker (including
If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in transparent material) or install an
the display, pull off the road to a safe accessory near the camera unit.
location. Turn the engine off and restart . Do not place reflective materials, such
the engine. If the I-LI indicator (orange) as white paper or a mirror, on the
continues to illuminate, have the I-LI instrument panel. The reflection of
system checked. It is recommended that sunlight may adversely affect the
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. camera unit’s capability of detecting
the lane markers.
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
WARNING
BSW system could result in serious
injury or death.
. The BSW system is not a replace-
ment for proper driving proce-
dure and is not designed to
prevent contact with vehicles or
objects. When changing lanes, al-
ways use the side and rear mir-
rors and turn and look in the JVS0649X SSD1030
direction your vehicle will move Detection zone
to ensure it is safe to change The BSW system uses radar sensors
installed near the rear bumper to detect The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
lanes. Never rely solely on the
BSW system. other vehicles in an adjacent lane. either side of your vehicle within the
detection zone shown as illustrated. This
detection zone starts from the outside
The BSW system helps alert the driver of mirror of your vehicle and extends ap-
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear
changing lanes. bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m)
sideways.

system chimes (twice) and the side in-
dicator light flashes. The side indicator
light continues to flash until the detected
vehicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a
few seconds when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position.
The brightness of the side indicator light
is adjusted automatically depending on
the brightness of the ambient light.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn signal,
then only the side indicator light flashes
and no chime sounds. For additional
information, refer to “BSW driving situa-
tions” (P.5-49).
WAF0079X
Side indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

The BSW system operates above approxi-
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).
side)
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the
“OK” button.
button.
3. Use the buttons to navigate in the
menu and use the “OK” button to
select or change an item.
. Select “Blind Spot” and press the
“OK” button.
Use the “OK” button to check/
uncheck the box for “Warning.”
NOTE:
The system will retain current settings
in the vehicle information display even
if the engine is restarted.
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
WAF0140X Listed below are the system limita-
tions for the BSW system. Failure to
Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW operate the vehicle in accordance
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM with these system limitations could
side) result in serious injury or death.
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSW system. . The BSW system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
tings” appears in the vehicle informa- . The radar sensors may not be
tion display and then press “OK” able to detect and activate BSW
when certain objects are present wider lane, the radar sensors chime sound, and it may not be
such as: may not detect vehicles in an heard.
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. adjacent lane. When driving in a
narrow lane, the radar sensors BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS
— Vehicles such as motorcycles, may detect vehicles driving two
low height vehicles, or high lanes away.
ground clearance vehicles. Indicator on
. The radar sensors are designed
— Oncoming vehicles. to ignore most stationary objects,
however objects such as guard- Indicator off
— Vehicles remaining in the de-
tection zone when you accel- rails, walls, foliage and parked
vehicles may occasionally be de- Indicator flashing
erate from a stop.
tected. This is a normal operation
— A vehicle merging into an condition.
adjacent lane at a speed ap-
. The following conditions may re-
proximately the same as your
duce the ability of the radar to
vehicle.
detect other vehicles:
— A vehicle approaching rapidly — Severe weather
from behind.
— Road spray
— A vehicle which your vehicle
overtakes rapidly. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the
vehicle
— A vehicle that passes through
the detection zone quickly. . Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install ac-
— When overtaking several vehi- cessories or apply additional
cles in a row, the vehicles after paint near the radar sensors.
the first vehicle may not be These conditions may reduce the
detected if they are traveling ability of the radar to detect other
close together. vehicles.
. The radar sensor’s detection zone . Excessive noise (for example,
is designed based on a standard audio system volume, open vehi-
lane width. When driving in a cle window) will interfere with the
JVS0737X JVS0738X JVS0739X
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle
Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the Overtaking another vehicle
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
behind Illustration 3: The side indicator light
detection zone, then the system chimes
Illustration 1: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and
illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- that vehicle stays in the detection zone
tion zone from behind in an adjacent lane. NOTE: for approximately 2 seconds.
. The radar sensors may not detect
vehicles which are approaching ra-
pidly from behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will
flash but no chime will sound when
the other vehicle is detected.

the other vehicle is detected.
JVS0740X JVS0741X
Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 – Entering from the side
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the Entering from the side
detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 5: The side indicator light
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec-
tion zone from either side.
NOTE:
. When overtaking several vehicles in
a row, the vehicles after the first
vehicle may not be detected if they
are traveling close together.
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal
WAF0555X
Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
. The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about JVS1090X
the same speed as your vehicle
when it enters the detection zone. Vehicle information display sage will appear in the vehicle informa-
. If the driver activates the turn signal SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- tion display .
ABLE The system is not available until the
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW conditions no longer exist.
the other vehicle is detected. system will be turned off automatically, a The radar sensors may be blocked by
chime will sound and the “Unavailable: temporary ambient conditions such as
Side Radar Obstruction” warning mes- splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked

condition may also be caused by objects apply additional paint near the radar
such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sensors.
radar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around
NOTE: the radar sensors.
If the BSW system stops working, the See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized
RCTA system will also stop working. repair shop if the area around the radar
Action to take: sensors is damaged due to a collision.
When the above conditions no longer Radio frequency statement
exist, the system will resume automati- For USA
cally. FCC : OAYSRR3B
If the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruc- This device complies with part 15 of the
tion” warning message continues to ap- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
pear, have the system checked. It is following two conditions:
recommended that you visit a NISSAN JVS0649X
dealer for this service. (1) This device may not cause harmful
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE interference, and (2) this device must
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION The two radar sensors for the BSW accept any interference received, in-
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will system are located near the rear bumper. cluding interference that may cause
be turned off automatically and the Always keep the area near the radar undesired operation.
system malfunction warning message will sensors clean. FCC Warning
appear in the vehicle information display. The radar sensors may be blocked by Changes or modifications not expressly
NOTE: temporary ambient conditions such as approved by the party responsible for
If the BSW system stops working, the splashing water, mist or fog. compliance could void the user’s
RCTA system will also stop working. The blocked condition may also be authority to operate the equipment
Action to take: caused by objects such as ice, frost or For Canada
dirt obstructing the radar sensors. This device complies with Industry Ca-
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn
the engine off and restart the engine. If Check for and remove objects obstruct- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
the message continues to appear, have ing the area around the radar sensors. Operation is subject to the following
the BSW system checked. It is recom- Do not attach stickers (including trans- two conditions: (1) this device may not
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for parent material), install accessories or cause interference, and (2) this device
this service. must accept any interference, including
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

operation of the device.
WARNING
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25 Ghz
The field strength of SRR3-B is below Failure to follow the warnings and
250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres instructions for proper use of the
with an average detector. RCTA system could result in serious
This device contains licence-exempt injury or death.
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply . The RCTA system is not a replace-
with Innovation, Science and Economic ment for proper driving proce-
Development Canada’s licence-exempt dures and is not designed to
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol- prevent contact with vehicles or
lowing two conditions: objects. When backing out of a
1. This device may not cause interfer- parking space, always use the
ence. side and rear mirrors and turn
2. This device must accept any inter- and look in the direction your
ference, including interference that may vehicle will move. Never rely so-
cause undesired operation of the de- lely on the RCTA system.
vice.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure in- The RCTA system will assist you when
formation: backing out from a parking space. When
the vehicle is in reverse, the system is
This equipment complies with radiation designed to detect other vehicles ap-
exposure limits set forth for an uncon- proaching from the right or left of the
trolled environment. This equipment vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic,
should be installed and operated with it will alert you.
minimum distance of 20 cm between
the radiator and your body.

system is operational.
If the radar detects an approaching
vehicle from either side, the system
chimes (once) and the side indicator light
flashes on the side the vehicle is ap-
proaching from.
JVS0953X
Side indicator light RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION

The RCTA system can help alert the driver
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left of an approaching vehicle when the
side)
driver is backing out of a parking space.
When the shift position is in R (Reverse)
and the vehicle speed is less than ap-
proximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA

The RCTA system uses radar sensors
installed on both sides near the rear
bumper to detect an approaching vehicle.
The radar sensors can detect an
approaching vehicle from up to approxi-
mately 66 ft (20 m) away.
JVS0173X
JVS0649X

“OK” button.
2. Use the button to select “Parking Aids”
then press the OK button.
3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the
“OK” button.
4. Use the “OK” button to enable or
disable the system.
NOTE:
The system setting will be retained
even if the engine is restarted.
JVS0942X
Vehicle information display HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left RCTA SYSTEM
side)
disable the RCTA system.
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limita-
tions for the RCTA system. Failure to
operate the vehicle in accordance
with these system limitations could
. Always check surroundings and
turn to check what is behind you
before backing up. The radar
sensors detect approaching
(moving) vehicles. The radar sen-
sors cannot detect every object
such as:
— Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-
cycles, animals or child-oper-
ated toy vehicles
— A vehicle that is passing at
speeds greater than approxi-
JVS0479X mately 19 MPH (30 km/h)
— A vehicle that is passing at
speeds lower than approxi-
mately 5 MPH (8 km/h)
approaching vehicles in certain
situations:

— Illustration : When a vehicle . Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys-
parked next to you obstructs tem volume, open vehicle win-
the beam of the radar sensor. dow) will interfere with the
chime sound, and it may not be
— Illustration : When the vehi-
heard.
cle is parked in an angled
parking space.
— Illustration : When the vehi-
cle is parked on inclined
ground.
— Illustration : When an ap-
proaching vehicle turns into
your vehicle’s parking lot aisle.
— Illustration : When the angle JVS0172X
formed by your vehicle and Illustration 1
approaching vehicle is small
. The following conditions may re-
duce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles:
— Severe weather
— Road spray
— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the
vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install ac-
cessories or apply additional
paint near the radar sensors.
These conditions may reduce the
JVS0173X
ability of the radar to detect other
Illustration 2
vehicles
NOTE:
In the case of several vehicles ap-
proaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in
the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a
chime may not be sounded by the RCTA
system after the first vehicle passes the
sensors.
JVS1090X
Vehicle information display vehicle information display.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- The system is not available until the
ABLE conditions no longer exist.
When radar blockage is detected, the The radar sensors may be blocked by
system will be deactivated automatically. temporary ambient conditions such as
The “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” splashing water, mist or fog.
warning message will appear in the The blocked condition may also be
caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt apply additional paint near the radar
obstructing the radar sensors. sensors.
NOTE: Do not strike or damage the area around
If the BSW system stops working, the the radar sensors. It is recommended that
RCTA system will also stop working. you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area
around the radar sensors is damaged
Action to take: due to a collision.
When the above conditions no longer Radio frequency statement
exist, the system will resume automati-
cally. For USA
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION FCC : OAYSRR3B
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it This device complies with part 15 of the
will turn off automatically. The system FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
malfunction warning message will appear following two conditions:
JVS0649X
in the vehicle information display. (1) This device may not cause harmful
NOTE: SYSTEM MAINTENANCE interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, in-
If the BSW system stops working, the The two radar sensors for the RCTA
cluding interference that may cause
RCTA system will also stop working. system are located near the rear bumper.
undesired operation.
Always keep the area near the radar
Action to take: FCC Warning
sensors clean.
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn Changes or modifications not expressly
The radar sensors may be blocked by
the engine off and restart the engine. If approved by the party responsible for
temporary ambient conditions such as
the message continues to appear, have compliance could void the user’s
splashing water, mist or fog.
the system checked. It is recommended authority to operate the equipment
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this The blocked condition may also be
service. caused by objects such as ice, frost or For Canada
dirt obstructing the radar sensors. This device complies with Industry Ca-
Check for and remove objects obstruct- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
ing the area around the radar sensors. Operation is subject to the following
Do not attach stickers (including trans-
parent material), install accessories or
must accept any interference, including
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
interference that may cause undesired — When it is not possible to keep

operation of the device. the vehicle at a constant
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25 Ghz speed
The field strength of SRR3-B is below — When driving in heavy traffic
250 millivolts/m measured at 3 metres
with an average detector. — When driving in traffic that
varies speed
This device contains licence-exempt
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply — When driving in windy areas
with Innovation, Science and Economic — When driving on winding or
Development Canada’s licence-exempt hilly roads
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: — When driving on slippery (rain,
snow, ice, etc.) roads
1. This device may not cause interfer-
ence. JVS1005X
2. This device must accept any inter- 1. RES/+ switch
ference, including interference that may 2. CANCEL switch
CAUTION
cause undesired operation of the de- 3. SET/- switch
vice. On Manual Transmission (MT) model,
4. Cruise ON/OFF switch
Radiofrequency radiation exposure in- do not shift to the N (Neutral) posi-
formation: tion without depressing the clutch
This equipment complies with radiation WARNING pedal when the cruise control is
operated. Should this occur, depress
exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
. Always observe the posted speed the clutch pedal and turn the Cruise
trolled environment. This equipment
limits and do not set the speed ON/OFF switch off immediately. Fail-
should be installed and operated with
over them. ure to do so may cause engine
minimum distance of 20 cm between
damage.
the radiator and your body. . Do not use the cruise control
when driving under the following
conditions. Doing so could cause
a loss of vehicle control and result
in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- Turning on cruise control . Quickly push and release the SET/-
TROL Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The switch. This will reduce the vehicle
speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
. If the cruise control system malfunc- CRUISE indicator in the vehicle informa-
tions, it will cancel automatically. The tion display will appear. Resetting to faster speed:
CRUISE indicator in the vehicle infor- Use any one of the following methods to
mation display will then blink to warn Setting cruising speed
reset to a faster speed.
the driver. 1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When
. If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the 2. Push the SET/- switch and release it. the vehicle reaches the desired speed,
Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have 3. Take your foot off the accelerator push and release the SET/- switch.
the system checked. It is recom- pedal. . Push and hold the RES/+switch. When
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
The vehicle will maintain the set speed. the vehicle reaches the desired speed,
for this service. release the RES/+ switch.
. The CRUISE indicator may blink when Passing another vehicle:
. Quickly push and release the RES/+
the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned Depress the accelerator pedal to accel- switch. This will increase the vehicle
ON while pushing the RES/+, SET/-, or erate. After releasing the accelerator speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
CANCEL switch. To properly set the pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-
cruise control system, perform the viously set speed. Resuming at preset speed:
following procedures. Push and release the RES/+ switch.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS speed when going up or down steep hills. The vehicle will resume the last set
The cruise control allows driving at In such cases, drive without the cruise cruising speed when the vehicle speed is
speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without control. over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
keeping your foot on the accelerator
Resetting to slower speed: Cancelling cruising speed
pedal.
Use any one of the following methods to Use any one of the following methods to
The cruise control will automatically be reset to a slower speed.
canceled if the vehicle slows down more cancel the set speed.
than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When . Push the CANCEL switch.
below the set speed. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, . Tap the foot brake pedal.
push and release the SET/- switch.
Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The
position will cancel the cruise control. . Push and hold the SET/- switch. When CRUISE indicator will turn off.
the vehicle reaches the desired speed,
release the SET- switch.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)
the driver’s responsibility to stay . Always drive carefully and atten-

WARNING alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- tively when using the ProPILOT
cle in the traveling lane, and be in assist system. Read and under-
Failure to follow the warnings and control of the vehicle at all times. stand the Owner’s Manual thor-
instructions for proper use of the . The ProPILOT assist system is oughly before using the ProPILOT
ProPILOT assist system could result only an aid to assist the driver assist system. To avoid serious
in serious injury or death. and is not a collision warning or injury or death, do not rely on the
avoidance device. system to prevent accidents or to
. ProPILOT assist is not a self-driv- control the vehicle’s speed in
ing system. Within the limits of its . The ProPILOT assist system is for emergency situations. Do not
capabilities, as described in this highway use only and is not use the ProPILOT assist system
manual, it helps the driver with intended for city driving. Failure except in appropriate road and
certain driving activities. to apply the brakes or steer the traffic conditions.
. The ProPILOT assist system is not vehicle when necessary may re-
a replacement for proper driving sult in a serious accident.
procedures and is not designed . Always observe posted speed
to correct careless, inattentive or limits and do not set the speed
absentminded driving. ProPILOT over them.
assist will not always steer the . Never take your hands off the
vehicle to keep it in the lane. The steering wheel when driving. Al-
ProPILOT assist system is not ways keep your hands on the
designed to prevent loss of con- steering wheel and drive your
trol. It is the driver’s responsibility vehicle safely.
to stay alert, drive safely, keep
the vehicle in the traveling lane, . Never unfasten your safety belt
and be in control of the vehicle at when using ProPILOT assist.
all times. Doing so automatically cancels
the ProPILOT assist system.
. There are limitations to the Pro-
PILOT assist system capability. . The ProPILOT assist system does
The ProPILOT assist system does not react to stationary and slow
not function in all driving, traffic, moving vehicles.
weather, and road conditions. It is

are detected.
WAF0286X
The ProPILOT assist system is intended to

enhance the operation of the vehicle
when following a vehicle traveling in the
same lane and direction.
The ProPILOT assist system uses a multi-
sensing front camera installed behind
the windshield and a radar sensor located
on the front of the vehicle to measure
the distance to the vehicle ahead in the
same lane and to monitor the lane
markers. If the vehicle detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will
reduce the vehicle speed so that your
vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the
selected distance. The system will also
help keep the vehicle centered in the
traveling lane when clear lane markings
1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode:
For cruising at a preset speed
NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode.
. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode:
The ICC system maintains a selected
distance from the vehicle in front of
you within the speed range of 0 to 90
MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set
speed. The set speed can be selected
by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH
(32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle
ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle
gradually decelerates to a standstill.
WAF0046X When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC
system maintains braking force to
Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA- keep your vehicle stopped.
Vehicle information display TION NOTE:
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)
The ProPILOT assist system has the When your vehicle is stopped for less
ProPILOT assist switch than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
following two functions:
Steering assist switch begins to move, your vehicle will start
moving again automatically.

. When your vehicle is at a standstill for
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the
accelerator pedal. The ICC system
starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
. When no vehicle is detected ahead
within the driver selected distance, the
vehicle travels at the speed set by the
driver. The speed must be above 20
MPH (32 km/h) to use this function.
NOTE:
Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak-
ing (AEB) setting is turned off by the
WAF0047X
driver using the “Settings” menu in the
vehicle information display, AEB will be 5. SET- switch:
automatically turned on when ICC is
PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES
used. 1. DISTANCE switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
. Long speed incrementally
2. Steering assist . Middle 6. Steering assist switch:
The steering assist function controls the . Short
steering system to help keep your vehicle Turns the steering assist function on
within the traveling lane. 2. RES+ switch: or off
When there is no vehicle ahead, steering Resumes set speed or increases speed
assist is not available at speeds under 37 incrementally
MPH (60 km/h). 3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the ProPILOT assist sys-
tem
4. ProPILOT assist switch:
Turns the ProPILOT assist system on
or off

2. Set distance indicator — Steering assist status indicator
Displays the selected distance (green): Steering assist active
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator — Steering assist status indicator (or-
ange): Steering assist malfunction
Indicates whether the system detects
a vehicle in front of you 7. Speed control status indicator/warn-
ing
4. Steering assist indicator
Displays the status of speed control by
Indicates the status of the Steering the color and shape of the indicator/
assist function by the color of the warning
indicator . Speed control status indicator/
. Steering assist indicator (gray):
warning (gray): ICC standby
Steering assist standby . Speed control status indicator/
. Steering assist indicator (green):
warning (solid green ): ICC (dis-
WAF0049X
Steering assist active tance control mode) is active (ve-
. Steering assist indicator (orange):
hicle detected ahead). Your vehicle
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY Steering assist malfunction matches the speed of the vehicle
AND INDICATORS 5. ProPILOT assist activation ahead.
. Speed control status indicator/
1. Lane marker indicator Displays once the ProPILOT assist
system is activated warning (green outline ): ICC
(maintain speed control mode) is
lane markers 6. Steering assist status indicator/warn-
active (no vehicle detected ahead).
. No lane markers displayed: Steering ing
Your vehicle maintains the driver-
assist is turned off Displays the status of the Steering selected set speed.
Lane marker indicator (gray): No assist by the color of the indicator/ . Speed control status indicator/
lane markers detected warning warning (orange): Indicates an ICC
. No Steering assist status indicator malfunction
— Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected displayed: Steering assist is turned
8. Set vehicle speed indicator
off
— Lane marker indicator (yellow): Indicates the set vehicle speed
Lane departure is detected Steering assist status indicator
(gray): Steering assist standby 9. ProPILOT assist status indicator
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT

assist system by the color of the
indicator
. ProPILOT assist status indicator
(white): ProPILOT assist is on but
in standby.
. ProPILOT assist status indicator
(blue): ProPILOT assist active
TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL
(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL
MODE ON
NOTE:
ProPILOT assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steer-
WAF0050X
ing assist in the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode.
OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) 1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
cruise control mode, push and hold the with pedestrian detection
ProPILOT assist switch for longer than
approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional 2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when
information, see “Conventional (fixed shaded and Intelligent Lane Interven-
speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-91). tion (I-LI) when solid
3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

formation, see “How to use the
vehicle information display” (P.2-
20).
3. The status of the ProPILOT assist
system is displayed in the vehicle
information display .
4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle
to the desired speed.
5. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOT
assist system begins to automatically
maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT
assist activation indicator and Pro-
PILOT assist status indicator illumi-
nate (blue). When a vehicle ahead is
traveling at a speed of 20 MPH (32
km/h) or below and the SET- switch is
pushed, the set speed of your vehicle
is 20 MPH (32 km/h).
NOTE:
When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected in
the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT
assist system on will activate the I-LI
WAF0051X system at the same time. For additional
. AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabled information, see “Intelligent Lane Inter-
1. Push the ProPILOT assist switch . vention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).
This turns on the ProPILOT assist when the specified Driving Aid is
system. shaded.
. I-LI is enabled when the Driving Aid
2. A screen is displayed for a period of
time that indicates the status of the is solid.
. To change the status of the Driving
Driving Aid functions.
Aids, use the or to navigate the
settings screen. For additional in-
131). How to momentarily accelerate or
. When the VDC system (including the decelerate
traction control system) is operating
. Depress the accelerator pedal when
. When a wheel is slipping acceleration is required. Release the
. When any door is open accelerator pedal to resume the pre-
. When the driver’s seat belt is not viously set vehicle speed.
fastened . Depress the brake pedal when decel-
eration is required. Control by the
How to change the set vehicle ProPILOT Assist system is canceled.
speed Push the RES+ switch to resume the
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted. previously set vehicle speed.
To change to a faster cruising speed:
. Push and hold the RES+ switch. The WARNING
WAF0052X set vehicle speed increases by ap-
proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). When the accelerator pedal is de-
When the SET- switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the ProPILOT assist . Push, then quickly release, the RES+ pressed and you are approaching
system cannot be set and the set vehicle switch. Each time you do this, the set the vehicle ahead, the ICC system
speed indicator blinks for approxi- speed increases by approximately 1 will neither control the brake nor
mately 2 seconds: MPH (1 km/h). warn the driver with the chime and
To change to a slower cruising speed: display. The driver must manually
. When traveling below 20 MPH (32
. Push and hold the SET- switch. The control the vehicle speed to maintain
km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not
set vehicle speed decreases by ap- a safe distance to the vehicle ahead.
detected
proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). Failure to do so could result in severe
. When the shift lever is not in the D personal injury or death.
(Drive) position or manual shift mode . Push, then quickly release, the SET
. When the parking brake is applied switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed decreases by approximately 1 NOTE:
. When the brakes are operated by the
MPH (1 km/h). When you accelerate by depressing the
driver
accelerator pedal or decelerate by
. When the VDC system is off. For
pushing the SET- switch and the vehicle
additional information, see “Vehicle
travels faster than the speed set by the
Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-
driver, the set speed vehicle indicator
will blink.
WAF0053X
How to change the set distance to

the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time.
Each time the DISTANCE switch is
pushed, the set distance will change to
“long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long”
again in that sequence.

WAF0054X
. The distance to the vehicle ahead HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

changes automatically according to STEERING ASSIST
the vehicle speed. The higher the
vehicle speed, the longer the distance. Use the following methods to enable or
disable the steering assist.
. The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the engine is
restarted.

Steering assist switch:
To turn the steering assist on or off, push
the steering assist switch on the
instrument panel.
Setting in the vehicle information dis-
play:
1. Press the button on the
steering wheel until “Settings” ap-
pears in the vehicle information dis-
play and then press “OK” button.
2. Use the button to select “Driver
Assistance.” Then press the “OK” but-
ton .
3. Use the button to select “Driving
Aids.” Then press the “OK” button .
4. Select “Steering Assist” and press the
“OK” button .
NOTE:
. When the Cruise screen is displayed
on the vehicle information display,
press the “OK” button on the steer-
WAF0055X ing wheel to call up the “Driving Aids”
setting display.
1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) even if the ignition switch is cycled. . When enabling/disabling the system
2. Vehicle information display The switch must be pushed again to through the vehicle information dis-
change the setting to on or off. play, the system retains the current
3. Steering assist switch
. The steering assist switch changes settings even if the engine is re-
NOTE: the status of the “Steering Assist” started.
. When the steering assist switch is selection made in the “Settings”
used to turn the system on or off, screen in the vehicle information
the system remembers the setting display.
HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL . The ICC system does not react to
ASSIST SYSTEM (ICC) stationary and slow moving vehi-
To cancel the ProPILOT assist system, use cles.
one of the following methods: WARNING . Always drive carefully and atten-
. Push the CANCEL switch. tively when using the ICC system.
. Tap the brake pedal (except at a Read and understand the Owner’s
Failure to follow the warnings and Manual thoroughly before using
standstill). instructions for proper use of the ICC the ICC system. To avoid serious
. Push the ProPILOT assist switch to system could result in serious injury injury or death, do not rely on the
turn the system off. The ProPILOT or death. system to prevent accidents or to
assist status indicator will turn off.
. The ICC system is only an aid to control the vehicle’s speed in
When the ProPILOT assist system is assist the driver and is not a emergency situations. Do not
canceled while the vehicle is stopped, collision warning or avoidance use the ICC system except in
the electronic parking brake is automati- device. It is recommended for appropriate road and traffic con-
cally activated. highway use only and it is not ditions.
intended for city driving. It is the
WARNING driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, and be in con-
ICC system operation
trol of the vehicle at all times. The ICC system is designed to maintain a
To prevent the vehicle from moving selected distance from the vehicle in front
or rolling unexpectedly, which could . There are limitations to the ICC
of you and can reduce the speed to
result in serious personal injury or system capability. The ICC system
match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys-
property damage, before exiting the does not function in all driving,
tem decelerates the vehicle as necessary
vehicle make sure to push the Pro- traffic, weather, and road condi-
and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
PILOT assist switch to turn the sys- tions. It is the driver’s responsi-
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.
tem off, place the shift lever in the P bility to stay alert, drive safely,
However, the ICC system can only apply
(Park) position, and turn the engine keep the vehicle in the traveling
up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking
off. lane, and be in control of the
power. This system should only be used
vehicle at all times.
when traffic conditions allow vehicle
. Always observe posted speed speeds to remain fairly constant or when
limits and do not set the speed vehicle speeds change gradually. If a
over them. vehicle moves into the traveling lane

ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead . When your vehicle is at a standstill for
rapidly decelerates, the distance between more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
vehicles may become closer because the ahead begins to accelerate, push the
ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle RES+ switch or lightly depress the
quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC accelerator pedal. The ICC system
system sounds a warning chime and starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
blinks the system display to notify the . When the vehicle traveling ahead
driver to take necessary action. moves to a different traveling lane,
The ICC system cancels and a warning the ICC system accelerates and main-
chime sounds if the speed is below tains vehicle speed up to the set
approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a speed.
vehicle is not detected ahead. The ICC system does not control vehicle
The ICC system operates as follows: speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
. When there are no vehicles traveling must pay attention to vehicle operation SSD0254
ahead, the ICC system maintains the to maintain proper distance from vehicles
speed set by the driver. The set speed ahead when approaching toll gates or When driving on the freeway at a set
range is between approximately 20 traffic congestion. speed and approaching a slower traveling
and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h). vehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts the
. When there is a vehicle traveling speed to maintain the distance, selected
ahead, the ICC system adjusts the by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If
speed to maintain the distance, se- the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits
lected by the driver, from the vehicle the freeway, the ICC system accelerates
ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a and maintains the speed up to the set
stop, the vehicle decelerates to a speed. Pay attention to the driving opera-
standstill. Once your vehicle stops, tion to maintain control of the vehicle as
the ICC system keeps the vehicle it accelerates to the set speed.
stopped. The vehicle may not maintain the set
. When your vehicle is stopped for less speed on winding or hilly roads. If this
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead occurs, you will have to manually control
begins to move, your vehicle will start the vehicle speed.
moving again automatically. Normally when controlling the distance to

a vehicle ahead, the system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle
according to the speed of the vehicle
ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly ac-
celerate your vehicle when acceleration is
required for a lane change. Depress the
brake pedal when deceleration is required
to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to sudden braking or if a
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when
using the ICC system.
WAF0057X WAF0058X
System set display with no vehicle detected ahead System set display with vehicle ahead
No vehicle detected ahead: Vehicle detected ahead:
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed When a vehicle is detected in the lane
based on the road conditions. The ICC ahead, the ICC system decelerates the
system maintains the set vehicle speed, vehicle by controlling the throttle and
similar to standard cruise control, as long applying the brakes to match the speed
as no vehicle is detected in the lane of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system
ahead. The ICC system displays the set then controls the vehicle speed based on
speed. the speed of the vehicle ahead to main-
tain the driver selected distance.
NOTE:
. The stop lights of the vehicle come
on when braking is performed by
the ICC system.
. When the brake is applied by the
system, a noise may be heard. This is
not a malfunction.
When the ICC system detects a vehicle system then maintains the set speed.
ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi- When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
cator and the speed control status in- vehicle ahead detection indicator turns
dicator (distance control mode) off and speed control status indicator
illuminates (solid green ). (maintain speed control mode) illumi-
Vehicle ahead stops: nates (green outline ).
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to The ICC system gradually accelerates to
stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand- the set speed, but you can depress the
still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.
system automatically applies the brakes When a vehicle is no longer detected and
to keep the vehicle stopped. When your your vehicle is traveling under approxi-
vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press mately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the ICC system
to start” message is displayed on the automatically cancels.
vehicle information display. WAF0059X
NOTE:
When your vehicle stops for less than 3 When passing another vehicle, the set
seconds, your vehicle will automatically speed indicator flashes when the
follow the vehicle as it accelerates from vehicle speed exceeds the set speed.
a stop. The vehicle ahead detection indicator
turns off when the area ahead of the
Vehicle ahead accelerates: vehicle is open. When the pedal is re-
When your vehicle is stopped and the leased, the vehicle returns to the pre-
vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push viously set speed. Even though your
the RES+ switch or lightly depress the vehicle speed is set in the ICC system,
accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts you can depress the accelerator pedal
to follow the vehicle ahead. when it is necessary to accelerate your
Vehicle ahead not detected: vehicle rapidly.
When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
ates your vehicle to resume the pre-
viously set vehicle speed. The ICC

Cut-in detection The warning chime will not sound when: Acceleration when passing
If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- When the ICC system is engaged above
near your vehicle, the ICC system may cles that are parked or moving slowly. 44 mph (70 km/h) and following a slower
inform the driver by flashing the vehicle . The accelerator pedal is depressed, vehicle (below ICC set speed), and the
ahead detection indicator. overriding the system. turn signal is activated to the left, the ICC
NOTE: system will automatically start to accel-
Approach warning erate the vehicle to help initiate passing
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle The approach warning chime may on the left and will begin to reduce the
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that sound and the system display may distance to vehicle directly ahead. Only
vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the flash when the radar sensor detects the left side turn signal operates this
system warns the driver with the chime objects on the side of the vehicle or on feature. As the driver steers the vehicle
and ICC system display. Decelerate by the side of the road. This may cause the and moves into the passing lane, if no
depressing the brake pedal to maintain a ICC system to decelerate or accelerate vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system
safe vehicle distance if: the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- will continue to accelerate to the ICC
tect these objects when the vehicle is system set speed. If another vehicle is
. The chime sounds. driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads detected ahead, then the vehicle will
. The vehicle ahead detection indicator or when the vehicle is entering or accelerate up to the following speed of
and set distance indicator blink. exiting a curve. In these cases, you will that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered
. You judge it necessary to maintain a have to manually control the proper into the left lane to pass, the acceleration
safe distance. distance ahead of your vehicle. will stop after a short time and regain the
The warning chime may not sound in Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- set following distance. Acceleration can
some cases when there is a short dis- fected by vehicle operation (steering be stopped at any point by depressing
tance between vehicles. Some examples maneuver or driving position in the the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on
are: lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions the steering wheel.
. When the vehicles are traveling at the (for example, if a vehicle is being driven
same speed and the distance be- with some damage). ICC system limitations
tween vehicles is not changing.
. When the vehicle ahead is traveling WARNING
faster and the distance between ve-
hicles is increasing. Listed below are the system limita-
. When a vehicle cuts in near your tions for the ICC system. Failure to
vehicle. operate the vehicle in accordance
with these system limitations could your vehicle can automatically — On steep downhill roads (the
result in serious injury or death: accelerate if the vehicle is vehicle may go beyond the set
. The ICC system is primarily in- stopped for less than approxi- vehicle speed and frequent
tended for use on straight, dry, mately 3 seconds. Be prepared braking may result in over-
open roads with light traffic. It is to stop your vehicle if necessary. heating the brakes)
not advisable to use the ICC . Always pay attention to the op- — On repeated uphill and down-
system in city traffic or congested eration of the vehicle and be hill roads
areas. ready to manually control the
proper following distance. The — When traffic conditions make
. The ICC system will not adapt it difficult to keep a proper
automatically to road conditions. ICC system may not be able to
maintain the selected distance distance between vehicles be-
This system should be used in cause of frequent accelera-
evenly flowing traffic. Do not use between vehicles (following dis-
tance) or selected vehicle speed tion or deceleration
the system on roads with sharp
curves or on icy roads, in heavy under some circumstances. — Interference by other radar
rain or in fog. . The system may not detect the sources.
. As there is a performance limit to vehicle in front of you in certain . In some road or traffic conditions,
the distance control function, road or weather conditions. To a vehicle or object can unexpect-
never rely solely on the ICC sys- avoid accidents, never use the ICC edly come into the sensor detec-
tem. This system does not correct system under the following con- tion zone and cause automatic
careless, inattentive or absent- ditions: braking. Always stay alert and
minded driving or overcome poor — On roads with heavy, high- avoid using the ICC system where
visibility in rain, fog, or other bad speed traffic or sharp curves not recommended in this warn-
weather. Decelerate the vehicle ing section.
— On slippery road surfaces
speed by depressing the brake such as on ice or snow, etc.
pedal, depending on the distance The ICC system will not detect the
to the vehicle ahead and the — During bad weather (rain, fog, following objects:
surrounding circumstances in or- snow, etc.) . Stationary or slow moving vehicles
der to maintain a safe distance — When rain, snow or dirt adhere . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
between vehicles. to the bumper around the . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
. When the ICC system automati- distance sensor
cally brings the vehicle to a stop,

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the outside of the detection zone due to its lightning flashes)
travel lane position within the same lane of travel.
The following are some conditions in Motorcycles may not be detected in the
which the radar sensor cannot properly same lane ahead if they are traveling
detect a vehicle ahead and the system offset from the center line of the lane. A
may not operate properly: vehicle that is entering the lane ahead
may not be detected until the vehicle has
. When the sensor detection is reduced
completely moved into the lane.
(conditions such as rain, snow, fog,
dust storms, sandstorms, and road If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
spray from other vehicles) you by blinking the system indicator and
. Driving on a steep downhill slope or sounding the chime. The driver may have
roads with sharp curves to manually control the proper distance
. Driving on a bumpy road surface, such away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
as an uneven dirt road The ICC system (with ProPILOT assist)
. If dirt, ice, snow or other material is uses a multi-sensing front camera. The
covering the radar sensor area following are some conditions in which
. A complicated-shaped vehicle such as the camera may not properly detect a
a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/ vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead
may be delayed:
trailer is near the vehicle ahead.
. Interference by other radar sources . Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,
. When excessively heavy baggage is snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms,
loaded in the rear seat or cargo area and road spray from other vehicles)
of your vehicle. . The camera area of the windshield is
The ICC system is designed to automati- fogged up or covered with dirt, water
cally check the radar sensor’s operation drops, ice, snow, etc.
within the limitations of the system . Strong light (for example, sunlight or
high beams from oncoming vehicles)
The detection zone of the radar sensor is enters the front camera
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the
. A sudden change in brightness occurs
detection zone for the ICC system to
(for example, when the vehicle enters
maintain the selected distance from the
or exits a tunnel or shaded area or
vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move
When driving on some roads, such as
winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or
roads which are under construction, the
radar sensor may detect vehicles in a
different lane, or may temporarily not
detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This
may cause the ICC system to decelerate
or accelerate the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or traveling position in the
lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and
SSD0252 sounding the chime unexpectedly. You
will have to manually control the proper
distance away from the vehicle traveling
ahead.
Automatic cancellation
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavail-
able. In these instances, the ICC system
may not cancel and may not be able to
maintain the selected following distance
from the vehicle ahead.
Condition A:
Under the following conditions, the ICC
system is automatically canceled. A chime
SSD0253 will sound and the system will not be able
to be set:

. Any door is open. NOTE: Action to take:
. The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. When the ICC system is canceled under If the warning message appears, stop the
. The vehicle ahead is not detected and the following conditions at a standstill, vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever
your vehicle is traveling below the the electronic parking brake is automa- in the P (Park) position, and turn the
speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h). tically activated: engine off. When the radar signal is
. Any door is open.
. Your vehicle has been stopped by the temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor
ICC system for approximately 3 min- . The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. area of the front bumper and restart the
utes or longer. . Your vehicle has been stopped by engine. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tem-
. The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) the ICC system for approximately 3 porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked” or
position or manual shift mode. minutes or longer. “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”
. The electronic parking brake is ap- . The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) warning message continues to be dis-
position or manual shift mode. played, have the system checked. It is
plied.
. The VDC system is turned off. recommended that you visit a NISSAN
. The VDC system is turned off. dealer for this service.
. The AEB applies harder braking . When distance measurement be-
comes impaired due to adhesion of Condition C:
. VDC (including the traction control
dirt or obstruction to the sensor. When driving on roads with limited road
system) operates.
. When the radar signal is temporarily structures or buildings (for example, long
. A wheel slips.
interrupted. bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
. When distance measurement be-
comes impaired due to adhesion of Condition B: to long walls), the system may illuminate
dirt or obstruction to the sensor. the system warning light and display the
When the radar sensor of the front “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis-
. When the radar signal is temporarily bumper is covered with dirt or is ob- abled Front Sensor Blocked” or “Unavail-
interrupted. structed, the ICC system will automati- able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning
Action to take: cally be canceled. message.
When the conditions listed above are no The chime will sound and the “Forward Action to take:
longer present, turn the system off using Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front
the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the Sensor Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front When the above driving conditions no
ProPILOT Assist system back on to use Radar Obstruction” warning message will longer exist, turn the system back on.
the system. appear in the vehicle information display.

ICC system malfunction tion. STEERING ASSIST
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be . Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
turned off automatically, a chime will bumper.
sound, and the speed control status Before customizing or restoring the front WARNING
warning (orange) will illuminate. bumper, it is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN dealer. Failure to follow the warnings and
Action to take: instructions for proper use of the
If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle The camera sensor is located above the
steering assist could result in serious
inside mirror.
in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart injury or death.
the engine and set the ICC system again. To keep the proper operation of the
systems and prevent a system malfunc- . The steering assist is not a repla-
If it is not possible to set the ICC system or
tion, be sure to observe the following: cement for proper driving proce-
the warning stays on, it may be a
dures and is not designed to
malfunction. Although the normal driving . Always keep the windshield clean. correct careless, inattentive or
can be continued, the ICC system should . Do not attach a sticker (including absent-minded driving. The
be inspected. It is recommended that you transparent material) or install an steering assist will not always
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. accessory near the camera unit. steer the vehicle to keep it in the
ICC sensor maintenance . Do not place reflective materials, such lane. It is not designed to prevent
as white paper or a mirror, on the loss of control. It is the driver’s
The radar sensor is located on the front of instrument panel. The reflection of responsibility to stay alert, drive
the vehicle. sunlight may adversely affect the safely, keep the vehicle in the
To keep the ICC system operating prop- camera unit’s capability of detecting traveling lane, and be in control
erly, be sure to observe the following: the lane markers. of the vehicle at all times.
. Always keep the sensor area clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas . As there is a performance limit to
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the steering assist’s capability,
around the sensor. the camera lens or remove the screw never rely solely on the system.
. Do not attach a sticker (including located on the camera unit. The steering assist does not func-
transparent material) or install an If the camera unit is damaged due to an tion in all driving, traffic, weather,
accessory near the sensor. This could accident, it is recommended that you visit and road conditions. Always drive
cause failure or malfunction. a NISSAN dealer. safely, pay attention to the op-
. Do not attach metallic objects near eration of the vehicle, and manu-
the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). ally control your vehicle
This could cause failure or malfunc- appropriately.
. The steering assist is intended for assist except in appropriate road
use on well-developed freeways and traffic conditions.
or highways with gentle (moder-
ate) curves. To avoid risk of an
accident,do not use this system Steering assist operation
on local or non-highway roads. The steering assist controls the steering
. The steering assist only steers system to help keep your vehicle near the
the vehicle to maintain its posi- center of the lane when driving. The
tion in the center of a lane. The steering assist is combined with the
vehicle will not steer to avoid Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system.
objects in the road in front of For additional information, see “Intelligent
the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-75).
moving into your lane. The steering assist can be activated when
. It is the driver’s responsibility to the following conditions are met:
WAF0062X
stay alert, drive safely, keep the . The ICC system is activated.
vehicle in the traveling lane, and . Lane markers on both sides are clearly Steering assist display and indica-
be in control of the vehicle at all detected.
tors
times. Never take your hands off . A vehicle ahead is detected (when the
the steering wheel when driving. vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 1. Steering assist status indicator/ warn-
Always keep your hands on the MPH (60 km/h)). ing
steering wheel and drive your . The driver grips the steering wheel. Displays the status of the steering
vehicle safely. assist by the color of the indicator/
. The vehicle is driven at the center of
. Always drive carefully and atten- the lane. warning
tively when using the steering . Steering assist status indicator
. The turn signals are not operated.
assist. Read and understand the (gray): Steering assist standby
. The windshield wiper is not operated
Owner’s Manual thoroughly be- . Steering assist status indicator
in the high speed operation (the
fore using the steering assist. To (green): Steering assist active
steering assist function is disabled
avoid serious injury or death, do . Steering assist status indicator (or-
after the wiper operates for approxi-
not rely on the system to prevent ange): Steering assist malfunction
mately 10 seconds).
accidents or to control the vehi-
cle’s speed in emergency situa- 2. Steering assist indicator
tions. Do not use the steering Indicates the status of the steering
assist by the color of the indicator Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
. Steering assist indicator (gray):
When a curve or strong cross wind
Steering assist standby exceeds the capabilities of the Steering
. Steering assist indicator (green): Assist and your vehicle approaches either
Steering assist active the left or the right side of the traveling
. Steering assist indicator (orange): lane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LI
Steering assist malfunction indicator light (orange) on the instrument
3. Lane marker indicator panel flashes to alert the driver. Then, the
I-LI system automatically applies the
brakes for a short period of time to help
the lane marker
assist the driver to return the vehicle to
. Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane
the center of the traveling lane. This
markers not detected action is in addition to any Steering Assist
. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
actions. For more information, see “Intel-
markers detected ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).
. Lane marker indicator (orange):
Lane departure is detected
When the steering assist is in operation,
the steering assist status indicator , the
steering assist indicator , and the lane
marker indicator on the vehicle infor-
mation display turn green. A chime
sounds when the steering assist initially
activates.
When the steering assist deactivates, the
steering assist status indicator , the
steering assist indicator , and the lane
marker indicator on the vehicle infor-
mation display turn gray and a chime
sounds twice.

control of the vehicle again.
If the driver still does not respond, the
ProPILOT assist turns on the hazard
flasher and slows the vehicle to a com-
plete stop.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at
any time by steering, braking, accelerat-
ing, or operating the ProPILOT assist
switch.
WARNING
Steering assist is not a system for a
hands-free driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and
drive your vehicle safely. Failure to
do so could cause a collision result-
ing in serious personal injury or
death.
NOTE:
WAO0002X If the driver lightly touches (instead of
firmly grips) the steering wheel, the
Hands on detection warning (1) appears in the vehicle infor- steering torque sensor may not detect
When the Steering assist is activated, it mation display. the driver’s hand(s) on the steering
monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- If the driver does not operate the steering wheel and a sequence of warnings
eration. wheel after the warning has been dis- may occur. When the driver holds and
played, an audible alert sounds and the operates the steering wheel again, the
If the steering wheel is not operated or warnings turn off.
the driver takes his/her hands off the warning flashes in the vehicle information
steering wheel for a period of time, the display, followed by a quick brake appli-
cation to request the driver to take
Steering assist limitations snow, water, wheel ruts, — When the headlights are not
seams, or lines remaining bright due to dirt on the lens
after road repairs (the steer- or the headlights are off in
WARNING ing assist could detect these tunnels or darkness
items as lane markers)
. In the following situations, the — When a sudden change in
camera may not detect lane mar- — When driving on roads where brightness occurs (for exam-
kers correctly or may detect lane the traveling lane merges or ple, when the vehicle enters or
markers incorrectly and the separates exits a tunnel or is under a
steering assist may not operate . Do not use the steering assist bridge)
properly: under the following conditions — When driving on roads where
— When driving on roads where because the system may not the traveling lane merges or
there are multiple parallel properly detect lane markers. separates or where there are
lane markers, lane markers Doing so could cause a loss of temporary lane markers be-
that are faded or not painted vehicle control and result in an cause of road construction
clearly, non-standard lane accident.
— When there is a lane closure
markers, or lane markers cov- — During bad weather (rain, fog, due to road repairs
ered with water, dirt, snow, snow, dust, etc.)
etc. — When driving on a bumpy road
— When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven
— When driving on roads with thrown up by the wheels of dirt road
discontinued lane markers other vehicles
— When driving on sharp curves
— When driving on roads with a — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads
widening or narrowing lane or another object adheres to
width the camera unit — When driving on repeated up-
hill and downhill roads
— When driving on roads where — When the lens of the camera
there are multiple lanes or unit is foggy . Do not use the steering assist
unclear lane markers due to under the following conditions
road construction — When strong light (for exam- because the system will not op-
ple, sunlight or high beams erate properly:
— When driving on roads where from oncoming vehicles)
there are sharply contrasting — When driving with a tire that is
shines on the camera
objects, such as shadows, not within normal tire condi-
tions (for example, tire wear, on your vehicle model and model Steering assist cancel
abnormal tire pressure, instal- year. It is recommended that you Under the following conditions, the steer-
lation of a spare tire (if so visit your NISSAN dealer for the ing assist cancels, and the steering assist
equipped), tire chains, non- correct parts for your vehicle. status indicator and the steering assist
standard wheels) indicator turn off:
— When the vehicle is equipped Steering Assist temporary standby . When unusual lane markers appear in
with non-original brake or the traveling lane or when the lane
Automatic standby due to driving op-
suspension parts marker cannot be correctly detected
eration:
for some time due to certain condi-
— When an object such as a When the driver activates the turn signal, tions (for example, a snow rut, the
sticker or cargo obstructs the the Steering Assist is temporarily placed reflection of light on a rainy day, the
camera in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist presence of several unclear lane mar-
— When excessively heavy bag- restarts automatically when the operat- kers)
gage is loaded in the rear seat ing conditions are met again.) . When the windshield wiper operates
or luggage area of your vehi- Automatic standby: in the high speed operation (the
cle In the following cases, a warning mes- steering assist is disabled when the
— When the vehicle load capa- sage is displayed along with the chime, wiper operates for more than approxi-
city is exceeded and the Steering Assist is placed in a mately 10 seconds)
temporary standby mode. (The Steering Action to take:
. Excessive noise will interfere with
Assist restarts automatically when the Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL
the warning chime sound, and
operating conditions are met again.) switch. When the conditions listed above
the beep may not be heard.
. When lane markers on both sides are are no longer present, turn the ICC
. For the ProPILOT assist system to system on again.
no longer detected
operate properly, the windshield
in front of the camera must be . When a vehicle ahead is no longer
detected under approximately 37 MPH
Steering assist malfunction
clean. Replace worn wiper blades. When the system malfunctions, it turns
The correct size wiper blades (60 km/h)
off automatically. The steering assist
must be used to help make sure status warning (orange) illuminates. A
the windshield is kept clean. Only chime may sound depending on the
use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, situation.
or equivalent wiper blades, that
are specifically designed for use
Action to take: If the camera unit is damaged due to an 1. This device may not cause harmful
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place accident, it is recommendedthat you visit interference, and
the shift lever in the P (Park) position, turn a NISSAN dealer. 2. This device must accept any interfer-
the engine off, restart the engine, resume Radio frequency statement: ence received, including interference
driving, and set the ICC system again. If that may cause undesired operation.
For USA
the warning (orange) continues to illumi- Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR
nate, the steering assist is malfunctioning. FCC ID OAYARS4B
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa-
Although the vehicle is still drivable under This device complies with Part 15 of the reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita-
normal conditions, have the system FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions
checked. It is recommended that you visit following two conditions: suivantes:
a NISSAN dealer for this service. 1. This device may not cause harmful 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
Steering assist maintenance interference, and brouillage, et
The camera is located above the inside 2. This device must accept any interfer- 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
mirror. ence received, including interference tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,
that may cause undesired operation. meme si le brouillage est susceptible
To keep the proper operation of the
system and prevent a system malfunc- FCC Warning d’en compromettre le fonctionne-
tion, be sure to observe the following: Changes or modifications not expressly ment.
. Always keep the windshield clean. approved by the party responsible for Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In-
compliance could void the user’s author- formation:
. Do not attach a sticker (including
ity to operate the equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radia-
transparent material) or install an
accessory near the camera unit. For Canada tion exposure limits set forth for an
. Do not place reflective materials, such Model: ARS4–B uncontrolled environment.
as white paper or a mirror, on the IC: 4135A-ARS4B This equipment should be installed and
instrument panel. The reflection of operated with minimum distance of 30
sunlight may adversely affect the FCC ID: OAYARS4B cm between the radiator and your body.
camera unit’s capability of detecting This device complies with Part 15 of the The transmitter must not be co-located
the lane markers. FCC Rules and with Industry Canada or operating in conjunction with any
. Do not strike or damage the areas licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- other antenna or transmitter.
around the camera unit. Do not touch tion is subject to the following two con-
ditions: Cet equipement est conforme aux limites
the camera lens or remove the screw d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta-
located on the camera unit.
blies pour un environnement non con- the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et detected.
utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement . Pay special attention to the dis-
et votre corps. tance between your vehicle and
the vehicle a head of you or a
FCC Notice collision could occur.
Changes or modifications not expressly . Always confirm the setting in the
approved by the party responsible for ICC system display.
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment. . Do not use the conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) when driving under the following
CRUISE CONTROL MODE conditions:
NOTE: — When it is not possible to keep
the vehicle at a set speed WAF0063X
ProPILOT assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steer- — In heavy traffic or in traffic
ing assist in the conventional (fixed Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
that varies in speed
speed) cruise control mode. control switches
— On winding or hilly roads 1. RES+ switch:
This mode allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) — On slippery roads (rain, snow, Resumes set speed or increases speed
without keeping your foot on the accel- ice, etc.) incrementally
erator pedal. — In very windy areas 2. CANCEL switch:
. Doing so could cause a loss of Deactivates the system without eras-
WARNING vehicle control and result in an ing the set speed
accident. 3. ProPILOT Assist switch:
. In the conventional (fixed speed) Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on
cruise control mode, a warning or off
chime does not sound to warn
you if you are too close to the 4. SET- switch:
vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
sence of the vehicle ahead nor speed incrementally
. Cruise control warning (yellow): In-
dicates that there is a malfunction
in the ICC system
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
speed.
WAF0064X WAF0065X
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Operating conventional (fixed

control mode display and indica- speed) cruise control mode
tors To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
The display is located in the vehicle cruise control mode, push and hold the
information display. ProPILOT assist switch for longer than
about 1.5 seconds.
1. Cruise indicator:
When pushing the ProPILOT assist switch
This indicator indicates the condition
on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
of the ICC system depending on a
control mode display and indicators are
color.
displayed in the vehicle information dis-
. Cruise control ON indicator (gray):
play. After you hold the ProPILOT assist
Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than about 1.5
switch is on seconds, the ICC system display turns
. Cruise control SET indicator (green):
off. The cruise indicator appears. You can
Indicates that the cruising speed is now set your desired cruising speed.
set Pushing the ProPILOT assist switch again
will turn the system completely off. When following methods:
the ignition switch is placed in the OFF 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
position, the system is also automatically speed indicator will turn off.
turned off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle
To use the ICC system again, quickly push speed indicator will turn off.
and release the ProPILOT assist switch
(vehicle-to-vehicle distance control 3. Turn the ProPILOT assist switch off.
mode) or push and hold it (conventional Both the cruise indicator and vehicle
cruise control mode) again to turn it on. speed indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
one of the following three methods:
WARNING 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
To avoid accidentally engaging push and release the SET- switch.
cruise control, make sure to turn WAF0066X
the ProPILOT assist switch off when 2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When
not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your the vehicle attains the desired speed,
vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET release the switch.
— switch and release it. (The color of 3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
the cruise indicator changes to green and switch. Each time you do this, the set
set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. km/h).
Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
. To pass another vehicle, depress the one of the following three methods:
accelerator pedal. When you release
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
the pedal, the vehicle will return to the
vehicle attains the desired speed,
previously set speed.
push the SET— switch and release it.
. The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep 2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Re-
hills. If this happens, manually main- lease the switch when the vehicle
tain vehicle speed. slows down to the desired speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
(I-DA) (if so equipped)
3. Push, then quickly release the SET— The I-DA system helps alert the driver if
switch. Each time you do this, the set WARNING the system detects a lack of attention or
speed will decrease by about 1 MPH driving fatigue.
(1.6 km/h). The system monitors driving style and
To resume the preset speed, push and instructions for proper use of the steering behavior over a period of time,
release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will Intelligent Driver Alertness system and it detects changes from the normal
resume the last set cruising speed when could result in serious injury or pattern. If the system detects that driver
the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 death. attention is decreasing over a period of
km/h). time, the system uses audible and visual
. The I-DA system is only a warning warnings to suggest that the driver take a
to inform the driver of a potential break.
lack of driver attention or drowsi-
ness. It will not steer the vehicle
or prevent loss of control.
. The I-DA system does not detect
and provide an alert of the dri-
ver’s lack of attention or fatigue
in every situation.
. It is the driver’s responsibility to:
— stay alert,
— drive safely,
— keep the vehicle in the travel-
ing lane,
— be in control of the vehicle at
all times,
— avoid driving when tired,
— avoid distractions (texting,
etc).

WAC0212X WAC0213X
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I- ATTENTION LEVEL INDICATOR

DA) SYSTEM OPERATION When the “Driver Attention” display is
If the system detects driver fatigue or that selected, you can view your attention
driver attention is decreasing, the mes- level as detected by the system.
sage “Take a break?” appears in the For more information see “Settings” (P.2-
vehicle information display and a chime 21).
sounds when the vehicle is driven at NOTE:
speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h).
The attention level indicator consists of
The system continuously monitors driver eight levels.
attention and can provide multiple warn-
ings per trip. The system resets and starts When stopping the engine, the system
reassessing driving style and steering is reset.
behavior when the ignition switch is
cycled from the ON to the OFF position
and back to the ON position.

2. Use the button to select “Driver
Attention” and press the “OK” button
to turn on or off the Intelligent Driver
Alertness system.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the
engine is restarted.
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-
DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
tions for the I-DA system. Failure to
operate the vehicle in accordance
with these system limitations could
. The I-DA system may not operate
properly and may not provide an
alert in the following conditions:
WAF0512X
— Poor road conditions such as
an uneven road surface or pot
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE IN- 1. Press the button until “Set- holes.
TELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I- tings” displays in the vehicle informa- — Strong side wind.
DA) SYSTEM button. Use the button to select — If you have adopted a sporty
Perform the following steps to enable or “Driver Assistance”. Then press the driving style with higher cor-
disable the I-DA system. “OK” button. nering speeds or higher rates
of acceleration.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB)
WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM*
*: if so equipped
— Frequent lane changes or
changes to vehicle speed.
. The I-DA system may not provide WARNING
an alert in the following condi-
tions: Failure to follow the warnings and
— Vehicle speeds lower than 37
AEB with pedestrian detection sys-
MPH (60 km/h).
tem could result in serious injury or
— Short lapses of attention. death.
— Instantaneous distractions . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
such as dropping an object. tion system is a supplemental aid
to the driver. It is not a replace-
ment for the driver’s attention to
WAF0643X traffic conditions or responsibility
to drive safely. It cannot prevent
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION accidents due to carelessness or
If the I-DA system malfunctions, the dangerous driving techniques.
warning message will appear in the . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
vehicle information display and the function system does not function in
tion will be stopped automatically. all driving, traffic, weather and
Action to take: road conditions.
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place
the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the The AEB with pedestrian detection sys-
engine off and restart the engine. If the tem can assist the driver when there is a
system warning message continues to risk of a forward collision with the vehicle
appear, have the system checked. It is ahead in the traveling lane or with a
recommended that you visit a NISSAN pedestrian.
dealer for this service.

WAF0286X
The AEB with pedestrian detection sys-

tem uses a radar sensor located on the
front of the vehicle to measure the
distance to the vehicle ahead in the same
lane.
For pedestrians, the AEB system uses a
camera installed behind the windshield
in addition to the radar sensor. JVS1117X
AEB emergency warning indicator AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION

Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left SYSTEM OPERATION
side)
AEB system warning light (on the meter The AEB with pedestrian detection sys-
panel) tem will function when your vehicle is
driven at speeds above approximately 3
MPH (5 km/h).
For the pedestrian detection function, the
AEB with pedestrian detection system NOTE:
operates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH The vehicle’s stop lights come on when
(10 – 60 km/h). braking is performed by the AEB with
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, pedestrian detection system.
the AEB with pedestrian detection system Depending on vehicle speed and distance
will firstly provide the warning to the to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well
driver by flashing the warning (yellow) in as driving and roadway conditions, the
the vehicle information display and pro- system may help the driver avoid a
viding an audible alert. forward collision or may help mitigate
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and the consequences of a collision should
forcefully after the warning, and the AEB one be unavoidable.
with pedestrian detection system detects If the driver is handling the steering
that there is still the possibility of a wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB
forward collision, the system will auto- with pedestrian detection system will
matically increase the braking force. function later or will not function.
If the driver does not take action, the AEB The automatic braking will cease under
with pedestrian detection system issues the following conditions:
the second visual (flashing) (red) and . When the steering wheel is turned as
audible warning. If the driver releases far as necessary to avoid a collision.
the accelerator pedal, then the system
. When the accelerator pedal is de-
applies partial braking.
pressed.
If the risk of a collision becomes immi- . When there is no longer a vehicle or
nent, the AEB with pedestrian detection pedestrian detected ahead.
system applies harder braking automati-
If the AEB with pedestrian detection
cally.
system has stopped the vehicle, the
While the AEB with pedestrian detection vehicle will remain at a standstill for
system is operating, you may hear the approximately 2 seconds before the
sound of brake operation. This is normal brakes are released.
and indicates that the AEB with pedes-
trian detection system is operating prop-
erly.

“OK” button.
button.
3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press
the OK button.
4. Select “Front” and use the OK button
to turn the system on or off.
When the AEB with pedestrian detection
system is turned off, the AEB with pedes-
trian detection system warning light illu-
minates .
NOTE:
. The AEB with pedestrian detection
system will be automatically turned
ON when the engine is restarted.
. The Intelligent Forward Collision
Warning (I-FCW) system is inte-
grated into the AEB system. There
is not a separate selection in the
JVS0971X
display for the I-FCW system. When
AEB system warning light (on the meter the I-FCW system is also turned off.
TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES-
panel)
TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the
side) AEB with pedestrian detection system on
or off.
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION — Obstacles on the roadway . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Oncoming vehicles tion system may not function if
the vehicle ahead is narrow (for
— Crossing vehicles example a motorcycle).
WARNING . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
— Obstacles on the roadside
tion system may not function if
Listed below are the system limita- . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
speed difference between the
tions for the AEB with pedestrian tion system has some perfor-
two vehicles is too small.
detection system. Failure to operate mance limitations.
the vehicle in accordance with these . The radar sensor may not func-
— If a stationary vehicle is in the
system limitations could result in tion properly or detect a vehicle
vehicle’s path, the AEB with
serious injury or death. ahead in the following conditions:
pedestrian detection system
. The AEB with pedestrian detec- will not function when the — Poor visibility (conditions such
tion system cannot detect all vehicle is driven at speeds as rain, snow, fog, dust
vehicles or pedestrians under all over approximately 50 MPH storms, sandstorms, and road
conditions. (80 km/h). spray from other vehicles)
. The AEB with pedestrian detec- — For pedestrian detection, the — Driving on a steep downhill
tion system does not detect the AEB with pedestrian detection slope or roads with sharp
following objects: system will not function when curves.
— Small pedestrians (including the vehicle is driven at speeds — Driving on a bumpy road sur-
small children), animals and over approximately 37 MPH face, such as an uneven dirt
cyclists. (60 km/h) or below approxi- road.
mately 6 MPH (10 km/h).
— Pedestrians in wheelchairs or — If dirt, ice, snow or other ma-
using mobile transport such . The AEB with pedestrian detec- terial is covering the radar
as scooters, child-operated tion system may not function for sensor area.
toys, or skateboards. pedestrians in darkness or in
tunnels, even if there is street — Interference by other radar
— Pedestrians who are seated or lighting in the area. sources.
otherwise not in a full upright .
. For pedestrians, the AEB with The camera may not function
standing or walking position. properly or detect a vehicle
pedestrian detection system will
not issue the first warning. ahead in the following conditions:

— The camera area of wind- . The system performance may . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
shield is fogged up, or covered degrade in the following condition system may operate when
with dirt, water drops, ice, tions: the following are similar to the
snow, etc. — The vehicle is driven on a outlines of vehicles or pedes-
— Strong light (for example, sun- slippery road. trians, or if they are the same size
light or high beams from on- and position as a vehicle’s tail
— The vehicle is driven on a lights.
coming vehicles) enters the slope.
front camera. Strong light — Paint or a pattern on the road
causes the area around the — Excessively heavy baggage is or a wall (including faded and
pedestrian to be cast in a loaded in the rear seat or the unusual road markings).
shadow, making it difficult to cargo area of your vehicle.
— A shape formed by road struc-
see. . The system is designed to auto- tures ahead (such as tunnels,
— A sudden change in bright- matically check the sensor (radar viaducts, traffic signs, reflec-
ness occurs. (For example, and camera)’s functionality, with- tors installed on the side of
when the vehicle enters or in certain limitations. The system vehicles, reflection sheets,
exits a tunnel or a shaded may not detect blockage of sen- and guardrails).
area or lightning flashes.) sor areas covered by ice, snow or
stickers, for example. In these . The AEB with pedestrian detec-
— The poor contrast of a person cases, the system may not be tion system may react to:
to the background, such as able to warn the driver properly. — Obstacles on the roadside
having clothing color or pat- Be sure that you check, clean and (traffic sign, guardrail, pedes-
tern which is similar to the clear sensor areas regularly. trian, vehicle, etc.)
background.
. In some road and traffic condi-
— The pedestrian’s profile is par- tions, the AEB with pedestrian
tially obscured or unidentifi- detection system may unexpect-
able due to the pedestrian edly apply partial braking. When
transporting cargo, wearing acceleration is necessary, de-
bulky or very loose-fitting press the accelerator pedal to
clothing or accessories. override the system.

the chime may not be heard.
— Obstacles above road (low

bridge, traffic sign, etc.)
— Obstacles on the road surface
(railroad track, grate, steel
plate, etc.)
— Obstacles in the parking gar-
age (beam, etc.)
— Pedestrians approaching the
traveling lane
— Vehicles, pedestrians or ob-
jects in adjacent lane or close
to the vehicle
— Oncoming pedestrians
. Braking distances increase on
slippery surfaces.

SSD0253 JVS0972X
When driving on some roads, such as SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-

winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE
sensor may detect vehicles in a different Condition A
lane, or may temporarily not detect a In the following conditions, the warning
vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause light will blink and the system will be
the system to work inappropriately. turned off automatically.
The detection of vehicles may also be . The radar sensor picks up interference
affected by vehicle operation (steering from another radar source.
maneuver or traveling position in the . The camera area of windshield is
lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this misted or frozen.
occurs, the system may warn you by . Strong light is shining from the front.
blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You . The cabin temperature is over ap-
will have to manually control the proper proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun-
distance away from the vehicle travel- light.
ing ahead.
. The camera area of windshield glass is recommended that you visit a NISSAN Action to take:
continuously covered with dirt, etc. dealer for this service. If the warning light (orange) comes on,
Action to take: . When driving on roads with limited stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn
When the above conditions no longer road structures or buildings (for ex- the engine off and restart the engine. If
exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection ample, long bridges, deserts, snow the warning light continues to illuminate,
system will resume automatically. fields, driving next to long walls). have the AEB with pedestrian detection
Action to take: system checked. It is recommended that
NOTE:
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
When the inside of the windshield on When the above conditions no longer
camera area is misted or frozen, it will exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection
take a period of time to remove it after system will resume automatically.
air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears Condition C
on this area, it is recommended you
visit a NISSAN dealer. When VDC system is OFF, the AEB brake
will not operate. In this case only visible
Condition B and audible warning operates. The AEB
In the following condition, the “Forward system warning light (orange) will illumi-
Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front nate.
Sensor Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front Action to take:
Radar Obstruction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display. When VDC system is ON, the AEB with
pedestrian detection system will resume
. The sensor area of the front of the automatically.
vehicle is covered with dirt or is
obstructed SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Action to take: If the AEB with pedestrian detection
If the message appears, stop the vehicle system malfunctions, it will be turned off
in a safe place and turn the engine off. automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB
Clean the radar cover on the front of the system warning light will (orange) will
vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the illuminate and the warning message
engine. If the warning message continues “Malfunction” will appear in the vehicle
to illuminate, have the AEB with pedes- information display.
trian detection system checked. It is

could cause failure or malfunction. ity to operate the equipment.
. Do not attach metallic objects near For Canada
the radar sensor area (brush guard,
Model: ARS4–B
etc.). This could cause failure or mal-
function. IC: 4135A-ARS4B
. Do not place reflective materials, such FCC ID: OAYARS4B
as white paper or a mirror, on the This device complies with Part 15 of the
instrument panel. The reflection of FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
sunlight may adversely affect the licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
camera unit’s detection capability. tion is subject to the following two con-
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front ditions:
of the vehicle near the sensor area. 1. This device may not cause harmful
Before customizing or restoring the interference, and
sensor area, it is recommended that
WAF0286X you visit a NISSAN dealer. 2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Radio frequency statement that may cause undesired operation.
The radar sensor is located on the front For USA Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR
of the vehicle. The camera is located on FCC ID OAYARS4B d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa-
the upper side of the windshield. reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita-
This device complies with Part 15 of the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions
To keep the AEB with pedestrian detec- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
tion system operating properly, be sure to suivantes:
following two conditions:
observe the following: 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
1. This device may not cause harmful
. Always keep the sensor area on the interference, and
brouillage, et
front of the vehicle and windshield 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
clean. 2. This device must accept any interfer- tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,
. Do not strike or damage the areas ence received, including interference meme si le brouillage est susceptible
around the sensors (ex. bumper, wind- that may cause undesired operation. d’en compromettre le fonctionne-
shield). FCC Warning ment.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or Changes or modifications not expressly Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In-
similar objects on the front of the approved by the party responsible for formation:
vehicle near the sensor area. This compliance could void the user’s author-
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW)
This equipment complies with FCC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for an WARNING
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and Failure to follow the warnings and
operated with minimum distance of 30 instructions for proper use of the I-
cm between the radiator and your body. FCW system could result in serious
The transmitter must not be co-located injury or death.
or operating in conjunction with any . The I-FCW system helps warn the
other antenna or transmitter. driver before a collision but will
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites not avoid a collision. It is the
d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- driver’s responsibility to stay
blies pour un environnement non con- alert, drive safely and be in con-
trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et trol of the vehicle at all times.
utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de WAF0285X
distance entre la source de rayonnement The I-FCW system can help alert the driver
et votre corps. when there is a sudden braking of a The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor
FCC Notice second vehicle traveling in front of the located on the front of the vehicle to
vehicle ahead in the same lane. measure the distance to a second vehicle
Changes or modifications not expressly ahead in the same lane.
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.

WAF0349X
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the

vehicle information display)
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) sys-
tem warning light (on the meter panel)

JVS0294X
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION

The I-FCW system operates at speeds
above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward
collision, the I-FCW system will warn the
driver by blinking the vehicle ahead
detection indicator, and sounding an
audible alert.

“OK” button.
button.
the OK button.
4. Select “Front” and use the OK button
to turn the system on or off.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the
AEB system warning light (orange)
illuminates.
NOTE:
. The I-FCW system will be automati-
cally turned on when the engine is
restarted.
. The I-FCW system is integrated into
the AEB system. There is not a
separate selection in the display for
the I-FCW system. When the AEB
system is turned off, the I-FCW
system is also turned off.
JVS0971X
AEB system warning light (on the meter TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/
panel)
OFF
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the I-
side) FCW system on or off.
JVS0295X JVS0296X
Illustration A Illustration B
JVS0297X
Illustration C

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materi-
al covering the radar sensor
— Interference by other radar
sources
— Snow or road spray from tra-
velling vehicles.
— Driving in a tunnel
. (Illustration B) When the vehicle
ahead is being towed.
. (Illustration C) When the distance
to the vehicle ahead is too close,
the beam of the radar sensor is
JVS0298X obstructed.
Illustration D
. (Illustration D) When driving on a
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Pedestrians, animals or obsta- steep downhill slope or roads
cles in the roadway with sharp curves.
WARNING . The system is designed to auto-
— Oncoming vehicles
matically check the sensor’s func-
— Crossing vehicles tionality, within certain
tions for the I-FCW system. Failure to . (Illustration A) The I-FCW system limitations. The system may not
operate the vehicle in accordance does not function when a vehicle detect some forms of obstruction
with these system limitations could ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as of the sensor area such as ice,
result in serious injury or death. a motorcycle. snow, stickers, for example. In
these cases, the system may not
. The I-FCW system cannot detect . The radar sensor may not detect be able to warn the driver prop-
all vehicles under all conditions. a vehicle ahead in the following erly. Be sure that you check, clean
conditions:
. The radar sensor does not detect and clear the sensor area regu-
the following objects: — Snow or heavy rain larly.

the chime may not be heard.
SSD0253
When driving on some roads, such as the vehicle traveling ahead.

winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or
radar sensor may detect vehicles in a
different lane, or may temporarily not
detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This
may cause the I-FCW system to work
inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be
affected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or traveling position in the
lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this
occurs, the system may warn you by
blinking the vehicle ahead detection
indicator and sounding the chime un-
expectedly. You will have to manually
control the proper distance away from
Condition B matically.
Under the following conditions, making it SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be
I-FCW system is automatically turned off. turned off automatically, a chime will
The AEB system warning light (orange) sound, the AEB system warning light
will illuminate and the “Forward Driving (orange) will illuminate and the warning
Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor message "Malfunction" will appear in the
Blocked” or “Unavailable: Front Radar vehicle information display.
Obstruction” warning message will ap- Action to take:
pear in the vehicle information display.
If the warning light (orange) illuminates,
. When the sensor area of the front stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn
bumper is covered with dirt or is the engine off and restart the engine. If
obstructed the warning light continues to illuminate,
JVS0972X Action to take: have the I-FCW system checked. It is
If the AEB system warning light (orange) recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, for this service.
ABLE place the shift lever in the P (Park)
Condition A position and turn the engine off. Clean
the radar cover below the front bumper
When the radar sensor picks up interfer- with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If
ence from another radar source, making the warning light continues to illuminate,
it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, have the I-FCW system checked. It is
the I-FCW system is automatically turned recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer
off. The AEB system warning light (or- for this service.
ange) will illuminate.
. When driving on roads with limited
Action to take: road structures or buildings (for ex-
When the above conditions no longer ample, long bridges, deserts, snow
exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto- fields, driving next to long walls)
matically. Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer
exist, the I-FCW system will resume auto-
tion. tion is subject to the following two con-
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front ditions:
bumper. It is recommended you con- 1. This device may not cause harmful
tact a NISSAN dealer before customiz- interference, and
ing or restoring the front bumper.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
Radio frequency statement ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
For USA
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR
FCC ID OAYARS4B d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa-
This device complies with Part 15 of the reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita-
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions
following two conditions: suivantes:
1. This device may not cause harmful 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
WAF0285X interference, and brouillage, et
2. This device must accept any interfer- 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ence received, including interference tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,
The sensor is located on the front of that may cause undesired operation. meme si le brouillage est susceptible
the vehicle. FCC Warning d’en compromettre le fonctionne-
To keep the system operating properly, ment.
Changes or modifications not expressly
be sure to observe the following: approved by the party responsible for Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In-
. Always keep the sensor area of the compliance could void the user’s author- formation:
front bumper clean. ity to operate the equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radia-
. Do not strike or damage the areas For Canada tion exposure limits set forth for an
around the sensor. uncontrolled environment.
Model: ARS4–B
. Do not cover or attach stickers or This equipment should be installed and
similar objects on the front bumper IC: 4135A-ARS4B
operated with minimum distance of 30
near the sensor area. This could cause FCC ID: OAYARS4B cm between the radiator and your body.
failure or malfunction. This device complies with Part 15 of the The transmitter must not be co-located
. Do not attach metallic objects near FCC Rules and with Industry Canada or operating in conjunction with any
the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- other antenna or transmitter.
This could cause failure or malfunc-
REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites

d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- WARNING
blies pour un environnement non con-
trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et
utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement
RAB system could result in serious
et votre corps.
injury or death.
FCC Notice
. The RAB system is a supplemen-
Changes or modifications not expressly tal aid to the driver. It is not a
approved by the party responsible for replacement for proper driving
compliance could void the user’s author- procedures. Always use the side
ity to operate the equipment. and rear mirrors and turn and
look in the direction you will
move before and while backing
up. Never rely solely on the RAB
WAF0077X
system. It is the driver’s respon-
sibility to stay alert, drive safely, The RAB system detects obstacles behind
and be in control of the vehicle at the vehicle using the rear sonar located
all times. on the rear bumper.
. There is a limitation to the RAB NOTE:
system capability. The RAB sys-
You can temporarily cancel the sonar
tem is not effective in all situa-
function in the vehicle, but the RAB
tions.
system will continue to operate. For
additional information, see “Rear Sonar
The RAB system can assist the driver System (RSS)” (P.5-136).
when the vehicle is backing up and
approaching objects directly behind the
vehicle.

the RAB system warning indicator will
flash in the vehicle information display, a
red frame will appear in the center display
(models with the Intelligent Around
View Monitor system), and the system
will chime three times. The system will
then automatically apply the brakes. After
the automatic brake application, the dri-
ver must depress the brake pedal to
maintain brake pressure.
NOTE:
. The stop lights of the vehicle come
on when braking is performed by
the RAB system.
. When the brakes operate, a noise
may be heard. This is not a malfunc-
tion.
TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the
RAB system ON or OFF.
WAF0068X
RAB system warning light and RAB sys- RAB SYSTEM OPERATION
tem warning indicator
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
side) position and the vehicle speed is less than
approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB
Center display (if so equipped)
system operates.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is
detected when your vehicle is backing up,

tion display and then press OK button.
Use the button to select “Driver
Assistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK
button.
the OK button.
4. To set the RAB system to on or off, use
the OK button to check the box for
“Rear.”
When the RAB system is turned off, the
RAB system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically
turned on when the engine is restarted.
WAF0069X

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ary objects behind the vehicle. sensors.
The RAB system does not detect
— A loud sound is heard in the
the following objects:
WARNING area around the vehicle.
— Moving objects
— The surface of the obstacle is
Listed below are the system limita- — Low objects diagonal to the rear of the
tions for the RAB system. Failure to vehicle.
— Narrow objects
follow the warnings and instructions
for proper use of the RAB system — Wedge-shaped objects . The RAB system may uninten-
could result in serious injury or tionally operate in the following
— Objects close to the bumper conditions:
death. (less than approximately 1 ft
— There is overgrown grass in
. When the vehicle approaches an [30 cm])
the area around the vehicle.
obstacle while the accelerator or — Objects that suddenly appear
brake pedal is depressed, the — There is a structure (e.g., a
function may not operate or the — Thin objects such as rope, wall, toll gate equipment, a
start of the operation may be wire, chain, etc. narrow tunnel, a parking lot
delayed. The RAB system may . The RAB system may not operate gate) near the side of the
not operate or may not perform for the following obstacles: vehicle.
sufficiently due to vehicle condi- — There are bumps, protrusions,
tions, driving conditions, the traf- — Obstacles located high off the
ground or manhole covers on the
fic environment, the weather, road surface.
road surface conditions, etc. Do — Obstacles in a position offset
not wait for the system to oper- from your vehicle — The vehicle drives through a
ate. Operate the brake pedal by draped flag or a curtain.
— Obstacles, such as spongy
yourself as soon as necessary. — There is an accumulation of
materials or snow, that have
. If it is necessary to override RAB soft outer surfaces and can snow or ice behind the vehi-
operation, strongly press the ac- easily absorb a sound wave cle.
celerator pedal.
. The RAB system may not operate — An ultrasonic wave source,
. Always check your surroundings in the following conditions: such as another vehicle’s so-
and turn to check what is behind nar, is near the vehicle.
you before and while backing up. — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt,
The RAB system detects station- etc., attached to the sonar
. Once the automatic brake control — The brakes are cold at low dow) will interfere with the chime
operates, it does not operate ambient temperatures or im- sound, and it may not be heard.
again if the vehicle approaches mediately after driving has
the same obstacle. started.
. The automatic brake control can — The braking force becomes
only operate for a short period of poor due to wet brakes after
time. Therefore, the driver must driving through a puddle or
depress the brake pedal. washing the vehicle.
. In the following situations, the . Turn the RAB system off in the
RAB system may not operate following conditions to prevent
properly or may not function the occurrence of an unexpected
sufficiently: accident resulting from sudden
— The vehicle is driven in bad system operation:
weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). — The vehicle is towed.
— The vehicle is driven on a — The vehicle is carried on a
steep hill. flatbed truck.
— The vehicle’s posture is chan- — The vehicle is on the chassis
ged (e.g., when driving over a dynamometer.
bump).
— The vehicle drives on an un-
— The vehicle is driven on a even road surface.
slippery road.
— Suspension parts other than
— The vehicle is turned sharply those designated as genuine
by turning the steering wheel parts are used. (If the vehicle
fully. height or the vehicle body
— Snow chains are used. inclination is changed, the
system may not detect an
— Wheels or tires other than obstacle correctly.)
NISSAN recommended are
used. . Excessive noise (e.g., audio sys-
tem volume, an open vehicle win-
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION . Do not install any stickers (including
If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be transparent stickers) or accessories
turned off automatically, the RAB system on the rear sonar and their sur-
warning light will illuminate, and the rounding areas. This may cause a
“Malfunction” warning message will ap- malfunction or improper operation.
pear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
If the warning light illuminates, park the
vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine
off, and restart the engine. If the warning
light continues to illuminate, have the
RAB system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
service.
NOTE: WAF0077X
If the RAB system cannot be operated SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

temporarily, the RAB system warning
Observe the following items to ensure
light blinks.
proper operation of the system:
. Always keep the rear sonar clean.
. If the rear sonar are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful
to not damage them.
. Do not subject the area around the
rear sonar to strong impact. Also, do
not remove or disassemble the rear
sonar. If the rear sonar and peripheral
areas are deformed in an accident,
etc., have the sensors checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient . Recirculating the cool air in the
Driving Tips to help you achieve the most cabin when the A/C is on reduces
CAUTION fuel economy from your vehicle. cooling load.
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake 4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000
pedal application. tances.
km), follow these recommendations . Observing the speed limit and not
. Avoid rapid starts and stops.
to obtain maximum engine perfor-
. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h)
mance and ensure the future relia-
bility and economy of your new brake application whenever possi- (where legally allowed) can improve
vehicle. Failure to follow these re- ble. fuel efficiency due to reduced aero-
commendations may result in shor- . Maintain constant speed while dynamic drag.
commuting and coast whenever . Maintaining a safe following dis-
tened engine life and reduced engine
performance. possible. tance behind other vehicles re-
duces unnecessary braking.
2. Maintain constant speed.
. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-
. Avoid driving for long periods at con- . Look ahead to try and anticipate
stant speed, either fast or slow. Do not pate changes in speed permits
and minimize stops.
reduced braking and smooth accel-
run the engine over 4,000 rpm. . Synchronizing your speed with traf-
eration changes.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any fic lights allows you to reduce your . Select a gear range suitable to road
gear. number of stops.
conditions.
. Avoid quick starts. . Maintaining a steady speed can
5. Use cruise control.
. Avoid hard braking as much as possi- minimize red light stops and im-
prove fuel efficiency. . Using cruise control during highway
ble.
driving helps maintain a steady
3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher
speed.
vehicle speeds.
. Cruise control is particularly effec-
. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more
tive in providing fuel savings when
efficient to open windows to cool
driving on flat terrains.
the vehicle due to reduced engine
load. 6. Plan for the shortest route.
. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more . Utilize a map or navigation system
efficient to use A/C to cool the to determine the best route to save
vehicle due to increased aerody- time.
namic drag.
INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)
7. Avoid idling. . Keep your engine tuned up. If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent
. Shutting off your engine when safe . Follow the recommended scheduled 4x4 system while the engine is running,
for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds maintenance. warning messages appear in the vehicle
saves fuel and reduces emissions. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct information display.
8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. pressure. Low tire pressure increases
. Automated passes permit drivers to tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
use special lanes to maintain cruis- . Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
ing speed through the toll and Improper alignment increases tire
avoid stopping and starting. wear and lowers fuel economy.
9. Winter warm up. . Use the recommended viscosity en-
. Limit idling time to minimize impact gine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter
recommendation” (P.10-5).)
to fuel economy.
. Vehicles typically need no more
than 30 seconds of idling at start-
up to effectively circulate the en-
gine oil before driving.
. Your vehicle will reach its ideal
operating temperature more
quickly while driving versus idling.
10. Keeping your vehicle cool.
. Park your vehicle in a covered
parking area or in the shade when-
ever possible.
. When entering a hot vehicle, open-
ing the windows will help to reduce
the inside temperature faster, re-
sulting in reduced demand on your
A/C system.

to increased oil temperature. The driving
mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive WARNING
(2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop
the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon . For AWD equipped vehicles, do
as it is safe to do so. Then if the warning not attempt to raise two wheels
turns off, you can continue driving. off the ground and shift the
The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may transmission to any drive or re-
appear if there is a large difference verse position with the engine
between the diameters of front and rear running. Doing so may result in
wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, drivetrain damage or unexpected
with the engine idling. Check that all tire vehicle movement which could
sizes are the same, that the tire pressure result in serious vehicle damage
is correct and that the tires are not or personal injury.
excessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent . Do not attempt to test an AWD
4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast. equipped vehicle on a 2–wheel
If any warning message continues to be dynamometer (such as the dy-
displayed, have your vehicle checked by a namometers used by some
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. states for emissions testing) or
similar equipment even if the
other two wheels are raised off
the ground. Make sure that you
inform the test facility personnel
that your vehicle is equipped with
JVS1120X
AWD before it is placed on a
If the “AWD Error” warning appears, dynamometer. Using the wrong
there may be a malfunction in the In- test equipment may result in
telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle drive train damage or unex-
speed and have your vehicle checked by pected vehicle movement which
a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.
The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high
temperature) warning may appear
while trying to free a stuck vehicle due
LOCK mode:
CAUTION The AWD LOCK indicator light will illumi-
nate.
. Do not operate the engine on a AUTO mode:
free roller when any of the wheels
The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.
raised.
Each time you push the switch, the AWD
. The power train may be damaged mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.
if you continue driving with the
“AWD Error” warning on.
. If the warning message remains
on after the above operation,
have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN JVS1024X
. If the “AWD Error” warning ap- INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH
pears while driving, there may be OPERATIONS
a malfunction in the AWD system. The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located
Reduce the vehicle speed and on the lower side of the instrument panel.
have your vehicle checked as This switch is used to select the AUTO or
soon as possible. It is recom- LOCK mode depending on the driving
mended that you visit a NISSAN conditions.
. Never drive on dry, hard surface
roads in the LOCK mode, as this
will overload the powertrain and
may cause a serious malfunction.

AWD mode Wheels driven AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions
Distribution of torque to WARNING
the front and rear wheels
changes automatically, . When driving straight, shift the
depending on road condi- For driving on paved
AUTO
tions encountered [ratio;
- or slippery roads Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch to
100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. This AUTO. Do not operate the Intelli-
results in improved driving gent 4x4 LOCK switch when mak-
stability.*1 ing a turn or backing up.
LOCK All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3*
For driving on rough . Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4
roads LOCK switch with the front wheel
*1: When the rotation difference between the
spinning.
front and rear wheels is large, the AWD
. The oil temperature of the powertrain . Engine idling speed is high while
mode may change from AUTO to LOCK parts will increase if the vehicle is warming up the engine. Be espe-
for a while, however, this is not a mal- continuously operated under condi- cially careful when starting or
function. tions where the difference in rotation driving on slippery surfaces.
*2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO between the front and rear wheels is
mode automatically when the vehicle has large (wheel slip), such as when driving . When turning the vehicle in LOCK
been driven at a high speed. The AWD the vehicle on rough roads, through mode on paved roads, you may
LOCK indicator light turns off. sand or mud, or freeing a stuck feel a braking effect. This is a
*3: The LOCK mode will automatically be vehicle. In these cases, the master normal condition of the AWD
cancelled when the ignition switch is warning light illuminates and the model.
placed in the OFF position. AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect
. The AWD torque distribution between the powertrain parts. Stop driving
the front and rear wheels can be with the engine idling and wait until
displayed in the vehicle information the warning light turns off and the
display. See “Vehicle information dis- AWD returns to the AUTO mode. If the
play” (P.2-19). warning light remains on, have your
. If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is vehicle checked as soon as possible. It
operated while accelerating or decel- is recommended that you visit a
erating, or if the ignition switch is NISSAN dealer for this service.
turned off, you may feel a jolt. This is
normal.
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
placed into P (Park) for Continu-

ously Variable Transmission (CVT)
model or in an appropriate gear
for Manual Transmission (MT)
model. Failure to do so could
cause the vehicle to move unex-
pectedly or roll away and result in
an accident.
. Make sure the CVT shift lever has
been pushed as far forward as it
can go and cannot be moved
without depressing the foot
brake pedal.
SSD0488 1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Continuously Variable Transmission
. To help avoid risk of injury or (CVT) models:
WARNING death through unintended opera-
Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
tion of the vehicle and/or its
position.
. Do not stop or park the vehicle systems, do not leave children,
over flammable materials such as people who require the assis- Manual Transmission (MT) models:
dry grass, waste paper or rags. tance of others or pets unat- Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
They may ignite and cause a fire. tended in your vehicle. gear. When parking on an uphill grade,
. Never leave the engine running Additionally, the temperature in- place the shift lever in the 1st gear.
while the vehicle is unattended. side a closed vehicle on a warm 3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll-
day can quickly become high
. Do not leave children unattended enough to cause a significant risk
ing into the street when parked on a
inside the vehicle. They could sloping drive way, it is a good practice
of injury or death to people and to turn the wheels as illustrated.
unknowingly activate switches pets.
or controls. Unattended children . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:
could become involved in serious . Safe parking procedures require Turn the wheels into the curb and
accidents. that both the parking brake be move the vehicle forward until the
applied and the transmission curb side wheel gently touches the
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
curb. steering wheel operations that could

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: WARNING cause the electric power steering to over-
Turn the wheels away from the heat.
curb and move the vehicle back . If the engine is not running or is You may hear a noise when the steering
until the curb side wheel gently turned off while driving, the wheel is operated quickly. However, this is
touches the curb. not a malfunction.
power assist for the steering will
. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO not work. Steering will be harder If the electric power steering warning
CURB: to operate. light illuminates while the engine is
Turn the wheels toward the side of . When the electric power steering running, it may indicate the electric
the road so the vehicle will move warning light illuminates with the power steering is not functioning prop-
away from the center of the road if erly and may need servicing. Have the
it moves. engine running, the power assist
for the steering will cease opera- electric power steering checked. It is
4. Models with Intelligent Key system: tion. You will still have control of recommended that you visit a NISSAN
Place the ignition switch in the OFF the vehicle but the steering will dealer for this service. (See “Electric power
position. be harder to operate. steering warning light” (P.2-14).)
Models without Intelligent Key sys- When the electric power steering warning
tem: The electric power steering is designed to light illuminates with the engine running,
provide power assist while driving to the power assist for the steering will
Place the ignition switch in the LOCK operate the steering wheel with light cease operation. You will still have control
position and remove the key. force. of the vehicle. However, greater steering
When the steering wheel is operated effort is needed, especially in sharp turns
repeatedly or continuously while parking and at low speeds.
or driving at a very low speed, the power The mode of the Power Steering can be
assist for the steering wheel will be changed to:
reduced. This is to prevent overheating . NORMAL
of the electric power steering and protect . SPORT
it from getting damaged. While the power
For more information, see “Vehicle infor-
assist is reduced, steering wheel opera-
mation display” (P.2-19).
tion will become heavy. When the tem-
perature of the electric power steering
goes down, the power assist level will
return to normal. Avoid repeating such
BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Parking brake break-in

The brake system has two separate WARNING Break in the parking brake shoes when-
hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc- ever the stopping effect of the parking
tions, you will still have braking at two . While driving on a slippery sur- brake is weakened or whenever the
wheels. face, be careful when braking, parking brake shoes and/or drums/ro-
accelerating or downshifting. tors are replaced, in order to assure the
Vacuum assisted brakes Abrupt braking or accelerating best braking performance.
The brake booster aids braking by using could cause the wheels to skid This procedure is described in the vehicle
engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you and result in an accident. service manual. It is recommended you
can stop the vehicle by depressing the . If the engine is not running or is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- turned off while driving, the
sure on the brake pedal will be required to power assist for the brakes will
stop the vehicle and the stopping dis- not work. Braking will be harder.
tance will be longer.
Using the brakes Wet brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake When the vehicle is washed or driven
pedal while driving. This will cause over- through water, the brakes may get wet.
heating of the brakes, wearing out the As a result, your braking distance will be
brake pads faster and reduce gas mile- longer and the vehicle may pull to one
age. side during braking.
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
the brakes from overheating, reduce speed while lightly tapping the brake
speed and downshift to a lower gear pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until
before going down a slope or long grade. the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving
Overheated brakes may reduce braking the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes
performance and could result in loss of function correctly.
vehicle control.

BRAKE ASSIST
BRAKE ASSIST faces even with ABS. Stopping wheel from locking and sliding. By pre-
When the force applied to the brake pedal distances may also be longer on venting each wheel from locking, the
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is rough, gravel or snow covered system helps the driver maintain steering
activated generating greater braking roads, or if you are using tire control and helps to minimize swerving
force than a conventional brake booster chains. Always maintain a safe and spinning on slippery surfaces.
even with light pedal force. distance from the vehicle in front Using the system
of you. Ultimately, the driver is
responsible for safety. Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
WARNING . Tire type and condition may also
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes.
affect braking effectiveness. The ABS will operate to prevent the
The Brake Assist is only an aid to
assist braking operation and is not a — When replacing tires, install wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle
collision warning or avoidance de- the specified size of tires on to avoid obstacles.
vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to all four wheels.
stay alert, drive safely and be in — When installing a spare tire (if
control of the vehicle at all times.
WARNING
so equipped), make sure that
it is the proper size and type
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) as specified on the Tire and
so may result in increased stopping
Loading Information label.
distances.
See “Tire and Loading Infor-
WARNING mation label” (P.10-10) of this
manual. Self-test feature
. The Anti-lock Braking System — For detailed information, see The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-
(ABS) is a sophisticated device, “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a
but it cannot prevent accidents this manual. computer. The computer has a built-in
resulting from careless or dan- diagnostic feature that tests the system
gerous driving techniques. It can each time you start the engine and move
help maintain vehicle control dur- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-
trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock the vehicle at a low speed in forward or
ing braking on slippery surfaces. reverse. When the self-test occurs, you
Remember that stopping dis- during hard braking or when braking on
slippery surfaces. The system detects the may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a
tances on slippery surfaces will pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
be longer than on normal sur- rotation speed at each wheel and varies
the brake fluid pressure to prevent each normal and does not indicate a malfunc-
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM
tion. If the computer senses a malfunc- The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- . The road may be slippery or the
tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi- tem uses various sensors to monitor system may determine some action
nates the ABS warning light on the driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under is required to help keep the vehicle on
instrument panel. The brake system then certain driving conditions, the VDC sys- the steered path.
operates normally, but without anti-lock tem helps to perform the following func- . You may feel a pulsation in the brake
assistance. tions. pedal and hear a noise or vibration
If the ABS warning light illuminates during . Controls brake pressure to reduce from under the hood. This is normal
the self-test or while driving, have the wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel and indicates that the VDC system is
vehicle checked. It is recommended you so power is transferred to a non working properly.
visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Adjust your speed and driving to the
. Controls brake pressure and engine road conditions.
Normal operation output to reduce drive wheel slip If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 based on vehicle speed (traction con- VDC warning light illuminates in the
MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies trol function). instrument panel. The VDC system auto-
according to road conditions. . Controls brake pressure at individual matically turns off.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels and engine output to help the The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
wheels are close to locking up, the driver maintain control of the vehicle VDC system. The VDC off indicator
actuator rapidly applies and releases in the following conditions: illuminates to indicate the VDC system is
hydraulic pressure. This action is similar — understeer (vehicle tends to not off. When the VDC switch is used to turn
to pumping the brakes very quickly. You follow the steered path despite off the system, the VDC system still
may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal increased steering input) operates to prevent one drive wheel from
and hear a noise from under the hood or — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due slipping by transferring power to a non
feel a vibration from the actuator when it to certain road or driving condi- slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning
is operating. This is normal and indicates tions). light flashes if this occurs. All other
that the ABS is operating properly. How- The VDC system can help the driver to VDC functions are off, and the VDC
ever, the pulsation may indicate that road maintain control of the vehicle, but it warning light will not flash. The VDC
conditions are hazardous and extra care cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in system is automatically reset to on when
is required while driving. all driving situations. the ignition switch is placed in the off
position then back to the on position.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC
warning light in the instrument panel See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-
flashes so note the following: ing light” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-17).
The computer has a built-in diagnostic may illuminate. . The VDC system is not a substi-
feature that tests the system each time tute for winter tires or tire chains
you start the engine and move the vehicle . If brake related parts such as
brake pads, rotors and calipers on a snow covered road.
forward or in reverse at a slow speed.
When the self-test occurs, you may hear a are not NISSAN recommended or
“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the are extremely deteriorated, the
brake pedal. This is normal and is not an VDC system may not operate
indication of a malfunction. properly and the VDC warning
light may illuminate.
. If engine control related parts are
WARNING not NISSAN recommended or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC
. The VDC system is designed to warning light may illuminate.
help improve driving stability but . When driving on extremely in-
does not prevent accidents due clined surfaces such as higher
to abrupt steering operation at banked corners, the VDC system
high speeds or by careless or may not operate properly and the
dangerous driving techniques. VDC warning light may illumi-
Reduce vehicle speed and be nate. Do not drive on these types
especially careful when driving of roads.
and cornering on slippery sur-
faces and always drive carefully. . When driving on an unstable sur-
face such as a turntable, ferry,
. Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- elevator or ramp, the VDC warn-
pension. If suspension parts such ing light may illuminate. This
as shock absorbers, struts, is not a malfunction. Restart the
springs, stabilizer bars, bushings engine after driving onto a stable
and wheels are not NISSAN re- surface.
commended for your vehicle or
are extremely deteriorated, the . If wheels or tires other than the
VDC system may not operate NISSAN recommended ones are
properly. This could adversely used, the VDC system may not
affect vehicle handling perfor- operate properly and the VDC
mance, and the VDC warning light warning light may illuminate.
CHASSIS CONTROL
The chassis control is an electric control

module that includes the following func-
tions:
. Intelligent Trace Control
. Intelligent Engine Brake
. Active Ride Control
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL
This system senses driving based on the
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking
patterns, and controls brake pressure at
individual wheels to aid tracing at corners
and help smooth vehicle response.
Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON
JVS0403X
(enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the
Vehicle Information Display “Settings” When the Intelligent Trace Control is
page. See “Vehicle information display” operated and the “Chassis Control” mode
(P.2-19) for more information. is selected in the trip computer, the
WARNING
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Intelligent Trace Control graphics are
OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC shown in the vehicle information display. The Intelligent Trace Control may not
system, the Intelligent Trace Control is (See “Trip computer” (P.2-40).) be effective depending on the driv-
also turned off. ing condition. Always drive carefully
If the chassis control warning message and attentively.
appears in the vehicle information dis-
play, it may indicate that the Intelligent
Trace Control is not functioning properly. When the Intelligent Trace Control is
Have the system checked as soon as operating, you may feel a pulsation in
possible. It is recommended that you visit the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is
a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See normal and indicates that the Intelligent
“Vehicle information display warnings Trace Control is operating properly.
and indicators” (P.2-31).) Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is set
to OFF, some functions will remain on to
assist the driver (for example, avoidance
scenes).
INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Con-
tinuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models)
The Intelligent Engine Brake function
adds subtle deceleration by controlling
CVT gear ratio, depending on the corner-
ing condition calculated from driver’s
steering input and plural sensors. This
benefit to easier traceability and less
workload of adjusting speed with braking
at corners.
The Intelligent Engine Brake also adds
subtle deceleration with gear ratio con- JVS0403X
trol according to driver’s brake pedal
operation. When the Intelligent Engine Brake is
operated at corners and the “Chassis WARNING
The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set to Control” mode is selected in the trip
ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through computer, the Intelligent Engine Brake
the Vehicle Information Display “Settings” graphics are shown in the vehicle infor- The Intelligent Engine Brake may not
page. See “Vehicle information display” mation display. See “Trip computer” (P.2- be effective depending on the driv-
(P.2-19) for more information. 40) for more information. ing condition. Always drive carefully
and attentively.
If the chassis control warning message
play, it may indicate that the Intelligent When the Intelligent Engine Brake is
Engine Brake is not functioning properly. operating, the needle of the tachometer
Have the system checked as soon as will rise up and you may hear an engine
possible. It is recommended that you visit noise. This is normal and indicates that
a NISSAN dealer for this service. the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating
properly.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL deceleration. This is normal and indicates
This system senses upper body motion that the Active Ride Control is operating
based on wheel speed information and properly.
controls engine torque and four wheel
brake pressure to enhance ride comfort
in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper
body movement. This system come into
effect above 25 MPH (40 km/h). When the
VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
VDC system, the Active Ride Control is
also turned off.
JVS0398X
When the brake control of the Active Ride

Control is operated and the “Chassis
Control” mode is selected in the trip
computer, the Active Ride Control gra-
phics are shown in the vehicle informa-
tion display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-40)
for more information.
If the chassis control warning message
play, it may indicate that the Active Ride
Control is not functioning properly. Have
the system checked as soon as possible.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
When the Active Ride Control is operating,
you may hear noise and sense slight

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)
so may result in a collision or

WARNING serious personal injury.
. Never rely solely on the hill start The hill start assist system automatically
assist system to prevent the ve- keeps the brakes applied to help prevent
hicle from moving backward on a the vehicle from rolling backwards in the
hill. Always drive carefully and time it takes the driver to release the
attentively. Depress the brake brake pedal and apply the accelerator
pedal when the vehicle is stopped when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
on a steep hill. Be especially care- The hill start assist system will operate
ful when stopped on a hill on automatically under the following condi-
frozen or muddy roads. Failure tions:
to prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards may result in a loss of . The transmission is shifted to a for-
control of the vehicle and possi- ward or reverse gear. WAF0072X
ble serious injury or death. . The vehicle is stopped completely on a
hill by applying the brake. The RSS sounds a tone to inform the
. The hill start assist system is not driver of obstacles near the rear bumper.
designed to hold the vehicle at a The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.
After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to When the “Display” key is on, the sonar
standstill on a hill. Depress the view will automatically appear in the
brake pedal when the vehicle is roll back and the hill start assist system
will stop operating completely. touchscreen display. An additional view
stopped on a steep hill. Failure to of the sonar status will appear in the
do so may cause the vehicle to The hill start assist system will not
vehicle information display for reference.
roll backwards and may result in operate when the transmission is shifted
a collision or serious personal to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position (CVT
injury. models) or on a flat and level road. WARNING
. The hill start assist system may When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
not prevent the vehicle from roll- warning light illuminates in the meter, the . The RSS is a convenience but it is
ing backwards on a hill under all hill start assist system will not operate. not a substitute for proper park-
load or road conditions. Always (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) ing.
be prepared to depress the brake warning light” (P.2-17).) . The driver is always responsible
pedal to prevent the vehicle from for safety during parking and
rolling backwards. Failure to do
other maneuvers. Always look wool, etc.; thin objects such as SYSTEM OPERATION
around and check that it is safe rope, wire and chain, etc.; or The system informs with a visual and
to do so before parking. wedge-shaped objects. audible alert of rear obstacles when the
. Read and understand the limita- shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
tions of the RSS as contained in If your vehicle sustains damage to the
Range Rear sonar
this section. The colors of the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or
bent, the sensing zone may be altered Sound Display
sonar indicator and the distance
guide lines in the rear view in- causing inaccurate measurement of ob- P (Park) B C
dicate different distances to the stacles or false alarms. R (Reverse) O O
object. N (Neutral) B C
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic CAUTION D (Drive) B C
sources such as an automatic car O = Display / Beep when detect
wash, a truck’s compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may . Excessive noise (such as audio C = Display on camera view
affect the function of the system; system volume or an open vehi- B = No display and beep
this may include reduced perfor- cle window) will interfere with the
tone and it may not be heard. The system is deactivated at speeds
mance or a false activation. above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated
. The RSS is designed as an aid to . Keep the sonar sensors (located
at lower speeds.
the driver in detecting large sta- on the rear bumper fascia) free
from snow, ice and large accu- The intermittent tone will stop after 3
tionary objects to help avoid da- seconds when an obstacle is detected by
maging the vehicle. mulations of dirt. Do not clean the
sensors with sharp objects. If the only the corner sensor and the distance
. The RSS is not designed to pre- sensors are covered, the accuracy does not change. The tone will stop when
vent contact with small or mov- of the sonar function will be the obstacle gets away from the vehicle.
ing objects. Always move slowly. diminished. When the object is detected, the indicator
The system will not detect small (green) appears and blinks and the tone
objects below the bumper, and sounds intermittently. When the vehicle
may not detect objects close to moves closer to the object, the color of
the bumper or on the ground. the indicator turns yellow and the rate of
. The RSS may not detect the the blinking increases. When the vehicle is
following objects: fluffy objects very close to the object, the indicator
such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, stops blinking and turns red, and the tone
sounds continuously.
WAF0074X WAF0075X
Example Example
When the corner of the vehicle moves The system indicators will appear when
closer to an object, the corner sonar the vehicle moves closer to an object (if
indicator appears. When the center of so equipped).
the vehicle moves close to an object, the
center sonar indicator appears.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS
The system is automatically activated
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position and the shift lever is in the R
(Reverse) position.
disable the RSS:
tion display and then press OK button.
Use the button to select “Driver
Assistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button
3. Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OK
button to turn the system on or off.
. Select “Display” to display the rear
sensor in the vehicle information
display when the RSS activates.
. Select “Range” to change the RSS
distance to “Far,” “Mid,” or “Near.”
WAF0076X

RSS LIMITATIONS . The RSS may not detect the
following objects: fluffy objects
such as snow, cloth, cotton,
WARNING glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such
as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or
Listed below are the RSS limitations wedge-shaped objects.
for the sonar system. Failure to
operate the vehicle in accordance . The RSS may not detect objects
with these system limitations could at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h)
result in serious injury or death. and may not detect certain angu-
lar or moving objects.
. Read and understand the limita-
tions of the RSS as contained in SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-
this section. Inclement weather
may affect the function of the ABLE
RSS; this may include reduced When sonar blockage is detected, the
performance or a false activation. system will be deactivated automatically. WAF0077X
. The system is deactivated at The system is not available until the
speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). conditions no longer exist. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
It is reactivated at lower speeds. The sonar sensors may be blocked by The sonar sensors are located on the
rear bumper. Always keep the area near
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic temporary ambient conditions such as
the sonar sensors clean.
sources such as an automatic car splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked
wash, a truck’s compressed-air condition may also be caused by objects The sonar sensors may be blocked by
brakes or a pneumatic drill may such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the temporary ambient conditions such as
affect the function of the RSS; sonar sensors. splashing water, mist or fog.
this may include reduced perfor- The blocked condition may also be
mance or a false activation. Action to take: caused by objects such as ice, frost or
. The RSS is not designed to pre- When the above conditions no longer dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
vent contact with small or mov- exist, the system will resume automati-
Check for and remove objects obstruct-
ing objects. Always move slowly. cally.
ing the area around the sonar sensors.
The system will not detect small Do not attach stickers (including trans-
objects below the bumper or on parent material), install accessories or
the ground.
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
apply additional paint near the sonar FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT
sensors. To prevent a door lock from freezing, SUMMER tires have a tread designed to
Do not strike or damage the area around apply deicer through the key hole. If the provide superior performance on dry
the sonar sensors. It is recommended lock becomes frozen, heat the key before pavement. However, the performance of
that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area inserting it into the key hole, or use the these tires will be substantially reduced in
around the sonar sensors is damaged Intelligent Key system or the remote snowy and icy conditions. If you operate
due to a collision. keyless entry key fob. your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,
ANTI-FREEZE NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four
In the winter when it is anticipated that wheels. It is recommended you consult a
the outside temperature will drop below NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed
32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure rating and availability information.
proper winter protection. For additional
information, see “Engine cooling system” For additional traction on icy roads,
(P.8-4). studded tires may be used. However,
some U.S. states and Canadian provinces
BATTERY prohibit their use. Check local, state and
If the battery is not fully charged during provincial laws before installing studded
extremely cold weather conditions, the tires.
battery fluid may freeze and damage the Skid and traction capabilities of
battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, studded snow tires, on wet or dry
the battery should be checked regularly. surfaces, may be poorer than that of
For additional information, see “Battery” non-studded snow tires.
(P.8-11).
Tire chains may be used. For details, see
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER “Tire chains” (P.8-36) of this manual.
If the vehicle is to be left outside without
anti-freeze, drain the cooling system,
including the engine block. Refill before
operating the vehicle. For details, see
“Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model . Whatever the condition, drive
If you install snow tires, they must also be with caution. Accelerate and slow
the same size, brand, construction and down with care. If accelerating or
tread pattern on all four wheels. downshifting too fast, the drive
wheels will lose even more trac-
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT tion.
It is recommended that the following
. Allow more stopping distance
items be carried in the vehicle during
under these conditions. Braking
winter:
should be started sooner than on
. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to dry pavement.
remove ice and snow from the win-
. Allow greater following distances
dows and wiper blades.
on slippery roads.
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under
the jack to give it firm support. . Watch for slippery spots (glare
ice). These may appear on an
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of
otherwise clear road in shaded
snow-drifts.
areas. If a patch of ice is seen
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the ahead, brake before reaching it.
reservoir tank. Try not to brake while on the ice,
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE and avoid any sudden steering
maneuvers.
WARNING . Do not use cruise control on
slippery roads.
. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing . Snow can trap dangerous ex-
rain), very cold snow or ice can be haust gases under your vehicle.
slick and very hard to drive on. Keep snow clear of the exhaust
The vehicle will have much less pipe and from around your vehi-
traction or “grip” under these cle.
conditions. Try to avoid driving
on wet ice until the road is salted
or sanded.

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ......................................... 6-2 Repairing a flat tire (models with emergency
Roadside assistance program ........................................... 6-2 tire puncture repair kit) .................................................. 6-9
Emergency engine shut off (models with Jump starting .............................................................................. 6-14
push-button ignition switch) .............................................. 6-3 Push starting ................................................................................ 6-16
Flat tire .................................................................................................. 6-3 If your vehicle overheats .................................................... 6-16
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3 Towing your vehicle ............................................................... 6-18
Changing a flat tire (models with Towing recommended by NISSAN ..................... 6-19
spare tire) ..................................................................................... 6-4 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-21
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
In the event of a roadside emergency,

. Turn signals do not work when
Roadside Assistance Service is available
the hazard warning flasher lights
to you. Please refer to your Warranty
are on.
Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty &
Roadside Assistance Information Booklet
The flasher can be actuated with the (Canada) for details.
ignition switch in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while
driving.
SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers

when you must stop or park under
emergency conditions. All turn signal
lights will flash.
WARNING
. If stopping for an emergency, be
sure to move the vehicle well off
the road.
. Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the
highway unless unusual circum-
stances force you to drive so
slowly that your vehicle might
become a hazard to other traffic.
6-2 In case of emergency
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF (models
FLAT TIRE
with push-button ignition switch)
To shut off the engine in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- and increase the likelihood of tire
situation while driving, perform the fol- TEM (TPMS) failure. Serious vehicle damage
lowing procedure:
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire could occur and may lead to an
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It accident and could result in ser-
switch 3 consecutive times in less monitors tire pressure of all tires except ious personal injury. Check the
than 1.5 seconds, or the spare (if so equipped). When the low tire pressure for all four tires.
. Push and hold the push-button igni- tire pressure warning light is lit, and the Adjust the tire pressure to the
tion switch for more than 2 seconds. “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning recommended COLD tire pressure
message is displayed in the vehicle in- shown on the Tire and Loading
formation display, one or more of your Information label to turn the low
tires is significantly under-inflated. If the tire pressure warning light OFF. If
vehicle is being driven with low tire the light still illuminates while
pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn driving after adjusting the tire
you of it by the low tire pressure warning pressure, a tire may be flat. If
light. This system will activate only when you have a flat tire, replace it with
the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 a spare tire (if so equipped) or
MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see repair it using the emergency tire
“Warning lights, indicator lights and audi- puncture repair kit (if so
ble reminders” (P.2-10) and “Tire Pressure equipped) as soon as possible.
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). . Since the spare tire (if so
equipped) is not equipped with
the TPMS, when a spare tire is
WARNING mounted or a wheel is replaced,
the TPMS will not function and
. If the low tire pressure warning the low tire pressure warning
light illuminates while driving, light will flash for approximately
avoid sudden steering maneu- 1 minute. The light will remain on
vers or abrupt braking, reduce after 1 minute. Have your tires
vehicle speed, pull off the road replaced and/or TPMS system
to a safe location and stop the reset as soon as possible. It is
vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- recommended you visit a NISSAN
ing with under-inflated tires may dealer for these services.
permanently damage the tires
In case of emergency 6-3
. Replacing tires with those not CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (models
originally specified by NISSAN with spare tire) WARNING
could affect the proper operation If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-
of the TPMS. tions below. . Make sure the parking brake is
. Do not inject any tire liquid or securely applied and the Manual
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, Stopping the vehicle Transmission is shifted into R
as this may cause a malfunction 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road (Reverse), or the CVT into P (Park).
of the tire pressure sensors and away from traffic. . Never change tires when the ve-
(models without emergency tire 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery
puncture repair kit). areas. This is hazardous.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the
. NISSAN recommends using only parking brake. . Never change tires if oncoming
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire traffic is close to your vehicle.
Sealant provided with your vehi- 4. Continuously Variable Transmission
Wait for professional road assis-
cle. Other tire sealants may da- (CVT) models: tance.
mage the valve stem seal which Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
can cause the tire to lose air position.
pressure. Visit a NISSAN dealer Manual Transmission (MT) models:
as soon as possible after using
Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
tire repair sealant (models with
position.
emergency tire puncture repair
kit). 5. Turn off the engine.
6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,
and to signal professional road assis-
tance personnel that you need assis-
tance.
7. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle and stand in a safe place, away
from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

MCE0001A JVE0270X
Blocking wheels Getting the spare tire and tools

Place suitable blocks at both the front Remove the jack, necessary tools and the
and back of the wheel diagonally oppo- spare tire from the storage area.
site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle The spare tire, jack and tools are located
from moving when it is jacked up. under the flexible luggage boards (if so
equipped) and cover.
WARNING JVE0402X
Pull up the flexible luggage boards (if so

Be sure to block the wheel as the equipped) and cover.
vehicle may move and result in
personal injury. Remove the jack and tools from the
storage area.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-
ing the damaged tire
WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while
it is supported only by the jack. If
it is necessary to work under the
vehicle, support it with safety
stands.
. Use only the jack provided with
your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do
not use the jack provided with
SCE0913 SCE0630
your vehicle on other vehicles.
Remove the clamp holding the spare tire. The jack is designed for lifting
Removing wheel cover (if so only your vehicle during a tire
equipped) change.
. Use the correct jack-up points.
WARNING Never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
Never use your hands to remove the . Never jack up the vehicle more
wheel cover. This may cause perso- than necessary.
nal injury. . Never use blocks on or under the
jack.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack . Do not start or run the engine
rod as illustrated. while vehicle is on the jack, as it
Apply cloth between the wheel and jack may cause the vehicle to move.
rod to prevent damaging the wheel and . Do not allow passengers to stay
wheel cover. in the vehicle while it is on the

jack.
Carefully read the caution label at-

tached to the jack body and the follow-
ing instructions.
JVE0165X
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-
up point as illustrated so the top of
the jack contacts the vehicle at the
jack-up point. Align the jack head
between the two notches in the front
or the rear as shown. Also fit the
groove of the jack head between the
notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.

SCE0504 SCE0933
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two Installing the spare tire
turns by turning it counterclockwise
with the wheel nut wrench. Do not The spare tire is designed for emer-
remove the wheel nuts until the tire gency use. (See specific instructions
is off the ground. under the heading “Wheels and tires”
(P.8-29).)
3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the
jack lever and rod with both hands as 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur-
shown above. Carefully raise the ve- face between the wheel and hub.
hicle until the tire clears the ground. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and
Remove the wheel nuts, and then tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.
remove the tire. Check that all the wheel nuts contact
the wheel surface horizontally.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten
wheel nuts alternately and evenly in
the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ),
more than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire each lubrication interval. . The spare tire is designed for
touches the ground. Then, with the . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
emergency use. See specific in-
wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel pressure. structions under the heading
nuts securely in the sequence illu- COLD pressure: “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).
strated. Lower the vehicle completely.
After the vehicle has been parked for
3 hours or more or driven less than 1 REPAIRING A FLAT TIRE (models
WARNING mile (1.6 km). with emergency tire puncture re-
COLD tire pressures are shown on pair kit)
. Incorrect wheel nuts or impro- the Tire and Loading Information The emergency tire puncture repair kit is
perly tightened wheel nuts can label affixed to the driver side center supplied with the vehicle instead of a
cause the wheel to become loose pillar. spare tire. This repair kit must be used for
or come off. This could cause an temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture.
accident. Stowing the damaged tire and the After using the repair kit, it is recom-
. Do not use oil or grease on the tools mended that visit a NISSAN dealer as
wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the jack, tools and the soon as possible for tire inspection and
cause the nuts to become loose. damaged tire in the storage area. repair/replacement.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when 2. Replace the flexible luggage boards (if
the vehicle has been driven for so equipped) and cover.
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
CAUTION
3. Close the liftgate.
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. NISSAN recommends using only
. WARNING Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
As soon as possible, tighten the Sealant provided with your vehi-
wheel nuts to the specified torque cle. Other tire sealants may da-
with a torque wrench. . Always make sure that the spare
mage the valve stem seal which
Wheel nut tightening torque: tire and jacking equipment are
can cause the tire to lose air
80 ft-lb (108 N·m) properly secured after use. Such
pressure.
items can become dangerous
The wheel nuts must be kept tigh- projectiles in an accident or sud- . Do not use the emergency tire
tened to specifications at all times. It den stop. puncture repair kit provided with
is recommended that the wheel nuts your vehicle on other vehicles.
be tightened to specifications at

. Do not use the emergency tire — when the vehicle has been
puncture repair kit for a purpose driven with a considerable
other than to inflate and check loss of air from the tire
the tire pressure for the vehicle.
— when the tire is completely
. Use the emergency tire puncture displaced inside or outside
repair kit only on DC12V. the rim
. Keep water and dust off the — when the tire rim is damaged
kit. — when two or more tires are
flat
. Do not disassemble or modify the
kit.
. Do not drop the kit or allow hard
impacts to the kit. WAG0040X
. Do not use the emergency tire

puncture repair kit under the
Getting emergency tire puncture
following conditions. It is recom- repair kit
mended that contact a NISSAN Take out the emergency tire puncture
dealer or professional road assis- repair kit located under the cargo room.
tance. The repair kit consists of the following
— when the sealant has passed items:
its expiration date (shown on Air compressor* and Speed restriction
the label attached to the bot- sticker
tle) Tire sealant bottle
— when the cut or the puncture *: The compressor shape may differ
is approximately 0.2 in (5 mm) depending on the models.
or longer NOTE:
— when the side of the tire is A spare tire, jack and rod are not
damaged equipped as standard. These parts are
dealer options. It is recommended that
contact a NISSAN dealer about obtain- . Keep the repair compound out of
ing these parts. See “Changing a flat tire the reach of children.
(models with spare tire)” (P.6-4) for
usage of jacking tools and tire replace-
ment.
Before using emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit
. If any foreign object (for example, a
screw or nail) is embedded in the tire,
do not remove it.
. Check the expiration date of the
sealant (shown on the label attached
to the bottle). Never use a sealant
whose expiration date has passed. JVE0014X
Repairing tire 1. Take out the speed restriction sticker

from the air compressor*, then put it
in a location where the driver can see
WARNING it while driving.
*: The compressor shape may differ
Observe the following precautions
depending on the models.
when using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit.
. Swallowing the compound is CAUTION
dangerous. Immediately drink as
much water as possible and seek Do not put the speed restriction label
prompt medical assistance. on the steering wheel pad, the
. Rinse well with lots of water if the speedometer or the warning light
compound comes into contact locations.
with skin or eyes. If irritation
persists, seek prompt medical
attention.
SCE0869 SCE0870
3. Remove the cap of the tire sealant 5. Remove the protective cap of the
bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise hose and screw the hose securely
onto the bottle holder. (Leave the onto the tire valve. Make sure that
bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle the pressure release valve is se-
onto the bottle holder will pierce the curely tightened. Make sure that the
seal of the bottle.) air compressor switch is in the OFF
4. Remove the cap of the tire valve on (*) position, and then insert its power
SCE0868 the flat tire. plug into the power outlet in the
vehicle.
2. Take the hose and the power plug
out of the air compressor. Remove the
cap of the bottle holder from the air
compressor.

7. When the tire pressure is reaching the
CAUTION specified pressure or is at the mini-
mum of 26 psi (180 kPa), turn the air
compressor off. Remove the power
. An incomplete connection be-
tween the hose and tire valve plug from the power outlet and
quickly remove the hose from the tire
causes air leakage or sealant
valve. Attach the protective cap and
scatter.
valve cap.
. Do not stand directly beside the
damaged tire while it is being
inflated because of the risk of CAUTION
the rupture. If there are any
cracks or bumps, turn the com- Leave the tire sealant bottle on the
pressor off immediately. bottle holder in order to prevent
SCE0871 . There is a possibility that the sealant from spilling out.
pressure reaches 87 psi (600
6. Place the ignition switch in the ON kPa) while the tire is being in- 8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10
position. Then turn the compressor flated, but it is normal condition. minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed of
switch to the ON (−) position and Usually the pressure will drop in 50 MPH (80 km/h) or less.
inflate the tire up to the pressure that about 30 seconds.
is specified on the tire placard affixed 9. After driving, make sure that the air
to the driver’s side center pillar if . Do not operate the compressor compressor switch is in the OFF (*)
possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi for more than 10 minutes. position, then screw the hose securely
(180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off onto the tire valve. Check the tire
briefly in order to check the tire If the tire pressure does not increase pressure with the pressure gauge.
pressure with the pressure gauge. to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, If the tire pressure drops under 19 psi
If the tire is inflated to higher than the the tire may be seriously damaged (130 kPa ):
specified pressure, adjust the tire and the tire cannot be repaired with
The tire cannot be repaired with this tire
pressure by releasing air with the this tire puncture repair kit. It is
puncture repair kit. It is recommended
pressure release valve. The cold tire recommended that contact a NISSAN
that contact a NISSAN dealer.
pressures are shown on the tire pla- dealer.
card affixed to the driver’s side center
pillar.
JUMP STARTING
If the tire pressure is 19 psi (130 kPa) or To start your engine with a booster
. Whenever working on or near a
more but less than the specified pres- battery, the instructions and precautions
battery, always wear suitable eye
sure: below must be followed.
protectors (for example, goggles
Turn the compressor switch to the ON (−) or industrial safety spectacles)
position and inflate the tire up to the WARNING and remove rings, metal bands,
specified pressure. Then repeat the steps or any other jewelry. Do not lean
from 8. over the battery when jump start-
. If done incorrectly, jump starting
ing.
If the pressure drops again, the tire can lead to a battery explosion,
cannot be repaired with this tire punc- resulting in severe injury or . Do not attempt to jump start a
ture repair kit. It is recommended that death. It could also damage your frozen battery. It could explode
contact a NISSAN dealer. vehicle. and cause serious injury.
When the tire pressure is the specified . Explosive hydrogen gas is always . Your vehicle has an automatic
present in the vicinity of the engine cooling fan. It could come
pressure:
battery. Keep all sparks and on at any time. Keep hands and
The temporary repair is completed. flames away from the battery. other objects away from it.
It is recommended that visit a NISSAN . Do not allow battery fluid to come
dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon into contact with eyes, skin,
as possible. clothing or painted surfaces. Bat-
tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric
CAUTION acid solution which can cause
severe burns. If the fluid should
come into contact with anything,
Do not reuse the tire sealant bottle immediately flush the contacted
or the hose. area with water.
For a new tire sealant bottle and . Keep the battery out of the reach
hose, it is recommended that con- of children.
tact a NISSAN dealer.
. The booster battery must be
rated at 12 volts. Use of an im-
properly rated battery can da-
mage your vehicle.

2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical
systems (headlights, heater, air condi-
tioner, etc.).
5. Remove the vent caps on the battery
(if so equipped). Cover the battery with
a firmly wrung out moist cloth to
reduce explosion hazard.
6. Connect jumper cables in the se-
quence as illustrated ( ? ? ?
).
CAUTION
JVE0279X
. Always connect positive (+) to
1. If the booster battery is in another positive (+) and negative (−) to
WARNING vehicle , position the two vehicles ( body ground (for example, as
and ) to bring their batteries into illustrated), not to the battery.
close proximity to each other. . Make sure the jumper cables do
Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in Do not allow the two vehicles to not touch moving parts in the
damage to the charging system and touch. engine compartment and that
cause personal injury. the cable clamps do not contact

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
Do not attempt to start the engine by

any other metal.
pushing. WARNING
7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes. CAUTION . Never continue driving if your
8. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle overheats. Doing so could
vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and . Continuously Variable Transmis- cause a vehicle fire.
start the engine of the vehicle being sion (CVT) models cannot be . Never open the hood if steam is
jump started. push-started or tow-started. At- coming out.
tempting to do so may cause . Never remove the radiator or
transmission damage. coolant reservoir cap while the
CAUTION . Three-way catalyst equipped engine is hot. If the radiator or
models should not be started by coolant reservoir cap is removed
Do not keep the starter motor en- pushing since the three way cat- when the engine is hot, pressur-
gaged for more than 10 seconds. If alyst may be damaged. ized hot water will spurt out and
the engine does not start right away, possibly cause burning, scalding
. Never try to start the vehicle by
place the ignition switch in the OFF or serious injury.
towing it; when the engine starts,
position and wait 10 seconds before
the forward surge could cause . If steam or coolant is coming
trying again.
the vehicle to collide with the from the engine, stand clear of
tow vehicle. the vehicle to prevent getting
9. After starting your engine, carefully burned.
disconnect the negative cable and
. The engine cooling fan will start
then the positive cable ( ? ?
at anytime when the coolant
? ).
temperature exceeds preset de-
10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). grees.
Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to
. Be careful not to allow your
cover the vent holes as it may be
hands, hair, jewelry or clothing
contaminated with corrosive acid.
to come into contact with, or to
get caught in the cooling fan or
drive belts.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by

an extremely high temperature gauge 5. Open the engine hood. 7. After the engine cools down, check
reading), or if you feel a lack of engine the coolant level in the reservoir with
power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the engine running. Add coolant to
the following steps: WARNING the reservoir if necessary. Have your
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road vehicle repaired. It is recommended
and apply the parking brake. If steam or water is coming from the you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
engine, stand clear to prevent get- service.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission ting burned.
(CVT) models:
Move the shift lever to the P (Park) 6. Visually check the drive belt for da-
position. mage or looseness. Also check if the
Manual Transmission (MT) models: cooling fan is running. The radiator
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) hoses and radiator should not leak
position. water. If coolant is leaking or the
cooling fan does not run, stop the
Do not stop the engine. engine.
3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so
equipped). Open all the windows,
move the heater or air conditioner WARNING
temperature control to maximum hot
and fan control to high speed. Be careful not to allow your hands,
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen hair, jewelry or clothing to come into
for steam or coolant escaping from contact with, or get caught in, engine
the radiator before opening the hood. belts or the engine cooling fan. The
(If steam or coolant is escaping, turn engine cooling fan can start at any
off the engine.) Do not open the hood time.
further until no steam or coolant can
be seen.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic- . Always attach safety chains be-
tional and local regulations for towing fore towing.
must be followed. Incorrect towing equip-
ment could damage your vehicle. Towing For information about towing your vehi-
instructions are available from a NISSAN cle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see
dealer. Local service operators are gen- “Flat towing” (P.10-16) of this manual.
erally familiar with the applicable laws
and procedures for towing. To assure
proper towing and to prevent accidental
damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom-
mends that you have a service operator
tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have
the service operator carefully read the
following precautions.
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after
it has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering sys-
tem and powertrain are in work-
ing condition. If any of these
conditions apply, dollies or a
flatbed tow truck must be used.
SCE0952
All-wheel drive models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies
be used when towing your vehicle or the
vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as
illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow AWD models with any of
the wheels on the ground as this
may cause serious and expensive
damage to the powertrain.

. When towing MT models with the
front wheels on the ground: Place
the ignition switch in the OFF
position, and secure the steering
wheel in a straight-ahead posi-
tion with a rope or similar device.
Move the shift lever to the N
(Neutral) position.
. When towing MT models with the
rear wheels on the ground (if you
do not use towing dollies): Always
release the parking brake.
SCE0950 Front wheels on the ground:

Two-wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models be used under the front wheels when
the rear wheels raised, always towing your vehicle or the vehicle be
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be use towing dollies under the front placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu-
towed with the driving (front) wheels off wheels. strated.
the ground or place the vehicle on a flat
. When towing CVT models with
bed truck as illustrated.
the front wheels on towing dol-
lies: Place the ignition switch in CAUTION
CAUTION the OFF position, and secure the
steering wheel in a straight- Never tow Continuously Variable
ahead position with a rope or Transmission (CVT) model with the
. Never tow CVT models with the front wheels on the ground. Doing so
similar device. Move the shift
front wheels on the ground or will cause serious and expensive
lever to the N (Neutral) position.
four wheels on the ground (for- damage to the drivetrain.
ward or backward), as this may . When towing a CVT model with
cause serious and expensive da- the rear wheels on the ground (if
mage to the transmission. If it is you do not use towing dollies):
necessary to tow the vehicle with Always release the parking brake.

Manual Transmission (MT) model: . Do not use the vehicle tie-downs
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF CAUTION to tow or free a stuck vehicle.
position. . Only use devices specifically de-
2. Secure the steering wheel in a Never tow CVT model with all four signed for vehicle recovery and
straight-ahead position with rope or wheels on the ground. Doing so will follow the manufacturer’s in-
a similar device. cause serious and expensive da- structions.
mage to the drivetrain.
3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Always pull the recovery device
position. straight out from the front of the
Manual Transmission (MT) model: vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Attach the safety chains whenever
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF . Route recovery devices so they
position. do not touch any part of the
towing.
2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) vehicle except the attachment
Rear wheels on the ground: position. point.
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF 3. Release the parking brake.
position. If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck etc., use a tow strap or other device
position. vehicle) designed specifically for vehicle recovery.
Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
3. Release the parking brake.
tions for the recovery device.
4. Attach safety chains whenever tow- WARNING
ing. Rocking a stuck vehicle
To avoid vehicle damage, serious
All four wheels on the ground:
personal injury or death when reco-
NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be vering a stuck vehicle: WARNING
placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu-
strated. . Contact a professional towing . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
service to recover the vehicle if
you have any questions regard- . Do not spin your tires at high
ing the recovery procedure. speed. This could cause them to
explode and result in serious in-
. Tow chains or cables must be jury. Parts of your vehicle could
attached only to main structural also overheat and be damaged.
members of the vehicle.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., use the following procedure: WARNING
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) system. . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
2. Make sure the area in front and . Do not spin your tires at high
behind the vehicle is clear of obstruc- speed. This could cause them to
tions. explode and result in serious in-
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left jury. Parts of your vehicle could
to clear an area around the front tires. also overheat and be damaged.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
backward.
. Shift back and forth between R
(Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continu-
ously Variable Transmission (CVT)
models) or 1st and R (Reverse)
(Manual Transmission (MT) models).
. Apply the accelerator as little as
possible to maintain the rocking
motion.
. Release the accelerator pedal be-
fore shifting between R and D (CVT
models) or 1st and R (MT models).
. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH
(55 km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a
few tries, contact a professional tow-
ing service to remove the vehicle.

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior ........................................................................... 7-2 Cleaning interior ........................................................................... 7-4

Washing ......................................................................................... 7-2 Air fresheners ......................................................................... 7-5
Waxing ............................................................................................ 7-2 Floor mats ................................................................................. 7-5
Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3 Seat belts ................................................................................... 7-6
Underbody ................................................................................... 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks ............................................... 7-6
Glass ................................................................................................. 7-3 Corrosion protection ................................................................ 7-7
Wheels ............................................................................................. 7-3 Most common factors contributing to
Aluminum alloy wheels ..................................................... 7-3 vehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-7
Chrome parts ............................................................................ 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate
Tire dressing .............................................................................. 7-4 of corrosion .............................................................................. 7-7
To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............ 7-7
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty
your vehicle, it is important to take proper CAUTION of clean water.
care of it. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your . Do not use car washes that use doors, hatches and hood are particularly
vehicle as soon as you can: acid in the detergent. Some car vulnerable to the effects of road salt.
washes, especially brushless Therefore, these areas must be regularly
. after a rainfall to prevent possible
ones, use some acid for cleaning. cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in
damage from acid rain
The acid may react with some the lower edge of the door are open.
. after driving on coastal roads Spray water under the body and in the
plastic vehicle components, caus-
. when contaminants such as soot, bird ing them to crack. This could wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or affect their appearance, and also away road salt.
bugs get on the paint surface could cause them not to function Avoid leaving water spots on the paint
. when dust or mud builds up on the properly. Always check with your surface by using a damp chamois to dry
surface car wash to confirm that acid is the vehicle.
Whenever possible, store or park your not used.
vehicle inside a garage or in a covered WAXING
. Do not wash the vehicle with
area. strong household soap, strong Regular waxing protects the paint surface
When it is necessary to park outside, park chemical detergents, gasoline or and helps retain new vehicle appearance.
in a shady area or protect the vehicle with solvents. Polishing is recommended to remove
a body cover. built-up wax residue and to avoid a
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct weathered appearance before reapplying
Be careful not to scratch the paint sunlight or while the vehicle body wax.
surface when putting on or removing is hot, as the surface may become
the body cover. water-spotted. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos-
ing the proper product.
WASHING . Avoid using tight-napped or
rough cloths, such as washing . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet washing. Follow the instructions sup-
sponge and plenty of water. Clean the mitts. Care must be taken when
removing caked-on dirt or other plied with the wax.
vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a . Do not use a wax containing any
special vehicle soap or general purpose foreign substances so the paint
surface is not scratched or da- abrasives, cutting compounds or clea-
dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu- ners that may damage the vehicle
kewarm (never hot) water. maged.
finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polish-
7-2 Appearance and care
ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS
may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. CAUTION Wash regularly with a sponge dampened
REMOVING SPOTS in a mild soap solution, especially during
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, When cleaning the inside of the winter months in areas where road salt is
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi- windows, do not use sharp-edged used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not
ble from the paint surface to avoid lasting tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- removed.
damage or staining. Special cleaning based disinfectant cleaners. They
products are available at a NISSAN dealer could damage the electrical conduc-
or any automotive accessory stores. It is tors, radio antenna elements or rear CAUTION
recommended that you visit a NISSAN window defroster elements.
dealer for these products. Follow the directions below to avoid
WHEELS staining or discoloring the wheels:
UNDERBODY
Wash the wheels when washing the . Do not use a cleaner that uses
In areas where road salt is used in winter,
vehicle to maintain their appearance. strong acid or alkali contents to
the underbody must be cleaned regularly.
clean the wheels.
This will prevent dirt and salt from build- . Clean the inner side of the wheels
ing up and causing the acceleration of when the wheel is changed or the . Do not apply wheel cleaners to
corrosion on the underbody and suspen- underside of the vehicle is washed. the wheels when they are hot.
sion. Before the winter period and again . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents The wheel temperature should be
in the spring, the underseal must be or corrosion. Such damage may cause the same as ambient tempera-
checked and, if necessary, re-treated. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire ture.
GLASS bead. . Rinse the wheel to completely
. NISSAN recommends that the road remove the cleaner within 15
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and minutes after the cleaner is ap-
dust film from the glass surfaces. It is wheels be waxed to protect against
road salt in areas where it is used plied.
normal for glass to become coated with a
film after the vehicle is parked in the hot during winter.
sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will
easily remove this film.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3

CLEANING INTERIOR
CHROME PARTS Occasionally remove loose dust from the

interior trim, plastic parts and seats using CAUTION
Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a
finish. clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap . Never use benzine, thinner, or any
TIRE DRESSING solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft similar material.
NISSAN does not recommend the use of cloth. . For cleaning, use a soft cloth,
tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a Regular care and cleaning is required in dampened with water. Never use
coating to the tires to help reduce dis- order to maintain the appearance of the a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,
coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing leather. thinner or any kind of solvent or
is applied to the tires, it may react with paper towel with a chemical
Before using any fabric protector, read cleaning agent. They will scratch
the coating and form a compound. This the manufacturer’s recommendations.
compound may come off the tire while or cause discoloration to the lens.
Some fabric protectors contain chemicals
driving and stain the vehicle paint. that may stain or bleach the seat materi- . Do not spray any liquid such as
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take al. water on the meter lens. Spraying
the following precautions: liquid may cause the system to
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to malfunction.
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The clean the meter and gauge lens.
coating on the tire dissolves more . Small dirt particles can be abra-
easily with an oil-based tire dressing. sive and damaging to the leather
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to WARNING surfaces and should be removed
promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
help prevent it from entering the tire car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning
tread/grooves (where it would be Do not use water or acidic cleaners
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This fluids, solvents, detergents or
difficult to remove). ammonia-based cleaners as they
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a can damage the seat or occupant
classification sensors. This can also may damage the leather’s natural
dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing finish.
is completely removed from the tire affect the operation of the air bag
tread/grooves. system and result in serious perso- . Never use fabric protectors un-
nal injury. less recommended by the manu-
. Allow the tire dressing to dry as facturer.
recommended by tire dressing manu-
facturer. . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner
on meter or gauge lens covers. It

may damage the lens cover. . NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver
AIR FRESHENERS front position or install them up-
side down or backwards.
Most air fresheners use a solvent that
could affect the vehicle interior. If you use . It is recommended that you use
an air freshener, take the following pre- only genuine NISSAN floor mats
cautions: specifically designed for use in
your vehicle model and model
. Hanging-type air fresheners can year.
cause permanent discoloration when
they contact vehicle interior surfaces. . Properly position the mats in the
Place the air freshener in a location floorwell using the floor mat po-
that allows it to hang free and not sitioning hooks. See “Floor mat
contact an interior surface. installation” (P.7-5).
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip . Make sure the floor mat does not JVA0018X
on the vents. These products can interfere with pedal operation.
cause immediate damage and disco- . Periodically check the floor mats Floor mat installation
loration when spilled on interior sur- to make sure they are properly Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat
faces. installed. positioning hook(s). The number and
Carefully read and follow the manufac- . After cleaning the vehicle interior, shape of the floor mat positioning hook
turer’s instructions before using air fresh- check the floor mats to make (s) for each seating position varies de-
eners. sure they are properly installed. pending on the vehicle.
FLOOR MATS When installing genuine NISSAN floor
The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can mats, follow the installation instructions
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and provided with the floor mat and the
WARNING make it easier to clean the interior. Mats following:
should be maintained with regular clean- 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell
To avoid potential pedal interference ing and replaced if they become exces- so that the floor mat grommet holes
that may result in a collision, injury sively worn. are aligned with the hook(s).
or death:
2. Secure the grommet holes into the
hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

is properly positioned. dye, or chemical solvents to clean
3. Make sure the floor mat does not the seat belts, since these materials
interfere with pedal operation. With may severely weaken the seat belt
the ignition in the OFF position and webbing.
the shift lever in the P (Park) position
(Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models) or the shift lever in the
CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS
N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmis-
sion (MT) models), fully apply and CAUTION
release all pedals. The floor mat must
not interfere with pedal operation or
Periodically clean the seat tracks to
prevent the pedal from returning to its
prevent reduction of ability to move
normal position. It is recommended
the seats.
you see a NISSAN dealer for details
about installing the floor mats in your JVA0031X
vehicle. Positioning hook(s) Clean periodically with a high-powered
vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may
The illustration shows the location of the
reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A
floor mat positioning hook(s).
wet cleansing agent may be used if
SEAT BELTS necessary.
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
them with a sponge dampened in a mild
soap solution. Allow the belts to dry
completely in the shade before using
them.
See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up
in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

CORROSION PROTECTION
MOST COMMON FACTORS CON- Temperature cleaner.

TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- A temperature increase will accelerate . Never allow water or other liquids
SION the rate of corrosion to those parts which to come in contact with electronic
. The accumulation of moisture-retain- are not well ventilated. components inside the vehicle as
ing dirt and debris in body panel this may damage them.
sections, cavities, and other areas.
Air pollution
. Damage to paint and other protective Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in Chemicals used for road surface deicing
coatings caused by gravel and stone the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt are extremely corrosive. They accelerate
chips or minor traffic accidents. use will accelerate the corrosion process. corrosion and deterioration of underbody
Road salt will also accelerate the disin- components such as the exhaust system,
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- tegration of paint surfaces.
ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM pan and fenders.
Moisture CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on . Wash and wax your vehicle often to cleaned periodically.
the vehicle body underside can acceler- keep the vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and
ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not . Always check for minor damage to the corrosion, which may be required in some
dry completely inside the vehicle, and paint and repair it as soon as possible. areas, it is recommended you consult a
should be removed for drying to avoid . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the NISSAN dealer.
floor panel corrosion. doors open to avoid water accumula-
Relative humidity tion.
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of . Check the underbody for accumula-
high relative humidity, especially those tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present,
areas where the temperatures stay above wash with water as soon as possible.
freezing where atmospheric pollution ex-
ists, or where road salt is used. CAUTION
. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
debris from the passenger com-
partment by washing it out with a
hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum
MEMO

8 Do-it-yourself
Maintenance precautions ...................................................... 8-2 Windshield wiper blades ..................................................... 8-16

Engine compartment check locations ........................ 8-3 Cleaning ................................................................................... 8-16
MR20DD engine model ..................................................... 8-4 Replacing ................................................................................ 8-16
Engine cooling system ............................................................. 8-4 Rear window wiper blade .................................................. 8-17
Checking engine coolant level .................................... 8-5 Brakes ................................................................................................ 8-17
Changing engine coolant ................................................ 8-6 Self-adjusting brakes ..................................................... 8-17
Engine oil ............................................................................................. 8-6 Brake pad wear warning ............................................ 8-17
Checking engine oil level ................................................. 8-6 Fuses ................................................................................................... 8-18
Changing engine oil and filter ..................................... 8-6 Engine compartment .................................................... 8-18
Continuously Variable Transmission Passenger compartment ........................................... 8-20
(CVT) fluid ............................................................................................ 8-9 Key fob battery replacement .......................................... 8-21
Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ....................... 8-9 Intelligent Key battery replacement .......................... 8-23
Window washer fluid .............................................................. 8-10 Lights .................................................................................................. 8-25
Battery ................................................................................................ 8-11 Headlights .............................................................................. 8-25
Jump starting ......................................................................... 8-12 Exterior and interior lights ........................................ 8-27
Variable voltage control system ................................... 8-13 Wheels and tires ........................................................................ 8-29
Drive belt .......................................................................................... 8-13 Tire pressure ........................................................................ 8-29
Spark plugs ..................................................................................... 8-14 Tire labeling .......................................................................... 8-33
Replacing spark plugs ..................................................... 8-14 Types of tires ....................................................................... 8-35
Air cleaner ....................................................................................... 8-15 Tire chains .............................................................................. 8-36
Air duct removal .................................................................. 8-15 Changing wheels and tires ...................................... 8-37
Air cleaner filter replacement ................................... 8-15
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or main- . Always wear eye protection . On gasoline engine models with
tenance work on your vehicle, always whenever you work on your ve- the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
take care to prevent serious accidental hicle. system, the fuel filter and fuel
injury to yourself or damage to the lines should be serviced because
. If you must run the engine in an
vehicle. The following are general precau- the fuel lines are under high
enclosed space such as a garage,
tions which should be closely observed. pressure even when the engine
be sure there is proper ventilation
for exhaust gases to escape. is turned off. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN dealer for
WARNING . Never get under the vehicle while this service.
it is supported only by a jack. If it
. Your vehicle is equipped with an
. Park the vehicle on a level sur- is necessary to work under the
vehicle, support it with safety automatic engine cooling fan. It
face, apply the parking brake
stands. may come on at any time without
securely and block the wheels to
warning, even if the ignition
prevent the vehicle from moving. . Because the fuel lines are under switch is in the OFF position and
Move the shift lever to the P high pressure even when the the engine is not running. To
(Park) position (CVT model) or engine is off, it is recommended avoid injury, always disconnect
the shift lever to the N (Neutral) you visit a NISSAN dealer for the negative battery cable before
position (MT model). service of the fuel filter or fuel working near the fan.
. Be sure the ignition switch is in lines.
. Avoid direct contact with used
the OFF or LOCK position when . Do not work under the hood while engine oil and coolant. Impro-
performing any parts replace- the engine is hot. Always turn off perly disposed engine oil, engine
ment or repairs. the engine and wait until it cools coolant, and/or other vehicle
. If you must work with the engine down. fluids can hurt the environment.
running, keep your hands, cloth- . If you must work with the engine Always conform to local regula-
ing, hair and tools away from running, keep your hands, cloth- tions for disposal of vehicle fluids.
moving fans, belts and any other ing, hair and tools away from
moving parts. moving fans, belts and any other
. It is advisable to secure or removing parts.
move any loose clothing and . Keep smoking materials, flame
CAUTION
remove any jewelry, such as and sparks away from fuel and
rings, watches, etc. before work- the battery. . Do not work under the hood while
ing on your vehicle. the engine is hot. Turn the engine
8-2 Do-it-yourself
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
off and wait until it cools down. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
available. (See “Owner’s manual/service
. Avoid direct contact with used manual order information” (P.10-21).)
engine oil and coolant. Impro-
perly disposed engine oil, and You should be aware that incomplete or
engine coolant and/or other ve- improper servicing may result in operat-
hicle fluids can damage the en- ing difficulties or excessive emissions, and
vironment. Always conform to could affect your warranty coverage. If in
local regulations for disposal of doubt about any servicing, it is recom-
vehicle fluid. mended you have it done by a NISSAN
dealer.
. Never leave the engine or the CVT
related component harnesses
disconnected while the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
. Never connect or disconnect the WAA0212X
battery or any transistorized
component while the ignition Remove the air duct if necessary.
switch is in the ON position. To remove the air duct :
. Your vehicle is equipped with an 1. Remove the clips with a suitable
automatic engine cooling fan. It tool.
may come on at any time without 2. Loosen the bolt with a suitable tool.
warning, even if the ignition key is
in the OFF position and the en- 3. Pull the air duct upward and then
gine is not running. To avoid sideways.
injury, always disconnect the ne- To install the air duct, perform the in-
gative battery cable before work- stallation procedure in reverse order.
ing near the fan.
This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-

structions regarding only those items
which are relatively easy for an owner to
perform.
Do-it-yourself 8-3
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
The engine cooling system is filled at the

factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide
year-round anti-freeze and coolant pro-
tection. The anti-freeze solution contains
rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional
engine cooling system additives are not
necessary.
WARNING
. Never remove the radiator or
coolant reservoir cap when the
engine is hot. Wait until the en-
gine and radiator cool down.
Serious burns could be caused
by high pressure fluid escaping
from the radiator. See precau-
tions in “If your vehicle overheats”
(P.6-16) of this manual.
. The radiator is equipped with a
WAA0211X pressure type radiator cap. To
prevent engine damage, use only
MR20DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Engine oil dipstick
a genuine NISSAN radiator cap.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Battery
9. Fuse/fusible link box
. If the engine was stopped soon
2. Engine oil filler cap when the engine is hot, the cool-
3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
ing fan may operate for approxi-
4. Air cleaner mately 10 minutes after the
5. Window washer fluid reservoir engine was stopped to cool the
6. Drive belt components in the engine com-
8-4 Do-it-yourself
partment. When the cooling fan is low the coolant manufacture’s
operating, be sure that hands or instructions to maintain mini-
other items do not get caught in mum antifreeze protection to
it. -34°F (-37°C). The use of other
types of coolant solutions other
than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
CAUTION equivalent may damage the en-
gine cooling system.
. Never use any cooling system . The life expectancy of the fac-
additives such as radiator sealer. tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles
Additives may clog the cooling (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing
system and cause damage to any other type of coolant other
the engine, transmission and/or than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
cooling system. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (or
JVM0438X
. When adding or replacing cool- equivalent coolant), including
ant, be sure to use only Genuine
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ freeze/Coolant (green), or the use Check the coolant level in the reservoir
Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- of non-distilled water will reduce when the engine is cold. If the coolant
uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ the life expectancy of the factory- level is below the MIN level , open the
Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to fill coolant. Refer to the “9. Main- reservoir cap and add coolant up to the
provide antifreeze protection to tenance and schedules” section MAX level . If the reservoir is empty,
-34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze of this manual for more details. check the coolant level in the radiator
protection is needed due to when the engine is cold. If there is
weather where you operate your insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the
vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long radiator with coolant up to the filler
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) opening and also add it to the reservoir
concentrate following the direc- up to the MAX level .
tions on the container. If an Tighten the cap securely after adding
equivalent coolant other than engine coolant.
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- If the cooling system frequently re-
freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol- quires coolant, have it checked. It is
Do-it-yourself 8-5
ENGINE OIL
recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer ing. Do not overfill .

for this service. 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT It is normal to add some oil between oil
A NISSAN dealer can change the engine maintenance intervals or during the
coolant. The service procedure can be break-in period, depending on the se-
found in the NISSAN Service Manual. verity of operating conditions.
Improper servicing can result in re-
duced heater performance and engine CAUTION
overheating.
Oil level should be checked regularly.
WARNING Operating the engine with an insuffi-
cient amount of oil can damage the
. To avoid being scalded, never engine, and such damage is not
SDI1993
change the coolant when the covered by the warranty.
engine is hot. CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
. Never remove the radiator or 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
coolant reservoir cap when the apply the parking brake.
engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid
2. Run the engine until it reaches oper- WARNING
ating temperature.
escaping from the radiator.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than . Used oil must be disposed of
. Avoid direct skin contact with 10 minutes for the oil to drain back properly. Never pour or dump oil
used coolant. If skin contact is into the oil pan. into the ground, canals, rivers,
made, wash thoroughly with soap etc. It should be disposed of at
or hand cleaner as soon as pos- 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
Reinsert it all the way. proper waste facilities. NISSAN
sible. recommends having your oil
. Keep coolant out of the reach of 5. Remove the dipstick again and check changed by a NISSAN dealer.
children and pets. the oil level. It should be within the
range . If the oil level is below , . Be careful not to burn yourself, as
remove the oil filler cap and pour the engine oil may be hot.
Engine coolant must be disposed of
recommended oil through the open-
properly. Check your local regulations.
8-6 Do-it-yourself
. Prolonged and repeated contact
with used engine oil may cause CAUTION
skin cancer.
. Avoid direct skin contact with Make sure the correct lifting and
used oil. If contacted, wash thor- support points are used to avoid
oughly with soap or hand cleaner vehicle damage.
and plenty of water as soon as
possible.
. Store used engine oil in marked
containers out of the reach of
children.
Vehicle set-up
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches the
operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more
than 10 minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
suitable floor jack and safety jack JVM0414X
stands.
. Place the safety jack stands under
the vehicle jack-up points.
. A suitable adapter should be at-
tached to the jack stand saddle.
Do-it-yourself 8-7
. Waste oil must be disposed of Drain plug tightening torque:
properly. 22 to 29 ft-lb
. Check your local regulations. (29 to 39 N·m)
(Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the
Do not use excessive force.
engine oil filter change is needed.)
9. Refill the engine with the recom-
4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter
mended oil through the oil filler open-
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turn-
ing, and install the oil filler cap
ing it by hand.
securely.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting
See “Capacities and recommended
surface with a clean rag.
fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain
and refill capacity. The drain and refill
CAUTION capacity depends on the oil tempera-
ture and drain time. Use these speci-
JVM0421X fications for reference only. Always
Be sure to remove any old gasket
use the dipstick to determine the
1. Oil filler cap material remaining on the mounting
proper amount of oil in the engine.
2. Oil drain plug surface of the engine. Failure to do
3. Oil filter so could lead to engine damage. 10. Start the engine and check for leak-
age around the drain plug and the oil
Engine oil and filter 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with
filter. Correct as required.
1. Place a large drain pan under the clean engine oil. 11. Turn the engine off and wait more
drain plug. than 10 minutes. Check the oil level
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a
2. Remove the oil filler cap. with the dipstick. Add engine oil if
slight resistance is felt, then tighten
necessary.
3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench additionally more than 2/3 turn.
and completely drain the oil. Oil filter tightening torque: After the operation
11 to 15 ft-lb 1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the
(14.7 to 20.5 N·m) ground.
CAUTION
8. Clean and re-install the drain plug 2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
Be careful not to burn yourself, as with a new washer. Securely tighten
the engine oil is hot. the drain plug with a wrench.
8-8 Do-it-yourself
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so equipped) FLUID
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
When checking or replacement is re- For additional brake and clutch fluid
WARNING quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer information, see “Capacities and recom-
for servicing. mended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this
manual.
. Prolonged and repeated contact
with used engine oil may cause CAUTION
skin cancer. WARNING
. Try to avoid direct skin contact . NISSAN recommends using Gen-
with used oil. If skin contact is uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or . Use only new fluid from a sealed
made, wash thoroughly with soap equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. container. Old, inferior or con-
or hand cleaner as soon as pos- Do not mix with other fluids. taminated fluid may damage the
sible. brake and clutch systems. The
. Do not use Automatic transmis-
. Keep used engine oil out of reach sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans- use of improper fluids can da-
of children. mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as mage the brake and clutch sys-
it may damage the CVT. Damage tems, and affect the vehicle’s
caused by the use of fluids other stopping ability.
than as recommended is not . Clean the filler cap before remov-
covered by the NISSAN’s New ing.
Vehicle Limited Warranty. . Brake and clutch fluid is poiso-
. Using fluids that are not equiva- nous and should be stored care-
lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid fully in marked containers out of
NS-3 may also damage the CVT. the reach of children.
Damage caused by the use of
fluids other than as recom-
mended is not covered by the
NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited CAUTION
Warranty.
Do not spill the fluid on any painted
surfaces. This will damage the paint.
If fluid is spilled, immediately wash
the surface with water.
Do-it-yourself 8-9
WINDOW WASHER FLUID
Type A: Check the fluid level in the

window washer reservoir. If the fluid level
is low, add window washer fluid.
Type B: To check the fluid level, use your
finger to plug the center hole of the
cap/tube assembly, then remove it from
the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the
tube, add fluid.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for
better cleaning. In the winter season, add
a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow
the manufacturer’s instructions for the
mixture ratio.
JVM0789X JVM0788X Fill the window washer fluid reservoir
Type A
periodically.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the Add fluid when the low washer fluid
fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning appears (if so equipped).
warning light comes on, add Genuine
NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or Refill the reservoir more frequently when
equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line driving conditions require an increased
. If fluid must be added frequently, the amount of window washer fluid.
system should be checked. It is recom- Recommended fluid:
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con-
service. centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equiva-
lent
CAUTION
. Do not substitute engine anti-
JVM0380X freeze coolant for window
Type B washer solution. This may result
8-10 Do-it-yourself
BATTERY
. Keep the battery surface clean and

in damage to the paint. eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces.
dry. Clean the battery with a solution
. Do not fill the window washer After touching a battery or bat-
of baking soda and water.
reservoir tank with washer fluid tery cap, do not touch or rub your
. Make certain the terminal connec- eyes. Thoroughly wash your
concentrates at full strength. tions are clean and securely tightened.
Some methyl alcohol based hands. If the acid contacts your
. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 eyes, skin or clothing, immedi-
washer fluid concentrates may
days or longer, disconnect the nega- ately flush with water for at least
permanently stain the grille if
tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre- 15 minutes and seek medical
spilled while filling the window
vent discharging it. attention.
washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-
NOTE: . Do not operate the vehicle if the
trates with water to the manu- Care should be taken to avoid situations fluid in the battery is low. Low
facturer’s recommended levels that can lead to potential battery dis- battery fluid can cause a higher
before pouring the fluid into the charge and potential no-start condi- load on the battery which can
window washer reservoir tank. Do tions such as: generate heat, reduce battery life,
not use the window washer re- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- and in some cases lead to an
servoir tank to mix the washer tronic accessories that consume explosion.
fluid concentrate and water. battery power when the engine is . When working on or near a bat-
not running (Phone chargers, GPS, tery, always wear suitable eye
DVD players, etc.) protection and remove all jew-
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ elry.
or only driven short distances. . Battery posts, terminals and re-
In these cases, the battery may need to lated accessories contain lead
be charged to maintain battery health. and lead compounds. Wash
hands after handling.
. Keep the battery out of the reach
WARNING of children.
. Do not expose the battery to
flames or electrical sparks. Hy-
drogen gas generated by the
battery is explosive. Do not allow
battery fluid to contact your skin,
Do-it-yourself 8-11
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump
starting” (P.6-14). If the engine does not
start by jump starting, the battery may
have to be replaced. It is recommended
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
DI0137MA SDI1480C
Check the fluid level in each cell. It should 1. Remove the cell plugs .
be between the UPPER LEVEL and 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER
LOWER LEVEL lines. LEVEL line.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only If the side of the battery is not clear,
distilled water to bring the level to the check the distilled water level by
indicator in each filler opening. Do not looking directly above the cell; the
overfill. condition indicates OK and the
condition needs more to be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs .
Vehicles operated in high temperatures
or under severe conditions require fre-
quent checks of the battery fluid level.
8-12 Do-it-yourself
VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT
loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is

CAUTION recommended you visit a NISSAN
. Do not ground accessories di- 2. Have the belt condition checked reg-
rectly to the battery terminal. ularly.
Doing so will bypass the variable
voltage control system and the
vehicle battery may not charge
completely.
. Use electrical accessories with
the engine running to avoid dis-
charging the vehicle battery.
The variable voltage control system mea- SDI1881

sures the amount of electrical discharge
from the battery and controls voltage 1. Alternator
generated by the generator. 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner
3. Crankshaft pulley
4. Air conditioner compressor
5. Water pump
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the
OFF or LOCK position before servi-
cing drive belts. The engine could
rotate unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of

unusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-
ess. If the belt is in poor condition or
Do-it-yourself 8-13
SPARK PLUGS
Always replace spark plugs with recom-

WARNING mended or equivalent ones.
Be sure the engine and ignition

switch are off and that the parking
brake is applied.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2670
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, it is recom-
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
service.
Iridium platinum-tipped spark
plugs
It is not necessary to replace the iridium
platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently
as the conventional type spark plugs
since they will last much longer. Follow
the maintenance schedule shown in the
“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.
Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped
spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.
8-14 Do-it-yourself
AIR CLEANER
AIR CLEANER FILTER REPLACEMENT
WARNING
. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner filter not only cleans the
intake air, it also stops flame if
the engine backfires. If the air
cleaner filter is not installed and
the engine backfires, you could
be burned. Never drive with the
WAI0158X air cleaner filter off. Be cautious
working on the engine when the
AIR DUCT REMOVAL air cleaner filter is off.
1. Remove the clip with a suitable tool. . Never pour fuel into the throttle
2. While pulling off the lock , pull out the body or attempt to start the
clip and pull up the air duct . engine with the air cleaner re-
moved. Doing so could result in
serious injury.
WAI0159X
1. Remove the clips and open the air

cleaner filter cover .
2. Pull up the air cleaner filter .
Do-it-yourself 8-15
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using
the windshield washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other
material may be on the blade or wind-
shield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild
detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear
water. If your windshield is still not clear SDI2359
after cleaning the blades and using the
wiper, replace the blades. REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. CAUTION
CAUTION 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
windshield. . After wiper blade replacement,
Worn windshield wiper blades can 2. Push and hold the release tab , and return the wiper arm to its origi-
damage the windshield and impair move the wiper blade down the wiper nal position; otherwise it may be
driver vision. arm . damaged when the hood is
opened.
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the
wiper arm until a click sounds. . Make sure the wiper blades con-
tact the glass; otherwise the arm
4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the may be damaged from wind
dimple is in the groove. pressure.
8-16 Do-it-yourself
REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES
It is recommended you contact a NISSAN If the brakes do not operate properly, it is

dealer if checking or replacement is recommended you have the brakes
required. checked by a NISSAN dealer.
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-
ing brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every
time the brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
Have your brake system checked if
the brake pedal height does not
return to normal. It is recommended
you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
service.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING

The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires
replacement, it will make a high pitched
SDI2693 scraping sound when the vehicle is in
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle motion. This scraping sound will first
. This may cause improper windshield occur only when the brake pedal is
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, depressed. After more wear of the brake
remove any objects with a needle or small pad, the sound will always be heard even
pin . Be careful not to damage the if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have
nozzle. the brakes checked as soon as possible if
the wear warning sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions,
Do-it-yourself 8-17
FUSES
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other OFF position (if so equipped) or the
noise may be heard. Occasional brake AUTO position and the headlights are
noise during light to moderate stops is OFF.
normal and does not affect the function 2. Open the engine hood.
or performance of the brake system.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cov-
Proper brake inspection intervals er by using a suitable tool and pushing
should be followed. For additional infor- the tab.
mation, see the maintenance schedule
shown in the “9. Maintenance and sche- 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be
dules” section. replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller
located in the passenger compart-
ment fuse box.
JVM0386X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified
on the fuse box cover. This could
damage the electrical system or
electronic control units or cause a
fire.
If any electrical equipment does not

operate, check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned
off, and the headlight switch is in the
8-18 Do-it-yourself
6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a
new fuse .
7. If a new fuse also opens, have the
electrical system checked and re-
paired. It is recommended you visit a
SDI1753 JVM0444X
Type A
The holder also contains the fuses.
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
dealer for checking and/or replacing.
Fusible links
operate and the fuses are in good condi-
tion, check the fusible links. If any of these
fusible links are melted, replace only with
genuine NISSAN parts.
For checking and replacing the fusible
links, it is recommended you visit a
NISSAN dealer.
SDI1754
Type B
Do-it-yourself 8-19
JVM0387X SDI1754
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT OFF position (if so equipped) or the 4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a
AUTO position and the headlights are new fuse .
OFF. 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the
WARNING 2. Remove the fuse box cover. electrical system checked and re-
paired. It is recommended you visit a
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller
amperage rating than that specified .
on the fuse box cover. This could
damage the electrical system or
electronic control units or cause a
fire.

operate, check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch is turned
off, and the headlight switch is in the
8-20 Do-it-yourself
KEY FOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT
NOTE:
If the extended storage fuse switch CAUTION
malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is
not necessary to replace the switch. In
this case, remove the extended storage . Be careful not to allow children to
fuse switch and replace it with a new swallow the battery and removed
fuse of the same rating. parts.
How to remove the extended storage . An improperly disposed battery
fuse switch: can harm the environment. Al-
ways confirm local regulations
1. To remove the extended storage fuse for battery disposal.
switch, be sure the ignition switch is in
the OFF or LOCK position. . When changing batteries, do not
let dust or oil get on the compo-
2. Be sure the headlights are off. (See nents.
“Headlight switch” (P.2-52) or “Intelli-
JVM0415X
gent Auto Headlight system” (P.2-52).) . There is danger of explosion if the
lithium battery is incorrectly re-
Extended storage fuse switch (if so 3. Remove the fuse box cover. placed. Replace only with the
equipped) 4. Pinch the locking tabs found on same or equivalent type.
To reduce battery drain, the extended each side of the extended storage
storage fuse switch comes from the fuse switch.
factory switched off. Prior to delivery of 5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch
your vehicle, the switch is pushed in straight out from the fuse box .
(switched on) and should always remain
on.
If the extended storage fuse switch is not
pushed in (switched on), the meter may
display a warning message. See “21. Ship-
ping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warn-
ing” (P.2-33).
operate, remove the extended storage
fuse switch and check for an open fuse.
Do-it-yourself 8-21
. Do not touch the internal circuit For Canada:
and electric terminals as doing so
could cause a malfunction. This device complies with Industry Ca-
. Hold the battery by the edges.
Holding the battery across the two conditions: (1) this device may not
contact points will seriously deplete cause interference, and (2) this device
the storage capacity. must accept any interference, including
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom of the case . operation of the device.
3. Close the lid securely.
4. Operate the buttons to check its
operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need assis-
tance for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any
JVM0381X interference received, including inter-
To replace the battery: eration.
1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit Note: Changes or modifications not
to open the lid. Use a cloth to expressly approved by the party re-
protect the casing. sponsible for compliance could void
2. Replace the battery with a new one. the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Recommended battery: CR2032 or
equivalent
8-22 Do-it-yourself
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Use a cloth to protect the casing.

CAUTION 3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
. Be careful not to allow children to CR2032 or equivalent
swallow the battery and removed . Do not touch the internal circuit
parts. and electric terminals as doing so
. An improperly disposed battery could cause a malfunction.
can harm the environment. Al- . Hold the battery by the edges.
ways confirm local regulations Holding the battery across the
for battery disposal. contact points will seriously deplete
. When changing batteries, do not the storage capacity.
let dust or oil get on the compo- . Make sure that the + side faces the
nents. bottom of the case.
. There is danger of explosion if the
lithium battery is incorrectly re-
placed. Replace only with the
same or equivalent type.
SDI2451
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key

as follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit
of the corner and twist it to separate
the upper part from the lower part.
Do-it-yourself 8-23
eration.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party re-
sponsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry Ca-
SDI2452 must accept any interference, including
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower operation of the device.
parts , and then push them together
until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its
operation.
If you need any assistance for replace-
ment, it is recommended you visit a
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including inter-
8-24 Do-it-yourself
LIGHTS
1. Front parking light/Daytime running

light/Front turn signal light (LED type)
2. Front turn signal light (bulb type)
3. Headlight (high-beam)
4. Headlight (low-beam)
5. Front side marker light
6. Map light and front room light
7. Room light
8. Side turn signal light (if so equipped)
9. Front fog light (if so equipped)
10. Cargo light
11. High-mounted stop light
12. Rear combination light (tail light, stop
light, rear turn signal light)
13. Rear side marker light
14. License plate light
15. Reverse light/Tail light
HEADLIGHTS
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens
of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car
wash. A temperature difference between
the inside and the outside of the lens
causes the fog. This is not a malfunction.
If large drops of water collect inside the
lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN
dealer for servicing.
WAI0093X
Do-it-yourself 8-25
Replacing . Aiming is not necessary after
LED headlight model: replacing the bulb. When aiming
adjustment is necessary, it is
If LED headlight replacement is required, recommended you visit a NISSAN
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.
Halogen headlight model: Use the same number and wattage as
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type originally installed as shown in the chart.
which uses a replaceable headlight (halo-
gen) bulb.
CAUTION
. Do not leave the bulb out of the
headlight reflector for a long
period of time. Dust, moisture,
smoke, etc. entering the head-
light body may affect bulb per-
formance.
. High pressure halogen gas is
sealed inside the halogen bulb.
The bulb may break if the glass WAI0094X
envelope is scratched or the bulb
is dropped. Low-beam/High-beam:
. Only touch the base when hand- 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
ling the bulb. Never touch the 2. Disconnect the electrical connector
glass envelope. Touching the from the rear end of the bulb.
glass envelope could significantly 3. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it
affect bulb life and/or headlight counterclockwise. Do not shake or rotate
performance. the bulb when removing it.
8-26 Do-it-yourself
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
removal.
Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.
Headlight high beam (bulb type) 65 H9
Headlight low beam (bulb type) 55 H11
Headlight high/low beams (LED type)* LED -
Front turn signal light* 21 or LED WY21W or -
Front parking light* LED -
Front side marker light* LED -
Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8
Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED -
Daytime running light* LED -
Rear combination light*
Turn signal light 21 W21W
Stop/tail light LED —
Back-up 16 W16W
Rear side marker light* LED -
License plate light* 5 W5W
Map light* LED -
Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* 1.8 -
High-mounted stop light* LED -
Room light 8 -
Cargo light 5 -
Glove box light* 1.4 -
*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the
latest information about parts.
Do-it-yourself 8-27
SDI1499A
Room light
SDI2306 SDI2653
Cargo light
Replacement procedures
: REMOVE
: INSTALL
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or

E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the
lens and/or cover.
8-28 Do-it-yourself
WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6- Tire inflation pressure outside the vehicle for inflating the
3). Check the pressure of the tires tires to the recommended COLD
TIRE PRESSURE (including the spare (if so tire pressure. (See “TPMS with Easy
equipped)) often and always prior Fill Tire Alert” (P.5-8).)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) to long distance trips. The recom- Incorrect tire pressure, including
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
mended tire pressure specifica- under inflation, may adversely
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It tions are shown on the Tire and affect tire life and vehicle hand-
monitors tire pressure of all tires except Loading Information label under ling.
the spare (if so equipped). When the low the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading.
tire pressure warning light is lit, and the The Tire and Loading Information
“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning WARNING
label is affixed to the driver side
message is displayed in the vehicle in-
formation display, one or more of your center pillar. Tire pressures should . Improperly inflated tires can
tires is significantly under-inflated. be checked regularly because: fail suddenly and cause an
The TPMS will activate only when the . Most tires naturally lose air over accident.
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH time. . The Gross Vehicle Weight
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not . Tires can lose air suddenly when rating (GVWR) is located on
detect a sudden drop in tire pressure driven over potholes or other
(for example a flat tire while driving). the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer-
objects or if the vehicle strikes tification label. The vehicle
For more details, see “Low tire pressure a curb while parking.
warning light” (P.2-14), “Tire Pressure Mon- weight capacity is indicated
itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “Tire The tire pressures should be on the Tire and Loading In-
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- checked when the tires are cold. formation label. Do not load
3). The tires are considered COLD after your vehicle beyond this ca-
the vehicle has been parked for 3 or pacity. Overloading your ve-
more hours, or driven less than 1 hicle may result in reduced
mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. tire life, unsafe operating
TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- conditions due to premature
vides visual and audible signals tire failure, or unfavorable
Do-it-yourself 8-29
handling characteristics and
could also lead to a serious
accident. Loading beyond
the specified capacity may
also result in failure of other
vehicle components.
. Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load
your vehicle, use a tire pres-
sure gauge to ensure that
the tire pressures are at the
specified level.
. For additional information
regarding tires, refer to “Im-
portant Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (US) or “Tire Safety
Information” (Canada) in the
Warranty Information Book-
let.
8-30 Do-it-yourself
Cold tire pressure: Inflate
the tires to this pressure
when the tires are cold.
Tires are considered COLD
after the vehicle has been
parked for 3 or more hours,
or driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) at moderate
speeds. The recommended
cold tire inflation is set by
the manufacturer to pro-
vide the best balance of
tire wear, vehicle handling,
driveability, tire noise, etc.,
up to the vehicle’s GVWR.
Tire size — see “Tire label-
ing” (P.8-33).
Spare tire size or compact
spare tire size (if so
SDI2503
equipped)
Tire and Loading Information label hicle loading information”

Seating capacity: The max- (P.10-12).
imum number of occu- Original size: The size of
pants that can be seated the tires originally installed
in the vehicle. on the vehicle at the fac-
Vehicle load limit: See “Ve- tory.
Do-it-yourself 8-31
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare it to
the specification shown on the
Tire and Loading Information
label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If
too much air is added, press the
core of the valve stem briefly
with the tip of the gauge stem to
release pressure. Recheck the
pressure and add or release air
as needed.
SDI1949 6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other
Checking the tire pressure
tires, including the spare (if so
1. Remove the valve stem cap from equipped).
the tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge
squarely onto the valve stem.
Do not press too hard or force
the valve stem sideways, or air
will escape. If the hissing sound
of air escaping from the tire is
heard while checking the pres-
sure, reposition the gauge to
eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
8-32 Do-it-yourself
COLD TIRE INFLATION
SIZE PRESSURE
215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI
FRONT ORIGINAL 230 kPa, 33 PSI
215/60 R17 96H
TIRE
225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI
215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI
REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI
225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI
SPARE TIRE (if so T145/90 D16 106M 420 kPa, 60 PSI
equipped) T135/90 D16 102M
SDI1575
Example
TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufac-
turers to place standardized infor-
mation on the sidewall of all tires.
This information identifies and de-
scribes the fundamental character-
istics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification.
The TIN can be used to identify
the tire in case of a recall.
Do-it-yourself 8-33
height to width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This
number is the wheel or rim
diameter in inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94):
This number is the tire’s load
index. It is a measurement of
how much weight each tire can
support. You may not find this
information on all tires because
SDI1606 it is not required by law. JVM0694X
Example 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should Example
Tire size (example: P215/60R16 not drive the vehicle faster than TIN (Tire Identification Number)
94H) the tire speed rating. for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is XXX XXXX)
designed for passenger vehicles. 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-
(Not all tires have this informa- partment of Transportation”.
tion.) The symbol can be placed
2. Three-digit number (215): This above, below or to the left or
number gives the width in milli- right of the Tire Identification
meters of the tire from sidewall Number.
edge to sidewall edge. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s
3. Two-digit number (60): This identification mark
number, known as the aspect 3. Two-digit code: Tire size
ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of
8-34 Do-it-yourself
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code mum load in kilograms and pounds (2) the outward facing sidewall of
(Optional) that can be carried by the tire. an asymmetrical tire that has a
5. Four numbers represent the When replacing the tires on the particular side that must always
week and year the tire was built. vehicle, always use a tire that has face outward when mounted on a
For example, the numbers 3103 the same load rating as the factory vehicle.
means the 31st week of 2003. If installed tire. TYPES OF TIRES
these numbers are missing, then Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
look on the other sidewall of the Indicates whether the tire requires WARNING
tire. an inner tube (“tube type”) or not
Tire ply composition and materi- (“tubeless”). . When changing or replacing tires,
al be sure all four tires are of the
The word “radial” same type (Example: Summer, All
The number of layers or plies of The word “radial” is shown, if the Season or Snow) and construc-
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. tire has radial structure. tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able
Tire manufacturers also must in- to help you with information
Manufacturer or brand name about tire type, size, speed rating
dicate the materials in the tire, and availability.
Manufacturer or brand name is
which include steel, nylon, polye-
shown. . Replacement tires may have a
ster, and others. lower speed rating than the fac-
Other tire-related terminology: tory equipped tires, and may not
Maximum permissible inflation
pressure In addition to the many terms that match the potential maximum
are defined throughout this sec- vehicle speed. Never exceed the
This number is the greatest maximum speed rating of the
tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is
amount of air pressure that should tire.
(1) the sidewall that contains a
be put in the tire. Do not exceed the . Replacing tires with those not
whitewall, bears white lettering or
maximum permissible inflation originally specified by NISSAN
bears manufacturer, brand and/or could affect the proper operation
pressure.
model name molding that is higher of the TPMS.
Maximum load rating or deeper than the same molding
This number indicates the maxi- on the other sidewall of the tire, or
Do-it-yourself 8-35
. For additional information re- Summer tires tires. Skid and traction capabilities of
garding tires, refer to “Important NISSAN specifies summer tires on some studded snow tires, on wet or dry sur-
Tire Safety Information” (US) or models to provide superior performance faces, may be poorer than that of non-
“Tire Safety Information” (Cana- on dry roads. Summer tire performance is studded snow tires.
da) in the Warranty Information substantially reduced in snow and ice. TIRE CHAINS
Booklet. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- Use of tire chains may be prohibited
. Always use tires of the same type, tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall. according to location. Check the local
size, brand, construction and If you plan to operate your vehicle in laws before installing tire chains. When
tread pattern on all four wheels. snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom- installing tire chains, make sure they are
Failure to do so may result in a mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL the proper size for the tires on your
circumference difference be- SEASON tires on all four wheels. vehicle and are installed according to
tween tires on the front and rear the chain manufacturer’s suggestions.
axles which can cause the Vehicle Snow tires Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S”
Dynamic Control (VDC) system to If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to chains are used on vehicles with re-
malfunction resulting in personal select tires equivalent in size and load stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles
injury or death, excessive tire rating to the original equipment tires. If that can use Class “S” chains are designed
wear and may damage the trans- you do not, it can adversely affect the to meet the SAE standard minimum
mission, transfer case and differ- safety and handling of your vehicle. clearances between the tire and the
ential gears. Generally, snow tires will have lower closest vehicle suspension or body com-
speed ratings than factory equipped tires ponent required to accommodate the
and may not match the potential max- use of a winter traction device (tire chains
All season tires or cables). The minimum clearances are
imum vehicle speed. Never exceed the
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some determined using the factory equipped
models to provide good performance all maximum speed rating of the tire.
tire size. Other types may damage your
year, including snowy and icy road con- If you install snow tires, they must be the vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-
ditions. All Season tires are identified by same size, brand, construction and tread commended by the tire chain manufac-
ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) pattern on all four wheels. turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links
on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have For additional traction on icy roads, of the tire chain must be secured or
better snow traction than All Season tires studded tires may be used. However, removed to prevent the possibility of
and may be more appropriate in some some U.S. states and Canadian provinces whipping action damage to the fenders
areas. prohibit their use. Check local, state and or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-
provincial laws before installing studded ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In
8-36 Do-it-yourself
addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- The wheel nuts must be kept
wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ tightened to the specification at
or vehicle handling and performance may
be adversely affected.
all times. It is recommended that
wheel nuts be tightened to the
Tire chains must be installed only on
the front wheels and not on the rear specification at each tire rotation
wheels. interval.
Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY
USE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped). WARNING
Do not use tire chains on dry roads.
Driving with tire chains in such conditions . After rotating the tires,
can cause damage to the various me- check and adjust the tire
chanisms of the vehicle due to some
overstress.
pressure.
SDI1662
. Retighten the wheel nuts
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES when the vehicle has been
driven for 600 miles (1,000
Tire rotation km) (also in cases of a flat
NISSAN recommends rotating the tire, etc.).
tires at the specified interval shown . Do not include the spare tire
in the maintenance schedule. (See (if so equipped) in the tire
the "9. Maintenance and sche- rotation.
dules" section. For tire replacing
. For additional information
procedure, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).)
regarding tires, refer to “Im-
As soon as possible, tighten the portant Tire Safety Informa-
wheel nuts to the specified torque tion” (US) or “Tire Safety
with a torque wrench. Information” (Canada) in the
Wheel nut tightening torque: Warranty Information Book-
80 ft-lb (108 N·m) let.
Do-it-yourself 8-37
. The original tires have built- Information” (Canada) in the
in tread wear indicators. Warranty Information Book-
When wear indicators are let.
visible, the tire(s) should be
replaced. Replacing wheels and tires
. Tires degrade with age and When replacing a tire, use the same size,
use. Have tires, including the tread design, speed rating and load
spare (if so equipped), over 6 carrying capacity as originally equipped.
years old checked by a qua- (See “Specifications” (P.10-7) for recom-
lified technician, because mended types and sizes of tires and
wheels.)
some tire damage may not
be obvious. Replace the tires
SDI1663
as necessary to prevent tire WARNING
1. Wear indicator failure and possible perso-
2. Wear indicator location mark nal injury. . The use of tires other than those
recommended or the mixed use
Tire wear and damage . Improper service of the of tires of different brands, con-
spare tire (if so equipped) struction (bias, bias-belted or ra-
may result in serious perso- dial), or tread patterns can
WARNING nal injury. If it is necessary to adversely affect the ride, braking,
repair the spare tire, it is handling, VDC system, ground
. Tires should be periodically clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
inspected for wear, cracking, recommended you visit a tire chain clearance, speed-
bulging or objects caught in NISSAN dealer for this ser- ometer calibration, headlight
the tread. If excessive wear, vice. aim and bumper height. Some of
cracks, bulging or deep cuts . For additional information these effects may lead to acci-
regarding tires, refer to “Im- dents and could result in serious
are found, the tire(s) should personal injury.
be replaced. portant Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (US) or “Tire Safety . For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-
els, if your vehicle was originally
8-38 Do-it-yourself
equipped with 4 tires that were replaced and/or TPMS system warning.
the same size and you are only reset as soon as possible. It is . The use of retread tire is not
replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install recommended you visit a NISSAN recommended.
the new tires on the rear axle. dealer for these services.
Placing new tires on the front . For additional information re-
. Replacing tires with those not garding tires, refer to “Important
axle may cause loss of vehicle originally specified by NISSAN
control in some driving condi- Tire Safety Information” (US) or
could affect the proper operation “Tire Safety Information” (Cana-
tions and cause an accident and of the TPMS.
personal injury. da) in the Warranty Information
. The TPMS sensor may be da- Booklet.
. If the wheels are changed for any maged if it is not handled cor-
reason, always replace with rectly. Be careful when handling
wheels which have the same off- the TPMS sensor. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
set dimension. Wheels of a differ-
ent off-set could cause prema- . When replacing the TPMS sensor,
ture tire wear, degrade vehicle the ID registration may be re- CAUTION
handling characteristics and/or quired. It is recommended you
interference with the brake visit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis- . Always use tires of the same size,
discs/drums. Such interference tration. brand, construction (bias, bias-
can lead to decreased braking . Do not use a valve stem cap that belted or radial), and tread pat-
efficiency and/or early brake is not specified by NISSAN. The tern on all four wheels. Failure to
pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and valve stem cap may become do so may result in a circumfer-
tires” (P.10-7) of this manual for stuck. ence difference between tires on
wheel off-set dimensions. . Be sure that the valve stem caps the front and rear axles which will
. Since the spare tire (if so are correctly fitted. Otherwise the cause excessive tire wear and
equipped) is not equipped with valve may be clogged up with dirt may damage the transmission,
the TPMS, when a spare tire is and cause a malfunction or loss transfer case and rear differential
mounted or a wheel is replaced, of pressure. gears.
the TPMS will not function and . Do not install a damaged or . Only use spare tires (if so
the low tire pressure warning deformed wheel or tire even if it equipped) specified for each
light will flash for approximately has been repaired. Such wheels AWD model.
1 minute. The light will remain on or tires could have structural
after 1 minute. Have your tires damage and could fail without
Do-it-yourself 8-39
If excessive tire wear is found, it is Spare tire (if so equipped) 50 MPH (80 km/h).
recommended that all four tires be re-
placed with tires of the same size, brand,
Since the spare tire is not equipped with . When driving on roads covered
the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY
construction and tread pattern. The tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will
pressure and wheel alignment should USE ONLY spare tire should be
not function. used on the rear wheels and
also be checked and corrected as neces-
sary. It is recommended you visit a Observe the following precautions if the original tire used on the front
NISSAN dealer for this service. TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be wheels (drive wheels). Use tire
used, otherwise your vehicle could be chains only on the front (original)
Wheel balance damaged or involved in an accident. tires.
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
handling and tire life. Even with regular ONLY spare tire will wear at a
use, wheels can get out of balance.
WARNING faster rate than the standard tire.
Therefore, they should be balanced as Replace the spare tire as soon as
required. . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare the tread wear indicators appear.
tire should be used for emer-
Wheel balance service should be per- gency use. It should be replaced . Do not use the spare tire on other
formed with the wheels off the vehicle. with the standard tire at the first vehicles.
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi- opportunity to avoid possible tire . Do not use more than one spare
cle could lead to mechanical damage. or differential damage. tire at the same time.
For additional information regarding tires, . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-
refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-
tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”
(Canada) in the Warranty Information
stalled. Avoid sharp turns and CAUTION
abrupt braking while driving.
Booklet.
. Periodically check spare tire in- . Do not use tire chains on a
Care of wheels flation pressure. Always keep the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire.
See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details pressure of the TEMPORARY USE Tire chains will not fit properly
about care of the wheels. ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 and may cause damage to the
kPa, 4.2 bar). vehicle.
. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY . Because the TEMPORARY USE
spare tire installed, do not drive ONLY spare tire is smaller than
your vehicle at speeds faster than the original tire, ground clearance
8-40 Do-it-yourself
is reduced. To avoid damage to
the vehicle, do not drive over
obstacles. Also do not drive the
vehicle through an automatic car
wash since it may get caught.
Emergency tire puncture repair kit

(if so equipped)
The emergency tire puncture repair kit is
supplied to the vehicle instead of a spare
tire. The kit must be used for temporarily
fixing a minor tire puncture. After using
the repair kit, it is recommended that visit
a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for
tire inspection and repair/replacement.
See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for more details.
Do-it-yourself 8-41
MEMO
8-42 Do-it-yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirement ..................................................... 9-2 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-5
General maintenance ......................................................... 9-2 Emission control system maintenance ............. 9-5
Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 9-2 Chassis and body maintenance .............................. 9-6
Where to go for service .................................................... 9-2 Maintenance schedules .......................................................... 9-7
General maintenance ................................................................ 9-2 Additional maintenance items for severe
Explanation of general maintenance items ...... 9-2 operating conditions ........................................................ 9-7
Standard maintenance ........................................................... 9-8
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation
nance is essential to maintain your vehi- of the vehicle, general maintenance
The maintenance items listed in this should be performed regularly as pre-
cle good mechanical condition, as well as section are required to be serviced at
its emission and engine performance. scribed in this section. If you detect any
regular intervals. However, under severe unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be
It is the owner’s responsibility to make driving conditions, additional or more sure to check for the cause or have it
sure that the scheduled maintenance, as frequent maintenance will be required. checked promptly. In addition, it is re-
well as general maintenance, is per- WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE commended that you visit a NISSAN deal-
formed. er if you think that repairs are required.
If maintenance service is required or your
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte-
who can ensure that your vehicle receives systems checked and serviced. It is re- nance work, see “Maintenance precau-
the proper maintenance care. You are a commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for tions” (P.8-2).
vital link in the maintenance chain. this service.
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN-
GENERAL MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- TENANCE ITEMS
General maintenance includes those cialists and are kept up-to-date with the
items which should be checked during latest service information through tech- Additional information on the following
normal day-to-day operation. They are nical bulletins, service tips, and training items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-
essential for proper vehicle operation. It is programs. They are completely qualified yourself” section of this manual.
your responsibility to perform these pro- to work on NISSAN vehicles before work Outside the vehicle
cedures regularly as prescribed. begins.
The maintenance items listed here should
Performing general maintenance checks If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is be performed from time to time, unless
requires minimal mechanical skill and recommended that you ask your NISSAN otherwise specified.
only a few general automotive tools. dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified
Collision Center is located, or go to http:// Doors and engine hood: Check that all
These checks or inspections can be done doors and the engine hood operate
by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you collision.nissanusa.com.
properly. Also ensure that all latches lock
prefer, a NISSAN dealer. You can be confident that a NISSAN securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch
dealer’s service department performs pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make
the best job to meet the maintenance sure that the secondary latch keeps the
requirements on your vehicle. hood from opening when the primary
latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or
9-2 Maintenance and schedules

other corrosive materials, check lubrica- there may be a need for wheel alignment. pedal does not catch or require uneven
tion frequently. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at effort. Keep the floor mat away from the
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular normal highway speeds, wheel balancing pedal.
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop may be needed. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and For additional information regarding tires, operation. If the brake pedal suddenly
other lights are all operating properly and refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- goes down further than normal, the pedal
installed securely. Also check headlight tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take
aim. (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor- longer to stop, have your vehicle checked
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When mation Booklet. immediately. It is recommended you visit
checking the tires, make sure no wheel a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a floor mat away from the pedal.
nuts are missing, and check for any loose regular basis. Check the windshield at
wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. least every six months for cracks or other Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull
Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the speci- damage. Have a damaged windshield the vehicle to one side when applied.
fied interval shown in the maintenance repaired by a qualified repair facility. Continuously Variable Transmission
schedule. It is recommended that you have a (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge damaged windshield repaired by a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held
often and always prior to long distance NISSAN dealer, or a NISSAN Certified securely with the shift lever in the P (Park)
trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in Collision Center. To locate a collision position without applying any brakes.
all tires, including the spare (if so center in your area, refer to http://colli- Parking brake: Check the parking brake
equipped), to the pressure specified. sion.nissanusa.com. operation regularly. The vehicle should be
Check carefully for damage, cuts or Windshield wiper blades*: Check for securely held on a fairly steep hill with
excessive wear. cracks or wear if they do not wipe only the parking brake applied. If the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) properly. parking brake needs adjusted, it is re-
transmitter components: Replace the commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for
TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve Inside the vehicle this service.
core and cap when the tires are replaced The maintenance items listed here should Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat
due to wear or age. be checked on a regular basis, such as belt system (for example, buckles, an-
Wheel alignment and balance: If the when performing scheduled mainte- chors, adjusters and retractors) operate
vehicle should pull to either side while nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. properly and smoothly, and are installed
driving on a straight and level road, or if Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,
you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, smooth operation and make sure the fraying, wear or damage.
Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Seats: Check seat position controls such tures or under severe condition require Exhaust system: Make sure there are no
as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. frequent checks of the battery fluid level. loose supports, cracks or holes. If the
to ensure they operate smoothly and that NOTE: sound of the exhaust seems unusual or
all latches lock securely in every position. there is a smell of exhaust fumes, im-
Check that the head restraints move up Care should be taken to avoid situations mediately have the exhaust system in-
and down smoothly and that the locks (if that can lead to potential battery dis- spected. It is recommended you visit a
so equipped) hold securely in all latched charge and potential no-start condi- NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre-
positions. tions such as: cautions when starting and driving” (P.5-
1. Installation or extended use of elec- 4) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the tronic accessories that consume
steering conditions, such as excessive battery power when the engine is Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for
free play, hard steering or strange noises. not running (Phone chargers, GPS, fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure DVD players, etc.) vehicle has been parked for a while. Water
that all warning lights and chimes are dripping from the air conditioner after use
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ is normal. If you should notice any leaks
operating properly. or only driven short distances. or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for
Windshield defroster: Check that the air the cause and have it corrected immedi-
comes out of the defroster outlets prop- In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health. ately.
erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-
ating the heater or air conditioner. Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure Radiator and hoses: Check the front of
that the brake and clutch fluid level is the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.
that the wipers and washers operate between the MAX and MIN lines on the
reservoir. Make sure the hoses have no cracks,
properly and that the wipers do not deformation, rot or loose connections.
streak. Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant
level when the engine is cold. Underbody: The underbody is frequently
Under the hood and vehicle Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the
exposed to corrosive substances such as
The maintenance items listed here should those used on icy roads or to control
drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or
be checked periodically (for example, dust. It is very important to remove these
oily.
each time you check the engine oil or substances, otherwise rust will form on
Engine oil level*: Check the level after the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around
refuel).
parking the vehicle on a level surface and the exhaust system. At the end of winter,
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 the underbody should be thoroughly
It should be between the MAX and MIN minutes for the oil to drain back into the flushed with plain water, being careful to
lines. Vehicles operated in high tempera- oil pan. clean those areas where mud and dirt
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
may accumulate. For additional informa- The following descriptions are provided For recommended fuel, lubricants,
tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2). to give you a better understanding of the fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that scheduled maintenance items that “Capacities and recommended fluids/
there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. should be regularly checked or replaced. lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.
The maintenance schedule indicates at
which mileage/time intervals each item EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN-
requires service. TENANCE
In addition to scheduled maintenance, Drive belt*:
your vehicle requires that some items be Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying
checked during normal day-to-day op- or cracking and for proper tension. Re-
eration. Refer to “General maintenance” place any damaged drive belt.
(P.9-2). Engine air filter:
Items marked with “*” are recommended Replace at specified intervals. When driv-
by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-
You are not required to perform main- tions, check/replace the filter more
tenance on these items in order to frequently.
maintain the warranties which come with
your vehicle. Other maintenance items Engine coolant*:
and intervals are required. Replace coolant at the specified interval.
When applicable, additional information When adding or replacing coolant, be
can be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long
section of this manual. Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-
lent with the proper mixture. (Refer to
NOTE: “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter-
NISSAN does not advocate the use of mine the proper mixture for your area.)
non-OEM approved aftermarket flush- NOTE:
ing systems and strongly advises
against performing these services on a Mixing any other type of coolant or the
NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar- use of non-distilled water may reduce
ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap- the recommended service interval of
proved chemicals or solvents, the use of the coolant.
which has not been validated by
NISSAN.
Engine oil and oil filter: CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE rotating tires, check for damage and
Replace engine oil and oil filter at the Brake lines and cables: uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
specified intervals. For recommended oil Visually inspect for proper installation. Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil
grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and transfer case oil:
and recommended fluids/lubricants” and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio- Visually inspect for signs of leakage at
(P.10-2). rated or damaged parts immediately. specified intervals.
Engine valve clearance*: Brake pads and rotors: If using a car-top carrier, or driving on
Inspect only if valve noise increases. rough or muddy roads:
Check for wear, deterioration and fluid
Adjust valve clearance if necessary. leaks. Replace any deteriorated or da- . Replace the Manual Transmission
Evaporative emissions control vapor maged parts immediately. gear oil every 20,000 miles (32,000
lines*: Exhaust system: km) or 24 months.
Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. . Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler miles (96,000 km) or request the deal-
Tighten connections or replace parts as and hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora-
necessary. er to inspect the fluid deterioration
tion, and damage. Tighten connections or data using a CONSULT. If the dete-
Fuel filter replace parts as necessary. rioration data is more than 210,000,
Periodic maintenance is not required (in- In-cabin microfilter: replace the CVT fluid.
tank type filter). Replace at specified intervals. When driv-
Fuel lines*: ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi-
tions, replace the filter more frequently.
Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec-
tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Propeller shaft(s):
Tighten connections or replace parts as Check for damage, looseness, and grease
necessary. leakage. (AWD)
Spark plugs: Steering gear and linkage, axle and
Replace at specified intervals. Install new suspension parts, drive shaft boots:
plugs of the type as originally equipped. Check for damage, looseness, and leak-
age of oil or grease. Under severe driving
conditions, inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation:
Rotate tires at the specified interval. When
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
To help ensure smooth, safe and eco- . Operating in hot weather in stop-and-
nomical driving, NISSAN provides two go “rush hour” traffic.
maintenance schedules that may be . Extensive idling and/or low speed
used, depending upon the conditions in driving for long distances, such as
which you usually drive. These schedules police, taxi or door-to-door delivery
contain both distance and time intervals, use.
up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 . Driving in dusty conditions.
months. For most people, the odometer
reading will indicate when service is . Driving on rough, muddy or salt
needed. However, if you drive very little, spread roads.
your vehicle should be serviced at the . Using a car-top carrier.
regular time intervals shown in the sche- If your vehicle is mainly operated under
dule. the severe conditions, follow the severe
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 maintenance intervals shown in the
months, continue maintenance at the maintenance schedule.
same mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS
FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS
Additional maintenance items for se-
vere operating conditions; should be
performed on vehicles that are driven
under especially demanding conditions.
Additional maintenance items should be
performed if you primarily operate your
vehicle under the following conditions:
. Repeated short trips of less than 5
miles (8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10
miles (16 km) with outside tempera-
tures remaining below freezing.

STANDARD MAINTENANCE
The following shows the maintenance schedule.

Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval.
5,000 Miles/6 Months/8,000 Km 7,500 Miles/6 Months/12,000 Km 10,000 Miles/12 Months/16,000 Km
Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance:
. Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system
. Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter
. Replace brake fluid

15,000 Miles/12 Months/24,000 Km 15,000 Miles/18 Months/24,000 20,000 Miles/24 Months/32,000
Standard maintenance: Km Km
. Inspect brake lines and cables Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
. Inspect brake pads and rotors Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
. Inspect differential gear oil Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance:
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system
. Replace in-cabin microfilter . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter
. Perform tire rotation . Replace brake fluid
Severe maintenance: . Replace differential gear oil
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

22,500 Miles/18 Months/36,000 25,000 Miles/30 Months/40,000 30,000 Miles/24 Months/48,000
Km Km Km
. Inspect Intelligent Key battery Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables
. Replace engine oil and filter Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses
Severe maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel lines/connections
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect exhaust system
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect differential gear oil
. Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models)
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect CVT fluid
. Inspect manual transaxle gear oil
. Replace engine oil and filter
. Replace engine air filter (1)
. Replace in-cabin microfilter
. Perform tire rotation

Severe maintenance: 30,000 Miles/36 Months/48,000 35,000 Miles/42 Months/56,000
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more Km Km
frequent maintenance may be required. Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance:
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance:
. Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage

Km Km Km
. Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables
. Perform tire rotation Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors
Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect differential gear oil
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models)
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect CVT fluid
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil
. Replace brake fluid . Replace in-cabin microfilter
. Replace differential gear oil . Replace Intelligent Key battery
. Replace transfer case oil (AWD models) . Perform tire rotation
Severe maintenance:

Km Km Km
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter
Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Perform tire rotation
. Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance:
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.

55,000 Miles/66 Months/88,000 60,000 Miles/48 Months/96,000 Severe maintenance:
Km Km (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
Standard maintenance: Standard maintenance: frequent maintenance may be required.
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables
Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect differential gear oil
. Inspect CVT fluid

Km Km Km
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Replace engine oil and filter
Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance: . Replace Intelligent Key battery
. Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Perform tire rotation
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage Severe maintenance:
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
. Replace differential gear oil
. Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Km Km Km
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance:
. Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect exhaust system
. Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter
. Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and filter
Severe maintenance:

Km Km Km

90,000 Miles/72 Months/144,000 Severe maintenance: 90,000 Miles/108 Months/144,000
Km (1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more Km
Standard maintenance: frequent maintenance may be required. Standard maintenance:
. Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
. Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance:
. Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect fuel lines/connections . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect exhaust system
. Inspect axle and suspension parts . Replace engine oil and filter
. Inspect differential gear oil . Replace brake fluid
. Inspect CVT fluid
. Replace Intelligent Key battery

Km Km Km

Km Km Km
. Inspect brake lines and cables Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval.
. Inspect brake pads and rotors Severe maintenance: Severe maintenance:
. Inspect engine drive belts . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Inspect differential gear oil . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect transfer case oil (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models)
. Inspect CVT fluid . Inspect exhaust system . Inspect exhaust system
. Inspect manual transaxle gear oil . Replace engine oil and filter . Replace engine oil and filter
. Replace engine coolant (1) . Replace brake fluid
. Replace spark plugs (2)
Severe maintenance:
(1) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles
(168,000 km) or 84 months. After first repla-
cement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000
km) or 60 months.
(2) Replace spark plug when the plug gap
exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within
specified replacement mileage.

Km Km Km
. Replace engine oil and filter Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect brake lines and cables
. Replace Intelligent Key battery Severe maintenance: . Inspect brake pads and rotors
. Perform tire rotation . Inspect brake pads and rotors . Inspect engine drive belts
Severe maintenance: . Inspect steering gear and linkage . Inspect fuel tank vapor vent system hoses
Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval. . Inspect axle and suspension parts . Inspect fuel lines/connections
. Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models) . Inspect exhaust system
. Inspect drive shaft boots (AWD models) . Inspect propeller shaft (AWD models)
. Inspect exhaust system . Inspect steering gear and linkage
. Replace engine oil and filter . Inspect axle and suspension parts
. Inspect differential gear oil
. Inspect CVT fluid

Severe maintenance:
(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
frequent maintenance may be required.

10 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and Vehicle load capacity ................................................ 10-13

recommended fluids/lubricants .................................... 10-2 Securing the load ......................................................... 10-14
Fuel information .................................................................. 10-3 Loading tips ...................................................................... 10-14
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........ 10-5 Measurement of weights ....................................... 10-15
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Towing a trailer ...................................................................... 10-15
oil recommendations ....................................................... 10-6 Flat towing ................................................................................. 10-16
Specifications ................................................................................ 10-7 Flat towing for All–Wheel Drive vehicle
Engine .......................................................................................... 10-7 (if so equipped)............................................................... 10-16
Wheels and tires .................................................................. 10-7 Flat towing for Front-Wheel Drive vehicle
Dimensions and weights .............................................. 10-8 (if so equipped)............................................................... 10-16
When traveling or registering in Uniform tire quality grading ........................................ 10-17
another country ......................................................................... 10-8 Treadwear .......................................................................... 10-17
Vehicle identification .............................................................. 10-8 Traction AA, A, B and C ........................................... 10-17
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-8 Temperature A, B and C ......................................... 10-17
Vehicle identification number Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-18
(chassis number) ................................................................. 10-9 Reporting safety defects ................................................ 10-18
Engine serial number ....................................................... 10-9 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................. 10-9 (I/M) test ....................................................................................... 10-19
Emission control information label .................. 10-10 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ......................................... 10-20
Tire and Loading Information label ................. 10-10 Additional data recording (on vehicles
Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-10 equipped with optional
Installing front license plate ......................................... 10-12 ProPILOT assist) ............................................................. 10-20
Vehicle loading information .......................................... 10-12 Owner’s manual/service manual
Terms........................................................................................ 10-12 order information ................................................................. 10-21
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the
procedure instructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (approximate)
Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Measure Measure Measure
Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal ā See “Fuel information” (P.10-3).
Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 3.8 L 4 qt 3-3/8 qt ā Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended.
Drain and refill Without oil filter change 3.6 L 3-7/8 qt 3-1/8 qt ā If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-5 SN
*1
: For additional motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or
information, see engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter
“Changing engine recommendation” (P.10-5).
oil and filter” (P.8-
6).
Engine coolant With reservoir CVT model 8.7 L 9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt ā Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
MT model 8.5 L 8-3/8 qt 7 qt
Reservoir 0.6 L 5/8 qt 1/2 qt
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — ā Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3
ā NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY
in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent
to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the
use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil — — — ā Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80 or equivalent
ā If Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4,
Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use
Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available.
Differential gear oil — — — ā Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent
Transfer fluid — — — conventional (non-synthetic) oil
Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper oil level ac- ā Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3
*2
cording to the instructions in the : Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
“8. Do-it-yourself” section.
Multi-purpose grease — — — ā NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label.
ā HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Air conditioning system oil — — — ā See “Vehicle identification” (P.10-8) for air conditioner specification label.
ā A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or equivalent
Window washer fluid 4.5 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal ā Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or
equivalent
10-2 Technical and consumer information

FUEL INFORMATION (MMT). Using fuel containing Reformulated gasoline
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an MMT may adversely affect vehicle Some fuel suppliers are now producing
octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- performance and vehicle emis- reformulated gasolines. These gasolines
Knock Index) number (Research octane sions. Not all fuel dispensers are are specially designed to reduce vehicle
number 91). labeled to indicate MMT content, emissions. NISSAN supports efforts to-
so you may have to consult your wards cleaner air and suggests that you
gasoline retailer for more details. use reformulated gasoline when avail-
CAUTION Note that Federal and California able.
laws prohibit the use of MMT in
. Using a fuel other than that spe- reformulated gasoline. Gasoline containing oxygenates
cified could adversely affect the . U.S. government regulations re- Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-
emission control system, and quire ethanol dispensing pumps ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE
may also affect warranty cover- to be identified by a small, and methanol with or without advertising
age. square, orange and black label their presence. NISSAN does not recom-
. Under no circumstances should a with the common abbreviation or mend the use of fuels of which the
leaded gasoline be used, because the appropriate percentage for oxygenate content and the fuel compat-
this will damage the three-way that region. ibility for your vehicle cannot be readily
catalyst. determined. If in doubt, ask your service
station manager.
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in Gasoline specifications
your vehicle. Your vehicle is not If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that please take the following precautions as
designed to run on E-15 or E-85
meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle
fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a
(WWFC) specifications where it is avail- performance problems and/or fuel sys-
vehicle not specifically designed able. Many of the automobile manufac-
for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely tem damage.
turers developed this specification to
affect the emission control de- . The fuel should be unleaded and
improve emission control system and
vices and systems of the vehicle. vehicle performance. Ask your service have an octane rating no lower than
Damage caused by such fuel is station manager if the gasoline meets that recommended for unleaded
not covered by the NISSAN new gasoline.
the WWFC specifications.
vehicle limited warranty. . If an oxygenate-blend, other than
. Do not use fuel that contains the methanol blend is used, it should
octane booster methylcyclopen- contain no more than 10% oxyge-
tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl nate. (MTBE may, however, be added
Technical and consumer information 10-3
up to 15%.) E-15 fuel label MMT content, not all do, so you may
. E-15 fuel contains more than 10% E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately have to consult your gasoline retailer for
oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso- more details.
affect the emission control devices line. E-15 can only be used in vehicles
and systems of the vehicle and Aftermarket fuel additives
designed to run on E- 15 fuel. Do not use
should not be used. Damage caused E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government NISSAN does not recommend the use of
by such fuel is not covered by the regulations require fuel ethanol dispen- any aftermarket fuel additives (for exam-
NISSAN new vehicle limited war- sing pumps to be identified with small, ple, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster,
ranty. square, orange and black label with the intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which
. If a methanol blend is used, it should common abbreviation or the appropriate are sold commercially. Many of these
contain no more than 5% methanol percentage for that region. additives intended for gum, varnish or
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It deposit removal may contain active sol-
should also contain a suitable E-85 fuel vent or similar ingredients that can be
amount of appropriate cosolvents E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately harmful to the fuel system and engine.
and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop- 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso- Octane rating tips
erly formulated with appropriate line. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible
cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
such methanol blends may cause your vehicle. U.S. government regulations rating lower than recommended can
fuel system damage and/or vehicle require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to cause persistent, heavy “spark knock”.
performance problems. At this time, be identified by a small, square, orange (Spark knock is a metallic rapping
sufficient data is not available to and black label with the common abbre- noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine
ensure that all methanol blends are viation or the appropriate percentage for damage. If you detect a persistent
suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles. that region. heavy spark knock even when using
If any driveability problems such as en- gasoline of the stated octane rating, or
gine stalling and difficult hot-starting are Fuel containing MMT if you hear steady spark knock while
experienced after using oxygenate-blend MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga- holding a steady speed on level roads, it
fuels, immediately change to a non-oxy- nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting is recommended you have a NISSAN
genate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of additive. NISSAN does not recommend dealer correct the condition. Failure to
MTBE. the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel correct the condition is misuse of the
may adversely affect vehicle perfor- vehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon-
Take care not to spill gasoline during sible.
refueling. Gasoline containing oxyge- mance, including the emissions control
nates can cause paint damage. system. Note that while some fuel pumps Incorrect ignition timing will result in
spark knock, after-run and/or overheat-
ing, which may cause excessive fuel
consumption or engine damage. If any
of the above symptoms are encountered,
have your vehicle checked. It is recom-
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for
servicing.
However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
accelerating or driving up hills. This is
not a cause for concern, because you
get the greatest fuel benefit when there
is light spark knock for a short time
under heavy engine load.
JVT0351X
API certification mark dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)

API service symbol certification and SAE viscosity standard.
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE- These oils have the API certification mark
on the front of the container. Oils which
COMMENDATION do not have the specified quality label
Selecting the correct oil should not be used as they could cause
engine damage.
It is essential to choose the correct grade,
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure Oil additives
satisfactory engine life and performance,
NISSAN does not recommend the use of
see “Capacities and recommended fluids/
oil additives. The use of an oil additive is
lubricants” (P.10-2). NISSAN recommends
not necessary when the proper oil type is
the use of an energy conserving oil in
used and maintenance intervals are fol-
order to improve fuel economy.
lowed.
Select only engine oils that meet the
Oil which may contain foreign matter or
American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-
has been previously used should not be
cation or International Lubricant Standar-
used.
Oil viscosity recommended change interval. your air conditioner system refrigerant.
The engine oil viscosity or thickness AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE- Only new and SAEJ2842 certified eva-
changes with temperature. Because of porator(s) shall be used as replacement
FRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMEN- parts.
this, it is important to select the engine oil DATIONS
viscosity based on the temperatures at A damaged or leaking air conditioning
which the vehicle will be operated before The air conditioner system in your evaporator shall never be repaired or
the next oil change. Choosing an oil NISSAN vehicle must be charged with replaced with one removed from a used
viscosity other than that recommended the refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) or salvaged vehicle. To replace a da-
could cause serious engine damage. and A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or maged or leaking evaporator, use only
the exact equivalents. new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator
Selecting the correct oil filter (s). It is recommended that you visit a
Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with NISSAN dealer when servicing your air
a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter.
CAUTION conditioner system.
When replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil
filter or its equivalent for the reason The use of any other refrigerant or oil
described in “Change intervals”. will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
Change intervals the replacement of all air conditioner
The oil and oil filter change intervals for system components.
your engine are based on the use of the
specified quality oils and filters. Using an The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in
engine oil and filter other than the your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the
specified quality, or exceeding recom- earth’s ozone layer. Although this refrig-
mended oil and filter change intervals erant does not affect the earth’s atmo-
could reduce engine life. Damage to the sphere, certain government regulations
engine caused by improper maintenance require the recovery and recycling of any
or use of incorrect oil and filter quality refrigerant during automotive air condi-
and/or viscosity is not covered by the tioner system service. Air conditioner
NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. system should only be serviced by trained
Your engine was filled with a high quality and certified technicians to ensure proper
engine oil when it was built. You do not and safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN
have to change the oil before the first dealer has the trained technicians and
equipment needed to recover and recycle
SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES

Model MR20DD Road wheel
Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Type Size Offset in
Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line (mm)
Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.307 × 3.547 (84.0 × 90.1) Conven- 16 × 6.5JJ 1.57 (40)
Displacement cu in (cm3) 121.86 (1,997) tional
Firing order 1-3-4-2 17 × 7J 1.38 (35)
Idle speed rpm 19 × 7J 1.57 (40)
No adjustment is necessary. 16 × 4T 1.18 (30)
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm Spare (if
Spark plug DILKAR7D11H so
Standard equipped)
Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)
Camshaft operation Timing chain Tire
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002. Pressure
Type Size PSI (kPa)
[Cold]
Conven- 215/65R16 33 (230)
tional 98H
215/60R17 33 (230)
96H
225/45R19 35 (240)
92W
T145/90
Spare (if D16 106M
so 60 (420)
T135/90
equipped) D16 102M
Depending on the models, the emergency

tire puncture repair kit is supplied.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another

country, you should first find out if the
Overall length in 172.8 (4,388) fuel available is suitable for your vehicle’s
(mm) engine.
Overall width in 72.3 (1,838)
(mm)
Using fuel with an octane rating that is
too low may cause engine damage. All
Overall height in 62.5 (1,587)
(mm) 63.3 (1,607)*1
gasoline vehicles must be operated with
unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid tak-
Front tread in 62.4 (1,585)
ing your vehicle to areas where appro-
(mm) 62.8 (1,595)*2
priate fuel is not available.
Rear tread in 62.3 (1,583)
(mm) 62.7 (1,593)*2 When transferring the registration of
Wheelbase in 104.2 (2,646) your vehicle to another country, state,
(mm) province or district, it may be necessary
Gross Vehicle
to modify the vehicle to meet local laws
Weight Rating lb (kg)
and regulations. JVT0352X
(GVWR) See the F.M.V.S.S. or The laws and regulations for motor
Gross Axle C.M.V.S.S. certifica- vehicle emission control and safety stan-
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Weight Rating tion label on the dards vary according to the country, (VIN) PLATE
(GAWR) driver’s side center
pillar. state, province or district; therefore, vehi- The vehicle identification number plate is
Front lb (kg) cle specifications may differ. attached as shown. This number is the
Rear lb (kg) When any vehicle is to be taken into identification for your vehicle and is used
another country, state, province or disin the vehicle registration.
*1: Roof rack equipped model
trict and registered, its modifications,
*2: Models with 17 inch wheels
transportation, and registration are the
responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.

JVT0286X STI0785 STI0448
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION

(chassis number) The number is stamped on the engine as LABEL
The vehicle identification number is lo- shown. The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle
cated as shown. Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.)
Remove the cover to access the number. certification label is affixed as shown. This
label contains valuable vehicle informa-
tion, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc.
Review it carefully.

JVT0406X STI0494 STI0739
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL LABEL LABEL
The emission control information label is The cold tire pressure is shown on the The air conditioner specification label is
attached to the underside of the hood as Tire and Loading Information label affixed affixed to the underside of the hood as
shown. to the pillar as shown. shown.

Air conditioner specification label symbols:
Symbol Name Reference Graphic
Caution ISO 7000 0434
Air Conditioning System ISO 2575 D01

(MAC)
MAC System Lubricant Type

(PAG–POE)
Requires Registered Techni-

cian to Service MAC System
Flammable Refrigerant

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
passengers and cargo.

WARNING . GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -
curb weight plus the combined
. It is extremely dangerous to weight of passengers and cargo.
ride in a cargo area inside . GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
the vehicle. In a collision, ing) - maximum total combined
people riding in these areas weight of the unloaded vehicle,
are more likely to be ser- passengers, luggage, hitch, trai-
iously injured or killed. ler tongue load and any other
. Do not allow people to ride optional equipment. This infor-
in any area of your vehicle mation is located on the F.M.V.S.
that is not equipped with S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
WAJ0068X seats and seat belts. . GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
. Be sure everyone in your - maximum weight (load) limit
To mount the front license plate , attach
the licence plate to the location marks vehicle is in a seat and using specified for the front or rear
(small dimples) of the bumper using the a seat belt properly. axle. This information is located
two screws provided. on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
TERMS . GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
Rating) - The maximum total
It is important to familiarize your-
weight rating of the vehicle,
self with the following terms before
passengers, cargo, and trailer.
loading your vehicle:
. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load
. Curb Weight (actual weight of limit, Total load capacity - max-
your vehicle) - vehicle weight imum total weight limit specified
including: standard and optional of the load (passengers and
equipment, fluids, emergency cargo) for the vehicle. This is
tools, and spare tire assembly. the maximum combined weight
This weight does not include of occupants and cargo that can
be loaded into the vehicle. If the
vehicle is used to tow a trailer,
the trailer tongue weight must
be included as part of the cargo
load. This information is located
on the Tire and Loading Infor-
mation label.
. Cargo capacity - permissible
weight of cargo, the subtracted
weight of occupants from the
load limit.
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Ca-
pacity” on the Tire and Loading
Information label. STI0447
To get “the combined weight of
Steps for determining correct load 2. Determine the combined weight
occupants and cargo”, add the
weight of all occupants, then add limit of the driver and passengers
the total luggage weight. Examples 1. Locate the statement “The com- that will be riding in your vehicle.
are shown in the following illustra- bined weight of occupants and 3. Subtract the combined weight
tion. cargo should never exceed XXX of the driver and passengers
kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
placard.
4. The resulting figure equals the backs. In a sudden stop or colli-
available amount of cargo and sion, unsecured cargo could
luggage load capacity. For ex- cause personal injury.
ample, if the XXX amount equals . The child restraint top tether
1400 lbs. and there will be five strap may be damaged by con-
150 lb. passengers in your vehi- tact with items in the cargo area.
cle, the amount of available Secure any items in the cargo
area. Your child could be seriously
cargo and luggage load capacity injured or killed in a collision if the
is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = top tether strap is damaged.
650 lbs) or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = . Do not load your vehicle any
300 kg.) heavier than the GVWR or the
5. Determine the combined weight maximum front and rear GAWRs.
of luggage and cargo being JVI1686X If you do, parts of your vehicle
can break, tire damage could
loaded on the vehicle. That occur, or it can change the way
SECURING THE LOAD
weight may not safely exceed your vehicle handles. This could
There are luggage hooks located in the
the available cargo and luggage cargo area as shown. The hooks can be result in loss of control and cause
load capacity calculated in Step used to secure cargo with ropes or other personal injury.
4. types of straps.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, Do not apply a total load of more than LOADING TIPS
confirm that you do not exceed 22 lbs. (10 kg) to a single metal floor . The GVW must not exceed GVWR
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating hook when securing cargo. or GAWR as specified on the F.M.
(GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-
Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See WARNING bel.
“Measurement of weights” (P.10-15).) . Do not load the front and rear
. Properly secure all cargo with axle to the GAWR. Doing so will
Also check tires for proper inflation
ropes or straps to help prevent it exceed the GVWR.
pressures. See the Tire and Loading from sliding or shifting. Do not
Information label. place cargo higher than the seat-

TOWING A TRAILER
could result in a serious Do not tow a trailer with your

WARNING accident and personal in- vehicle.
. Properly secure all cargo jury. Failures caused by

with ropes or straps to help overloading are not covered
prevent it from sliding or by the vehicle’s warranty.
shifting. Do not place cargo
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
higher than the seatbacks.
In a sudden stop or collision, Secure loose items to prevent
unsecured cargo could weight shifts that could affect the
cause personal injury. balance of your vehicle. When the
. Do not load your vehicle any
vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale
heavier than the GVWR or and weigh the front and the rear
the maximum front and rear wheels separately to determine
GAWRs. If you do, parts of axle loads. Individual axle loads
your vehicle can break, tire should not exceed either of the
damage could occur, or it Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR).
can change the way your The total of the axle loads should
vehicle handles. This could not exceed the Gross Vehicle
result in loss of control and Weight Rating (GVWR). These rat-
cause personal injury. ings are given on the vehicle certi-
fication label. If weight ratings are
. Overloading not only can
exceeded, move or remove items to
shorten the life of your ve- bring all weights below the ratings.
hicle and the tire, but can
cause unsafe vehicle hand-
ling and longer braking dis-
tances. This may cause a
premature tire failure, which
FLAT TOWING
FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT-WHEEL . For emergency towing proce-
DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) dures refer to “Towing recom-
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels Towing your vehicle with all four wheels mended by NISSAN” in the “In
on the ground is sometimes called flat on the ground is sometimes called flat case of emergency” section of
towing. This method is sometimes used towing. This method is sometimes used this manual.
when towing a vehicle behind a recrea- when towing a vehicle behind a recrea-
tional vehicle, such as a motor home. tional vehicle, such as a motor home. Continuously Variable Transmis-
sion (CVT)
CAUTION CAUTION To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, an
appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed
. Failure to follow these guidelines . Failure to follow these guidelines under the towed vehicle’s drive wheels.
can result in severe transmission can result in severe transmission Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s
damage. damage. recommendations when using their pro-
. duct.
Never flat tow your All-Wheel . Whenever flat towing your vehi-
Drive (AWD) vehicle. cle, always tow forward, never Manual Transmission (MT)
. DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive backward.
. Always tow with the Manual Trans-
(AWD) vehicle with any wheels on . Never tow your front wheel drive mission in Neutral.
the ground. Doing so may cause vehicle with the front tires on the . Your vehicle speed should never ex-
serious and expensive damage to ground. Doing so may cause ser- ceed 70 MPH (112 km/h) when flat
the powertrain. ious and expensive damage to towing your vehicle.
. For emergency towing proce- the powertrain.
. After towing 500 miles, start and idle
dures refer to “Towing recom- . DO NOT tow your front wheel the engine with the transmission in
mended by NISSAN” (P.6-19). drive Continuously Variable Neutral for two minutes. Failure to idle
Transmission (CVT) vehicle with the engine after every 500 miles of
all four wheels on the ground (flat towing may cause damage to the
towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE transmission’s internal parts.
internal transmission parts due
to lack of transmission lubrica-
tion.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
DOT (Department Of Transportation) TRACTION AA, A, B AND C all passenger car tires must meet under
Quality Grades: All passenger car tires the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
must conform to federal safety require- The traction grades, from highest to low-
est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades dard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
ments in addition to these grades. higher levels of performance on the
represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
Quality grades can be found where ap- pavement as measured under controlled laboratory test wheel than the minimum
plicable on the tire sidewall between conditions on specified government test required by law.
tread shoulder and maximum section surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
width. For example: marked C may have poor traction perfor- WARNING
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera- mance.
ture A
The temperature grade for this tire is
TREADWEAR WARNING established for a tire that is properly
The treadwear grade is a comparative inflated and not overloaded. Exces-
rating based on the wear rate of the tire The traction grade assigned to this sive speed, under-inflation, or exces-
when tested under controlled conditions tire is based on straight-ahead brak- sive loading, either separately or in
on a specified government test course. combination, can cause heat build-
ing traction tests, and does not
For example, a tire graded 150 would include acceleration, cornering, hy- up and possible tire failure.
wear one and one-half droplaning, or peak traction charac-
(1 1/2) times as well on the government teristics.
course as a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends upon ac- TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
tual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm The temperature grades A (the highest),
due to variations in driving habits, service B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance
practices and differences in road charac- to the generation of heat and its ability to
teristics and climate. dissipate heat when tested under con-
trolled conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of
the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corre-
sponds to a level of performance which
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Your vehicle is covered by the following For USA You may notify NISSAN by contact-
emission warranties.
If you believe that your vehicle has ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-
For USA: ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.
a defect which could cause a crash
. Emission Defects Warranty or could cause injury or death, you For Canada
. Emissions Performance Warranty should immediately inform the Na-
Details of these warranties may be found If you believe that your vehicle has
tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad- a defect which could cause a crash
with other vehicle warranties in your
Warranty Information Booklet which ministration (NHTSA) in addition to or could cause injury or death, you
comes with your vehicle. If you did not notifying NISSAN. should immediately inform Trans-
receive a Warranty Information Booklet, If NHTSA receives similar com- port Canada in addition to notifying
or it has become lost, you may obtain a plaints, it may open an investiga-
replacement by writing to: NISSAN.
tion, and if it finds that a safety If Transport Canada receives com-
. Nissan North America, Inc.
defect exists in a group of vehicles, plaints, it may open an investiga-
Consumer Affairs Department
it may order a recall and remedy tion, and if it finds that a safety
P.O. Box 685003
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot defect exists in a group of vehicles,
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
become involved in individual pro- it may request that NISSAN con-
For Canada:
blems between you, your dealer, or duct a recall campaign. However,
Emission Control System Warranty NISSAN.
Details of this warranty may be found Transport Canada cannot become
with other vehicle warranties in your To contact NHTSA, you may call the involved in individual problems be-
Warranty Information Booklet which Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.
comes with your vehicle. If you did not 888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- You may contact Transport Cana-
receive a Warranty Information Booklet, 9153); go to http://www.safercar.
or it has become lost, you may obtain a da’s Defect Investigations and Re-
gov; or write to: Administrator, calls Division toll free at 1-800-333-
replacement by writing to:
NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., 0510. You may also report safety
. Nissan Canada Inc. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
5290 Orbitor Drive defects online at: https://
also obtain other information wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
Mississauga, Ontario, about motor vehicle safety from
L4W 4Z5 PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng
http://www.safercar.gov. (English speakers) or https://
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ condition”. Before taking the I/M test,

PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra WARNING check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-
nance test readiness condition. Place the
(French speakers). ignition switch in the ON position without
A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel
Additional information concerning Drive (AWD) should never be tested
starting the engine. If the Malfunction
motor vehicle safety may be ob- Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for
using a two wheel dynamometer
tained from Transport Canada’s 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-
(such as the dynamometers used by
onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.
Road Safety Information Centre at some states for emissions testing),
If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,
1-800-333-0371 or online at www. or similar equipment. Make sure you
the I/M test condition is “ready”.
tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak- inform test facility personnel that
your vehicle is equipped with AWD It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou- before it is placed on a dynam- dealer to set “ready condition” or to
tiere (French speakers). ometer. Using the wrong test equip- prepare the vehicle for testing.
To notify NISSAN of any safety ment may result in transmission
concerns please contact our Con- damage or unexpected vehicle
movement which could result in
sumer Information Centre toll free serious vehicle damage or personal
at 1-800-387-0122. injury.
Due to legal requirements in some states/

areas or provinces, your vehicle may be
required to be in what is called the “ready
condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance
(I/M) test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”
when it is driven through certain driving
patterns. Usually, the “ready condition”
can be obtained by ordinary usage of
the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is
repaired or the battery is disconnected,
the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event could combine the EDR data with the type . Vehicle information including distance
Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of of personally identifying data routinely to vehicle ahead and lateral position
an EDR is to record, in certain crash or acquired during a crash investigation. . Information on the operation of the
near crash-like situations, such as an air To read data recorded by an EDR, special ProPILOT assist and other crash
bag deployment or hitting a road obsta- equipment is required and access to the avoidance features
cle, data that will assist in understanding vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition . ProPILOT assist malfunction diagnosis
how a vehicle’s systems performed. The to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN information
EDR is designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a
dealer, other parties, such as law enforce- . External images from the multi-sen-
ment, that have the special equipment, sing front camera (Available only
short period of time, typically 30 seconds can read the information if they have
or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed when the SRS air bag or AEB with
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data pedestrian detection system is acti-
to record such data as: will only be accessed with the consent of vated)
. How various systems in your vehicle the vehicle owner or lessee or as other- The ProPILOT assist does not record
were operating; wise required or permitted by law. conversations, sounds or images of the
. Whether or not the driver and passen- ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on inside of the vehicle.
ger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened; vehicles equipped with optional To read this supplemental data, special
ProPILOT assist) equipment is required and access to the
. How far (if at all) the driver was vehicle or the recording unit is needed.
depressing the accelerator and/or If your vehicle is equipped with the
optional ProPILOT assist, it will also be This supplemental data will only be ac-
brake pedal; and, cessed with the consent of the vehicle
. How fast the vehicle was traveling. equipped with supplemental data record-
ing function intended to assist in under- owner or lessee or as otherwise required
. Sounds are not recorded. or permitted by law. If downloaded,
standing how ProPILOT assist performs in
These data can help provide a better certain nontrivial crash or near-crash NISSAN and third parties entrusted by
understanding of the circumstances in scenarios. Specifically, supplemental re- NISSAN may use the data recorded for the
which crashes and injuries occur. cording is designed to capture the follow- purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your ing: safety performance.
vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation . Driver operational status of the accel- NISSAN and third parties entrusted by
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR erator, brakes, steering, etc. NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-
under normal driving conditions and no corded data to a third party except:
personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and . Detection status of a vehicle ahead
and lane markers . With the consent of the vehicle owner
crash location) are recorded. However, or with the consent of the lessee
other parties, such as law enforcement,
OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
. In response to an official request from Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
law enforcement, court order, govern- model year and prior can be purchased. A
mental agency, or other legally en- genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the
forceable request best source of service and repair informa-
. For research purposes after the data tion for your vehicle. This manual is the
is modified such that it is no longer same one used by the factory trained
tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle technicians working at a NISSAN dealer.
owner (anonymized) Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can
also be purchased.
In the USA:
For current pricing and availability of
genuine NISSAN Service Manuals con-
tact:
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of

genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals con-
tact:
1-800-247-5321
In Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior please contact a
NISSAN dealer. For the phone number
and location of a NISSAN dealer in your
area call the NISSAN Information Center
at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN
representative will assist you.

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

11 Index
A Apple CarPlay®................................................................... 4-2 Brightness control
Armrest.................................................................................... 1-8 Instrument panel..................................................... 2-9
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .................... 5-130 Audible reminders....................................................... 2-18 Bulb check/instrument panel............................ 2-11
Active Ride Control ................................................. 5-135 Audio.......................................................................................... 4-2 Bulb replacement........................................................ 8-25
Advanced air bag system..................................... 1-48 Automatic
Air bag system Door locks...................................................................... 3-7
Advanced air bag system.............................. 1-48 C
Automatic air conditioner .................................... 4-31
Front and rear seat —mounted s Automatic brake hold.............................................. 5-29 Capacities and
ide-impact supplemental air Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) recommended fluids/lubricants...................... 10-2
bag system................................................................ 1-59 system warning light................................................ 2-14 Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-35
Front passenger air bag and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Card holder....................................................................... 2-72
status light................................................................. 1-50 pedestrian detection system............................. 5-97 Cargo area........................................................................ 2-70
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact Average speed............................................................... 2-40 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... 5-4
supplemental air bag system..................... 1-59 Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-8 Chassis control............................................ 2-42, 5-133
Air bag warning labels ............................................ 1-61
Child restraints.............................................................. 1-21
Air bag warning light................................. 1-62, 2-13
Air cleaner filter replacement............................ 8-15 B Booster seats........................................................... 1-38
LATCH system......................................................... 1-24
Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-15
Battery.................................................................................. 8-11 Precautions on child restraints................. 1-22
Air conditioner
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key..... 8-23 Child safety....................................................................... 1-19
Air conditioner operation............................... 4-26
Battery replacement, Key fob..................... 8-21 Child safety rear door lock ...................................... 3-7
Air conditioner service...................................... 4-33
Battery saver system......................................... 2-57 Chimes
Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10
Variable voltage control system .............. 8-13 Seat belt warning light
Air conditioning system refrigerant
Before starting the engine................................... 5-17 and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12
and oil recommendations.............. 4-33, 10-6
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)..................................... 5-46 Chimes, Audible reminders.................................. 2-18
Air duct removal........................................................... 8-15
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ......... 4-2 Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-19
Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle
Booster seats.................................................................. 1-38 Cleaning exterior and interior................... 7-2, 7-4
security system)............................................................ 2-47
Brake Clock...................................................................................... 2-42
Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................... 5-10
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............ 5-130 Clutch fluid............................................................................ 8-9
Android Auto....................................................................... 4-2
Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9 Cockpit..................................................................................... 2-3
Antenna............................................................................... 4-34
Brake system ....................................................... 5-129 Cold weather driving............................................. 5-141
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................... 5-130
Electronic parking brake Console box..................................................................... 2-71
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
warning light............................................................ 2-14 Console light ................................................................... 2-81
warning light................................................................... 2-13 Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27 Continuously Variable Transmission
Appearance care Warning light............................................................ 2-11 (CVT) fluid............................................................................... 8-9
Exterior appearance care ................................. 7-2 Break-in schedule .................................................... 5-122 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Interior appearance care................................... 7-4
position indicator ............................................................ 2-9
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise E Engine start operation indicator
control mode .................................................................. 5-91 (for Continuously Variable
Coolant ECO mode switch........................................................ 2-64 Transmission (CVT) models) ........................ 2-31
Capacities and ECO mode system...................................................... 5-32 Engine start operation indicator
recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Ambient ECO............................................................ 5-34 (for Manual Transmission
Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6 ECO Drive Report.................................................. 5-34 (MT) models)............................................................. 2-31
Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5 ECO Pedal Guide function............................. 5-33 If your vehicle overheats................................ 6-16
Corrosion protection.................................................... 7-7 Economy, Fuel............................................................. 5-123 Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19
Cruise control................................................................. 5-62 Elapsed time.................................................................... 2-40 Event Data Recorders (EDR)............................. 10-20
Cup holders...................................................................... 2-69 Elapsed time and trip odometer..................... 2-40 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... 5-4
CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously Electric power steering........................................ 5-128 Explanation of scheduled
Variable Transmission)............................. 5-13, 5-20 Electric power steering warning light ........ 2-14 maintenance items........................................................ 9-5
Emergency Call (SOS) button ............................ 2-67
D Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if F
so equipped).................................................................... 8-41
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system....... 2-57 Emission control information label............ 10-10 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ......... 10-9
Defroster switch, Rear window and Emission control system warranty ............ 10-18 Filter
outside mirror defroster switch....................... 2-51 Engine Air cleaner housing filter ................................ 8-15
Dimensions and weights....................................... 10-8 Before starting the engine............................ 5-17 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6
Display Break-in schedule ............................................ 5-122 Flashers (See hazard warning
Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19 Capacities and flasher switch).................................................................... 6-2
Drive belt ............................................................................ 8-13 recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 Flat tire..................................................................................... 6-3
Driver and front passenger supplemental Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-6 Flat towing..................................................................... 10-16
knee air bag..................................................................... 1-57 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6 Floor mat cleaning......................................................... 7-5
Driving Checking engine coolant level...................... 8-5 Fluid
Cold weather driving..................................... 5-141 Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6 Brake and clutch fluid ......................................... 8-9
Driving with CVT (Continuously Coolant temperature gauge .......................... 2-7 Capacities and
Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20 Emergency engine shut off.............. 5-16, 6-3 recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2
Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25 Engine compartment Continuously Variable Transmission
Intelligent 4x4..................................................... 5-123 check locations......................................................... 8-3 (CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9
On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9 Engine cooling system........................................ 8-4 Engine coolant........................................................... 8-4
Precautions when starting Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6 Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6
and driving.................................................................... 5-4 Engine oil and oil Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10
Safety precautions .............................................. 5-10 filter recommendation ..................................... 10-5 Fog light switch............................................................ 2-59
Dynamic driver assistance switch Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6 Front manual seat adjustment............................ 1-4
(models without ProPILOT assist).................. 2-61 Engine serial number ........................................ 10-9 Front passenger air bag and
Engine specifications......................................... 10-7 status light........................................................................ 1-50
11-2
Front seat, Front seat adjustment .................... 1-4 Heater Intelligent Forward Collision
Fuel Heater and air Warning (I-FCW).......................................................... 5-107
Capacities and conditioner operation....................................... 4-26 Intelligent Key system ............................................. 3-11
recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2 High beam assist......................................................... 2-55 Key operating range.......................................... 3-13
Fuel economy...................................................... 5-123 Hill start assist system ......................................... 5-136 Key operation.......................................................... 3-14
Fuel information.................................................... 10-3 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.................. 2-83 Remote keyless operation ............................ 3-19
Fuel octane rating ............................................... 10-3 Hood release ................................................................... 3-25 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) .................. 5-40
Fuel-filler cap............................................................ 3-28 Hook Intelligent Trace Control..................................... 5-133
Fuel-filler door......................................................... 3-28 Luggage hook......................................................... 2-73 Interior light replacement..................................... 8-27
Gauge................................................................................ 2-8 Horn........................................................................................ 2-59 Interior light switch.................................................... 2-81
Fuel Efficient Driving Tips................................... 5-122 How to enable/disable the Interior lights................................................................... 2-80
Fuses...................................................................................... 8-18 steering assist................................................................ 5-73 ISOFIX child restraint ................................................ 1-24
Fusible links...................................................................... 8-19
I J
G
Ignition switch ............................................................... 5-14 Jump starting ................................................................. 6-14
Garage door opener Ignition switch (model without Intelligent
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-83 Key system)...................................................................... 5-12 K
Gas cap................................................................................ 3-28 Ignition switch positions ....................................... 5-15
Gauge........................................................................................ 2-5 Immobilizer system.................................................... 2-47 Key
Engine coolant temperature gauge......... 2-7 Indicator Ignition switch (model without
Fuel gauge .................................................................... 2-8 Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19 Intelligent Key system)..................................... 5-12
Odometer....................................................................... 2-6 indicator light Ignition switch positions ................................ 5-15
Speedometer .............................................................. 2-6 Electronic parking brake Key positions................................................................... 5-14
Tachometer.................................................................. 2-7 indicator light .......................................................... 2-12 Keyless entry
General maintenance................................................... 9-2 Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-32 (See remote keyless entry system)........... 3-7
Glove box ........................................................................... 2-71 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............ 10-19 With Intelligent Key system
Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-9 (See Intelligent Key system)......................... 3-19
H Instrument panel............................................................. 2-4 Keys ............................................................................................ 3-2
Intelligent 4x4............................................................. 5-123 For Intelligent Key system............................. 3-11
Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor................... 4-10
Head restraints/headrests....................................... 1-8 Intelligent Auto Headlight system ................. 2-52 L
Headlights Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ......................... 5-75
Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25 Intelligent Cruise Control Labels
Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52 (ICC) indicator................................................................. 2-34 Air bag warning labels ..................................... 1-61
Heated seats ................................................................... 2-60 Intelligent Driver Alertness................................... 5-94 Air conditioner specification label....... 10-10
Heated steering wheel............................................ 2-59 Intelligent Engine Brake...................................... 5-134 Emission control information label .... 10-10
11-3
Engine serial number ........................................ 10-9 Low tire pressure warning (Low Moonroof............................................................................ 2-78
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. tire pressure)................................................................... 2-32 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ...................... 4-21
certification label .................................................. 10-9 Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-14 MR20DD engine model............................................... 8-4
Tire and Loading Low tire pressure warning system
information label................................ 8-31, 10-10 (See Tire Pressure Monitoring N
Vehicle identification number (VIN)........ 10-8 System (TPMS)).................................................................. 5-5
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)........................ 5-35 Luggage hooks ............................................................. 2-73 New vehicle break-in............................................. 5-122
LATCH system................................................................ 1-24 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-47
License plate, Installing front M NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key ...... 3-2
license plate.................................................................. 10-12
Liftgate Maintenance O
Liftgate release lever ......................................... 3-27 Battery........................................................................... 8-11
Operating manual liftgate............................. 3-26 General maintenance........................................... 9-2 Odometer............................................................................... 2-6
Light Inside the vehicle..................................................... 9-3 Off-road recovery............................................................ 5-9
Air bag warning light......................................... 1-62 Maintenance precautions................................. 8-2 Oil
Bulb replacement................................................. 8-25 Maintenance requirements............................. 9-2 Capacities and
Fog light switch..................................................... 2-59 Maintenance schedules...................................... 9-7 recommended fluids/lubricants............... 10-2
Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52 Outside the vehicle ................................................ 9-2 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6
Headlights bulb replacement ..................... 8-25 Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-18 Checking engine oil level................................... 8-6
Interior lights............................................................ 2-80 Standard maintenance....................................... 9-8 Engine oil........................................................................ 8-6
Map lights................................................................... 2-81 Maintenance schedules.............................................. 9-7 Engine oil viscosity.............................................. 10-6
Replacement ............................................................ 8-25 Malfunction indicator light (MIL)...................... 2-16 Operating ProPILOT assist................................... 5-69
Room light.................................................................. 2-82 Manual air conditioner and heater............... 4-27 Outside air temperature........................................ 2-43
Vanity mirror lights............................................. 2-82 Manual front seat adjustment.............................. 1-4 Outside mirrors............................................................. 3-33
Warning/indicator lights and Manual Transmission (MT)................................... 5-13 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. 6-16
audible reminders................................................ 2-10 Map lights.......................................................................... 2-81 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual
Lights, Exterior and interior Master warning light.................................. 2-12, 2-16 order information..................................................... 10-21
light replacement........................................................ 8-27 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system)....... 3-4
Loading information (See vehicle Mechanical key (NISSAN Vehicle P
loading information) .............................................. 10-12 Immobilizer System)...................................................... 3-3
Lock Memory Seat................................................................... 3-34 Panic alarm............................................................ 3-9, 3-21
Automatic door locks........................................... 3-7 Meters and gauges........................................................ 2-5 Parcel shelf ....................................................................... 2-73
Door locks...................................................................... 3-5 Instrument brightness control ..................... 2-9 Parking
Power door lock....................................................... 3-5 Mirror Brake break-in .................................................... 5-129
Loose fuel cap warning.......................................... 3-30 Inside mirror ............................................................. 3-32 Parking brake .......................................................... 5-27
Low tire pressure warning................................... 2-32 Outside mirrors...................................................... 3-33 Parking on hills................................................... 5-127
Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-34
11-4
Parking brake Readiness for inspection/maintenance Seat adjustment
Electronic parking brake (I/M) test........................................................................... 10-19 Front manual seat adjustment.................... 1-4
indicator light .......................................................... 2-12 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)....................... 5-116 Front seats.................................................................... 1-4
Phone Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system Seat belt(s)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone..................... 4-2 warning light................................................................... 2-17 Child safety................................................................ 1-19
Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-35 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)......................... 5-54 Infants............................................................................ 1-19
Power Rear door alert .............................................................. 2-63 Injured persons ...................................................... 1-15
Electric power steering................................ 5-128 Rear door lock, Child safety rear Larger children ....................................................... 1-20
Power door lock....................................................... 3-5 door lock ................................................................................ 3-7 Precautions on seat belt usage................ 1-12
Power outlet............................................................. 2-65 Rear seats.............................................................................. 1-7 Pregnant women.................................................. 1-15
Power windows ..................................................... 2-76 Rear sonar system (RSS)..................................... 5-136 Seat belt cleaning ................................................... 7-6
Power moonroof.......................................................... 2-78 Rear window and outside mirror Seat belt extenders............................................. 1-18
Precautions defroster switch ........................................................... 2-51 Seat belt maintenance..................................... 1-18
Braking precautions....................................... 5-129 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 2-50 Seat belt warning light
Child restraints....................................................... 1-22 RearView Monitor............................................................ 4-2 and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12
Cruise control.......................................................... 5-63 Recorders, Event data .......................................... 10-20 Seat belts.................................................................... 1-12
Driving safety........................................................... 5-10 Registering in another country........................ 10-8 Seat belts with pretensioners.................... 1-60
Maintenance................................................................ 8-2 Remote engine start................................................. 3-23 Shoulder belt height adjustment ............ 1-17
On-pavement and off-road driving .......... 5-9 Remote keyless entry function, For Small children.......................................................... 1-20
Seat belt usage...................................................... 1-12 Intelligent Key system ............................................. 3-19 Three-point type with retractor............... 1-15
SRS ................................................................................... 1-42 Remote keyless entry system ............................... 3-7 Seat(s)
When starting and driving................................ 5-4 Repairing a flat tire (models with Heated seats ............................................................ 2-60
ProPILOT assist ............................................................. 5-64 emergency tire puncture repair kit)................. 6-9 Seats.................................................................................. 1-3
ProPILOT assist switches ...................................... 5-67 Reporting safety defects.................................... 10-18 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle
ProPILOT assist system display Roadside assistance program .............................. 6-2 Immobilizer System), Engine start................. 2-47
and indicators ................................................................ 5-68 Rollover.................................................................................... 5-8 Security system, Vehicle
ProPILOT assist system operation ................ 5-66 Roof security system............................................................. 2-45
Push starting................................................................... 6-16 Moonroof..................................................................... 2-79 Servicing air conditioner........................................ 4-33
Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-14 Roof rack............................................................................ 2-75 Shift lever
Room light......................................................................... 2-82 Shift lock release................................................... 5-24
R Shift lock release
S Transmission............................................................ 5-24
RAB system limitations........................................ 5-119 Shifting
RAB system operation.......................................... 5-117 Safety CVT (Continuously
Radio Child seat belts....................................................... 1-19 Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20
Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-35 Reporting safety defects............................ 10-18 Manual transmission ......................................... 5-25
Rapid air pressure loss................................................ 5-9
11-5
Shoulder belt height adjustment, For Ignition switch ........................................................ 5-12 Wheels and tires.................................................... 8-29
front seats......................................................................... 1-17 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch ........................ 2-63 Towing
Soft bottle holders...................................................... 2-70 Intelligent Auto Headlight switch............ 2-52 Tow truck towing................................................. 6-18
Spare tire............................................................. 8-40, 10-7 Power door lock switch ..................................... 3-6 Towing a trailer.................................................. 10-15
Spark plugs....................................................................... 8-14 Rear window and outside mirror TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system....... 5-5
Speedometer ...................................................................... 2-6 defroster switch .................................................... 2-51 TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert......................... 5-8
SPORT mode switch.................................................. 5-32 Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-58 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system.............. 6-3
SRS Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) Traffic Sign Recognition......................................... 2-43
Precautions on SRS ............................................ 1-42 off switch .................................................................... 2-62 Trailer towing .............................................................. 10-15
Standard maintenance............................................... 9-8 System maintenance............................................. 5-121 Transceiver
Starting System malfunction ............................................... 5-121 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver........... 2-83
Before starting the engine............................ 5-17 Transmission
Jump starting .......................................................... 6-14 T Continuously Variable Transmission..... 5-13
Precautions when starting Continuously Variable Transmission
and driving.................................................................... 5-4 Tachometer.......................................................................... 2-7 (CVT) fluid....................................................................... 8-9
Push starting............................................................ 6-16 Temperature gauge, Engine coolant Driving with CVT (Continuously
Starting the engine.............................. 5-18, 5-19 temperature gauge ....................................................... 2-7 Variable Transmission)..................................... 5-20
Status light, Front passenger air bag......... 1-50 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Driving with manual transmission.......... 5-25
Steering System), Engine start ............................................... 2-47 Transmission shift lever lock release..... 5-24
Electric power steering................................ 5-128 Three-way catalyst......................................................... 5-4 Transmitter (See remote keyless
Heated steering wheel..................................... 2-59 Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................... 3-30 entry system)...................................................................... 3-7
Tilt/telescopic steering .................................... 3-30 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system
Steering assist................................................................ 5-84 warning light................................................................... 2-14 (See Intelligent Key system)................................ 3-19
Steering assist switch (models with Tires Traveling or registering in
ProPILOT assist)............................................................ 2-62 Flat tire............................................................................. 6-3 another country ........................................................... 10-8
Storage ................................................................................ 2-69 Low tire pressure warning system ........... 5-5 Trip computer ................................................................ 2-40
Sun visors .......................................................................... 3-31 Tire and Loading Trip odometer................................................................ 2-40
Sunglasses holder....................................................... 2-72 information label................................ 8-31, 10-10 Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-58
Supplemental air bag warning labels......... 1-61 Tire chains.................................................................. 8-36 Turning the conventional (fixed speed)
Supplemental air bag Tire dressing................................................................ 7-4 cruise control mode ON......................................... 5-69
warning light.................................................... 1-62, 2-13 Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-29 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF ............... 5-117
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 1-42 Tire pressure monitoring
Switch system (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3 U
Fog light switch..................................................... 2-59 Tire rotation.............................................................. 8-37
Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2 Types of tires ........................................................... 8-35 Underbody cleaning...................................................... 7-3
Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52 Uniform tire quality grading.................... 10-17 Uniform tire quality grading............................ 10-17
Wheel/tire size ........................................................ 10-7
11-6
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Warning lights, indicator lights and Wiper blades ............................................................. 8-16
charging connector................................................... 2-66 audible reminders................................................ 2-10 Wiper and washer switch ..................................... 2-48
Warning labels, Air bag warning labels...... 1-61
V Warning light
Air bag warning light.......................... 1-62, 2-13
Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-34 Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Vanity mirror lights.................................................... 2-82 warning light............................................................ 2-13
Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-13 Brake warning light ............................................ 2-11
Vehicle Electric power steering
Dimensions and weights................................ 10-8 warning light............................................................ 2-14
Identification number (VIN)........................... 10-8 Electronic parking brake
Loading information ...................................... 10-12 warning light............................................................ 2-14
Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle).......... 6-21 Low tire pressure warning light ............... 2-14
Security system...................................................... 2-45 Seat belt warning light
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) and chime.................................................... 1-14, 2-12
off switch .................................................................... 2-62 Warranty, Emission control
Vehicle dynamic control system warranty....................................................... 10-18
(VDC) system........................................................ 5-131 Washer switch
Vehicle information display................................. 2-19 Rear window wiper and
How to use the vehicle washer switch......................................................... 2-50
information display............................................. 2-20 Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-48
Settings......................................................................... 2-21 Washing................................................................................... 7-2
Startup display ....................................................... 2-20 Waxing...................................................................................... 7-2
Vehicle information display warnings Weights (See dimensions and weights)..... 10-8
and indicators ......................................................... 2-31 Wheel/tire size ............................................................... 10-7
Ventilators......................................................................... 4-25 Wheels and tires........................................................... 8-29
Care of wheels........................................................... 7-3
W Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................ 7-3
Window washer fluid ................................................ 8-10
Warning Window(s)
Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2 Cleaning.......................................................................... 7-3
Intelligent Forward Collision Power windows ..................................................... 2-76
Warning (I-FCW).................................................. 5-107 Wiper
Low tire pressure warning............................ 2-32 Rear window wiper and
Tire pressure monitoring washer switch......................................................... 2-50
system (TPMS)................................................. 5-5, 6-3 Rear window wiper blade.............................. 8-17
Vehicle information display.......................... 2-19 Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-48
11-7
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
GAS STATION INFORMATION
FUEL INFORMATION: . Do not use fuel that contains the

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane booster methylcyclopen- See “Capacities and recommended fluids/
octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oil
Knock Index) number (Research octane (MMT). Using fuel containing filter recommendation.
number 91). MMT may adversely affect vehicle COLD TIRE PRESSURES:
performance and vehicle emis-
The label is typically located on the driver
sions. Not all fuel dispensers are
CAUTION side center pillar. For additional informa-
labeled to indicate MMT content,
tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).
so you may have to consult your
. Using a fuel other than that spe- gasoline retailer for more details. NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-
cified could adversely affect the Note that Federal and California DURES RECOMMENDATION:
emission control system, and laws prohibit the use of MMT in During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
may also affect warranty cover- reformulated gasoline. vehicle use, follow the recommendations
age. . U.S. government regulations re- outlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-
. Under no circumstances should a quire ethanol dispensing pumps 122) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow these
leaded gasoline be used, because to be identified by a small, recommendations for the future reliability
this will damage the three-way square, orange and black label and economy of your new vehicle.
catalyst. with the common abbreviation or
. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in the appropriate percentage for
your vehicle. Your vehicle is not that region.
designed to run on E-15 or E-85
fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a For additional information, see “Capaci-
vehicle not specifically designed ties and recommended fluids/lubricants”
for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely (P.10-2).
affect the emission control de-
vices and systems of the vehicle.
Damage caused by such fuel is
not covered by the NISSAN new
vehicle limited warranty.
Printing : December 2020
Publication No.: OM21E0 0J11C0
Printed in the U.S.A. J11-D

2021 Qashqai

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Qashqai

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Qashqai

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 QASHQAI

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

NISSAN CARES ...

Instruments and controls 2

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 6. Driver and front passenger supplemental

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

1. Hood (P.3-25) 5. Power windows (P.2-76)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

8. Rear combination light (P.8-25)

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-51) 6. Rear sonar

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

— Power door lock switch (P.3-6)

1. Inside mirror (P.3-32) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.2-67)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)

9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30)

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

MR20DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)

Page Yellow Page Other Page

Malfunction Indicator Light 2-16

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

. To help avoid risk of injury or

FRONT SEATS The reclining feature allows the adjust-

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Forward and backward: Seat lifter (if so equipped):

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

REMOVE INSTALL ADJUST

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

For non-adjustable head restraint/ Raise Lower

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt height adjustment

seriously injured or killed in a sudden

If you answered no to any of these

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Installing child restraint LATCH When installing a child restraint, carefully

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

WARNING Anchor points are located on the back

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system